Anda di halaman 1dari 382

SingleRAN

SRAN9.0

Common Transmission Feature


Parameter Description

Issue Draft A
Date 2014-01-20

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2014. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description Contents

Contents

1 About This Document..................................................................................................................1


1.1 Scope..............................................................................................................................................................................1
1.2 Intended Audience..........................................................................................................................................................2
1.3 Change History...............................................................................................................................................................2

2 Overview.........................................................................................................................................4
2.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................................................................4
2.2 Benefits...........................................................................................................................................................................5
2.3 Usage Scenario...............................................................................................................................................................5
2.3.1 Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side...........................................................................................................................5
2.3.2 GU/GL/UL/GT/UT/LTGUL/GUT/GLT/ULT/GULT Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side.........6

3 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side........................................................................9


3.1 Co-Transmission for the Iub and Abis Interfaces...........................................................................................................9
3.1.1 Network Topologies....................................................................................................................................................9
3.1.2 Protocol Stack............................................................................................................................................................10
3.1.3 Protocol Stack Application........................................................................................................................................11
3.2 Co-Transmission for the Iu-CS and A Interfaces.........................................................................................................12
3.2.1 Network Topologies..................................................................................................................................................12
3.2.2 Protocol Stack............................................................................................................................................................13
3.2.3 Protocol Stack Application........................................................................................................................................14
3.3 Co-Transmission for the Iu-PS and Gb Interfaces........................................................................................................15
3.3.1 Network Topologies..................................................................................................................................................15
3.3.2 Protocol Stack............................................................................................................................................................16
3.3.3 Protocol Stack Application........................................................................................................................................16

4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side.......................................................18


4.1 TDM-based Co-Transmission......................................................................................................................................18
4.2 IP-based Co-Transmission............................................................................................................................................19
4.2.1 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................20
4.2.2 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection of the Separate-MPT Multimode Base
Station.................................................................................................................................................................................30
4.2.3 UTRP-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT Multimode Base Station Side
............................................................................................................................................................................................32

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description Contents

4.2.4 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT Multimode


Base Station Side................................................................................................................................................................33
4.2.5 UTRPc-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT Multimode Base Station
Side.....................................................................................................................................................................................34
4.2.6 Co-Transmission on the Co-MPT Multimode Base Station Side..............................................................................36

5 Related Features...........................................................................................................................38
5.1 Features Related to IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side.............................................................................38
5.1.1 Prerequisite Features..................................................................................................................................................38
5.1.2 Mutually Exclusive Features.....................................................................................................................................39
5.1.3 Affected Features.......................................................................................................................................................39
5.2 Features Related to Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side................................................................39
5.2.1 Prerequisite Features..................................................................................................................................................39
5.2.2 Mutually Exclusive Features.....................................................................................................................................40
5.2.3 Affected Features.......................................................................................................................................................40

6 Impact on the Network...............................................................................................................41


6.1 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side.............................................................................................................41
6.1.1 Impact on System Capacity.......................................................................................................................................41
6.1.2 Impact on Network Performance...............................................................................................................................41
6.2 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side................................................................................................41
6.2.1 Impact on System Capacity.......................................................................................................................................41
6.2.2 Impact on Network Performance...............................................................................................................................42

7 Engineering Guidelines.............................................................................................................43
7.1 When to Use Co-Transmission.....................................................................................................................................43
7.1.1 IP Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side....................................................................................................................43
7.1.2 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side.............................................................................................43
7.2 Information to Be Collected.........................................................................................................................................44
7.3 Network Planning.........................................................................................................................................................44
7.4 Co-Transmission for Iub and Abis Interfaces on the MBSC Side...............................................................................45
7.4.1 Deployment Requirements........................................................................................................................................45
7.4.2 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................46
7.4.3 Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................50
7.4.4 Hardware Adjustment................................................................................................................................................50
7.4.5 Initial Configuration..................................................................................................................................................50
7.4.6 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................50
7.5 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode
Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.........................................................................................................................51
7.5.1 Deployment Requirements........................................................................................................................................51
7.5.2 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................52
7.5.3 Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................55
7.5.4 Hardware Adjustment................................................................................................................................................55
7.5.5 Initial Configuration..................................................................................................................................................55

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description Contents

7.5.6 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................58


7.6 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LU/TU Multimode
Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.........................................................................................................................58
7.6.1 Deployment Requirements........................................................................................................................................58
7.6.2 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................59
7.6.3 Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................63
7.6.4 Hardware Adjustment................................................................................................................................................63
7.6.5 Initial Configuration..................................................................................................................................................64
7.6.6 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................66
7.7 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LG/TG Multimode
Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.........................................................................................................................66
7.7.1 Deployment Requirements........................................................................................................................................66
7.7.2 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................67
7.7.3 Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................70
7.7.4 Hardware Adjustment................................................................................................................................................71
7.7.5 Initial Configuration..................................................................................................................................................71
7.7.6 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................73
7.8 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LGU/TGU
Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode......................................................................................................74
7.8.1 Deployment Requirements........................................................................................................................................74
7.8.2 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................75
7.8.3 Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................81
7.8.4 Hardware Adjustment................................................................................................................................................81
7.8.5 Initial Configuration..................................................................................................................................................81
7.8.6 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................85
7.9 Main-Control-Board-based IP Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LG/TG
Multimode Base Station Side.............................................................................................................................................86
7.9.1 Deployment Requirements........................................................................................................................................86
7.9.2 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................87
7.9.3 Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................92
7.9.4 Hardware Adjustment................................................................................................................................................92
7.9.5 Initial Configuration..................................................................................................................................................92
7.9.6 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................95
7.10 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG
Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode......................................................................................................96
7.10.1 Deployment Requirements......................................................................................................................................96
7.10.2 Data Preparation......................................................................................................................................................97
7.10.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................101
7.10.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................102
7.10.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................102
7.10.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................105
7.11 UTRPc-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base
Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode................................................................................................................................105

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description Contents

7.11.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................105


7.11.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................106
7.11.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................111
7.11.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................111
7.11.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................111
7.11.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................114
7.12 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UL/UT
Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode....................................................................................................115
7.12.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................115
7.12.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................116
7.12.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................121
7.12.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................122
7.12.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................122
7.12.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................125
7.13 UTRPc-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UL/UT Multimode Base
Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode................................................................................................................................126
7.13.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................126
7.13.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................127
7.13.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................133
7.13.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................133
7.13.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................133
7.13.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................137
7.14 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LU/TU
Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode....................................................................................................137
7.14.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................137
7.14.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................138
7.14.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................144
7.14.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................144
7.14.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................144
7.14.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................148
7.15 UTRPc-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG+T Multimode
Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.......................................................................................................................148
7.15.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................148
7.15.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................149
7.15.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................159
7.15.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................159
7.15.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................159
7.15.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................164
7.16 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG
+T Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode..............................................................................................165
7.16.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................165
7.16.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................168
7.16.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................177

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description Contents

7.16.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................177


7.16.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................177
7.16.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................183
7.17 Reconstruction from Transmission Through the Main Control Board Panel on a BTS to Main-Control-Board-based
Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/
GE Mode...........................................................................................................................................................................184
7.17.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................184
7.17.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................185
7.17.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure..........................................................................................................187
7.17.4 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................189
7.17.5 Reconfiguration.....................................................................................................................................................189
7.17.6 Rollback.................................................................................................................................................................189
7.18 Reconstruction from Transmission Through the Main Control Board Panel on a BTS to Main-Control-Board-based
Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LG/TG Multimode Base Station Side in IP
over FE/GE Mode.............................................................................................................................................................190
7.18.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................190
7.18.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................191
7.18.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure..........................................................................................................193
7.18.4 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................195
7.18.5 Reconfiguration.....................................................................................................................................................195
7.18.6 Rollback.................................................................................................................................................................196
7.19 Reconstruction from Transmission Through the Main Control Board Panel on a BTS to Main-Control-Board-based
Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side..........196
7.19.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................196
7.19.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................197
7.19.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure..........................................................................................................199
7.19.4 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................201
7.19.5 Reconfiguration.....................................................................................................................................................201
7.19.6 Rollback.................................................................................................................................................................202
7.20 Reconstruction from Transmission Through the Main Control Board Panel on a NodeB to Main-Control-Board-based
Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UL/UT Multimode Base Station Side in IP
over FE/GE Mode.............................................................................................................................................................202
7.20.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................202
7.20.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................204
7.20.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure..........................................................................................................206
7.20.4 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................207
7.20.5 Reconfiguration.....................................................................................................................................................207
7.20.6 Rollback.................................................................................................................................................................207
7.21 Reconstruction from Main-Control-Board-based IP Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection to UTRPc-
based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in
IP over FE/GE Mode........................................................................................................................................................208
7.21.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................208
7.21.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................209
7.21.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure..........................................................................................................210

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vi


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description Contents

7.21.4 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................212
7.21.5 Reconfiguration.....................................................................................................................................................213
7.21.6 Rollback.................................................................................................................................................................213
7.22 Reconstruction from UTRPc-Backplane-Interconnection Co-Transmission on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base
Station Side to UTRPc-Backplane-Interconnection Co-Transmission on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG+T Multimode Base
Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode................................................................................................................................214
7.22.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................214
7.22.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................216
7.22.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure..........................................................................................................224
7.22.4 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................225
7.22.5 Reconfiguration.....................................................................................................................................................226
7.22.6 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................228
7.22.7 Rollback.................................................................................................................................................................229
7.23 Reconstruction from Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the UG
Multimode Base Station Side to UTRPc-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-
MPT UG+L/UG+T Multimode Base Station Side...........................................................................................................229
7.23.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................230
7.23.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................231
7.23.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure..........................................................................................................234
7.23.4 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................236
7.23.5 Reconfiguration.....................................................................................................................................................236
7.23.6 Rollback.................................................................................................................................................................237
7.24 Reconstruction from Main-Control-Board-Panel-Interconnection Co-Transmission on the Separate-MPT UG
Multimode Base Station Side to Main-Control-Board-Panel-Interconnection Co-Transmission on the Separate-MPT UG
+L/UG+T Multimode Base Station Side..........................................................................................................................238
7.24.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................238
7.24.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................241
7.24.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure..........................................................................................................243
7.24.4 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................245
7.24.5 Reconfiguration.....................................................................................................................................................245
7.24.6 Rollback.................................................................................................................................................................246
7.25 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode
Base Station Side in IP over E1/T1 Mode........................................................................................................................247
7.25.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................247
7.25.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................248
7.25.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................251
7.25.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................251
7.25.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................251
7.25.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................253
7.26 UTRP4-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station
Side in IP over E1/T1 Mode.............................................................................................................................................253
7.26.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................254
7.26.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................254

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vii


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description Contents

7.26.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................257
7.26.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................257
7.26.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................258
7.26.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................259
7.27 GTMU-based TDM Co-Transmission on the Separate-MPT GU Multimode Base Station Side............................260
7.27.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................260
7.27.2 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................260
7.27.3 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................260
7.27.4 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................261
7.27.5 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................262
7.28 Co-Transmission on the Co-MPT GU/GL/UL/GT/UT/LT Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode
..........................................................................................................................................................................................262
7.28.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................262
7.28.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................263
7.28.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................266
7.28.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................266
7.28.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................266
7.28.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................267
7.29 Co-Transmission on the Co-MPT GUL/GUT/GLT/ULT/GULT Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode
..........................................................................................................................................................................................268
7.29.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................268
7.29.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................269
7.29.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................272
7.29.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................272
7.29.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................272
7.29.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................274
7.30 Co-Transmission on the Hybrid-MPT GUL Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.....................275
7.30.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................275
7.30.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................276
7.30.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................281
7.30.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................281
7.30.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................281
7.30.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................285
7.31 Main-control-board -based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LGU/TGU
Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode....................................................................................................285
7.31.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................285
7.31.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................289
7.31.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................298
7.31.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................298
7.31.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................298
7.31.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................303
7.32 Performance Monitoring...........................................................................................................................................304

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential viii


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description Contents

7.32.1 IP Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side................................................................................................................304


7.32.2 IP Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side....................................................................................304
7.33 Parameter Optimization............................................................................................................................................304
7.33.1 IP Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side................................................................................................................304
7.33.2 IP Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side....................................................................................304
7.34 Troubleshooting........................................................................................................................................................305
7.34.1 IP Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side................................................................................................................305
7.34.2 IP Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side....................................................................................305

8 Parameters...................................................................................................................................306
9 Counters...................................................................................................................................... 365
10 Glossary.....................................................................................................................................371
11 Reference Documents.............................................................................................................372

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ix


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

1 About This Document

1.1 Scope
This document describes the common transmission (co-transmission) solutions on the
multimode base station controller (MBSC) and multimode base station sides and provides
engineering guidelines.
The document involves the following feature on the MBSC side:
l MRFD-211502 IP-Based BSC and RNC Co-Transmission on MBSC Side
The document involves the following features on the multimode base station side:
l MRFD-211504 TDM-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission via Backplane on BS side
(GBTS)
l MRFD-211501 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side(GBTS)
l MRFD-221501 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side(NodeB)
l MRFD-221504 TDM-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission via Backplane on BS side
(NodeB)
l MRFD-231501 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side(eNodeB)
l MRFD-241501 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side(LTE TDD)
NOTE

For details about IP transmission, see IP Transmission Feature Parameter Description for
SingleRAN.

In this document, the following naming conventions apply for LTE terms.

Includes FDD and TDD Includes FDD Only Includes TDD Only

LTE LTE FDD LTE TDD

eNodeB LTE FDD eNodeB LTE TDD eNodeB

eRAN LTE FDD eRAN LTE TDD eRAN

In addition, the "L" and "T" in RAT acronyms refer to LTE FDD and LTE TDD, respectively.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

1.2 Intended Audience


This document is intended for personnel who:

l Need to understand the features described herein


l Work with Huawei products

1.3 Change History


This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There are
two types of changes, which are defined as follows:

l Feature change
Changes in features of a specific product version
l Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information that was not described in the earlier version

Draft A (2014-01-20)
Compared with 01 (2013-04-28) of SRAN8.0, Draft A (2014-01-20) of SRAN9.0 includes the
following changes.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

Change Type Change Description Parameter


Change

Feature change Added common transmission for the LTE TDD mode. None
Huawei mobile network management system M2000
is renamed U2000.
Added UMPT+UMPT interconnection. For details,
see the following sections:
l 7.3 Network Planning
l 7.16 Main-Control-Board-based Co-
Transmission Through Backplane
Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L/
UG+T Multimode Base Station Side in IP over
FE/GE Mode
l 7.24 Reconstruction from Main-Control-
Board-Panel-Interconnection Co-Transmission
on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base
Station Side to Main-Control-Board-Panel-
Interconnection Co-Transmission on the
Separate-MPT UG+L/UG+T Multimode Base
Station Side
l 7.31 Main-control-board -based Co-
Transmission Through Backplane
Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LGU/
TGU Multimode Base Station Side in IP over
FE/GE Mode

Editorial None. None


change

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

2 Overview

2.1 Introduction
This document describes the co-transmission feature in which multiple modes of a GU, GL, UL,
or GUL multimode base station or multimode base station controller share transmission ports
and the transport network.

Table 2-1 lists the definitions of all kinds of base stations.

Table 2-1 Definitions of base stations

Base Station Name Definition

GBTS GBTS refers to a base station deployed with


GTMU.

eGBTS eGBTS refers to a base station deployed with


UMPT_G.

NodeB NodeB refers to a base station deployed with


WMPT or UMPT_U.

eNodeB eNodeB refers to a base station deployed with


LMPT or UMPT_L.

Co-MPT Multimode Base Station Co-MPT multimode base station refers to a


base station deployed with UMPT_GU,
UMPT_GL, UMPT_UL, or UMPT_GUL,
and it functionally corresponds to any
combination of eGBTS, NodeB, and
eNodeB. For example, Co-MPT multimode
base station deployed with UMPT_GU
functionally corresponds to the combination
of eGBTS and NodeB.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Base Station Name Definition

Separate-MPT Multimode Base Station Separate-MPT multimode base station refers


to a base station on which different modes use
different main control boards. For example,
base stations deployed with GTMU and
WMPT are called separate-MPT GSM/
UMTS dual-mode base station.

NOTE

l An MBSC mentioned in this document can be a GU MBSC, BSC, or RNC. In addition, the GSM side
of an MBSC is referred to as BSC, and the UMTS side of an MBSC is referred to as RNC in this
document.
l A multimode base station mentioned in this document can be a GU, GL, UL, GT, UT, or LT dual-mode
base station, a GUL, GUT, GLT, ULT triple-mode base station, or a GULT quadruple-mode base
station. In addition, the GSM side of a multimode base station is referred to as GBTS or eGBTS, the
UMTS side of a multimode base station is referred to as NodeB, and the LTE side of a multimode base
station is referred to as eNodeB in this document. The operation and maintenance (O&M) of a GBTS
is implemented by the BSC while the O&M of an eGBTS is implemented by the eGBTS itself.

2.2 Benefits
Co-transmission reduces the capital expenditure (CAPEX) and operating expense (OPEX) and
simplifies transport network maintenance in the following ways:

l Sharing transmission ports reduces transmission bearer links.


l Sharing the transport network simplifies transmission configuration and maintenance.
l A smooth evolution from GSM to UMTS or LTE can be achieved with less transport
network adjustments.

2.3 Usage Scenario

2.3.1 Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side


Figure 2-1 shows the typical usage scenario for co-transmission on the MBSC side.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Figure 2-1 Typical usage scenario for co-transmission on the MBSC side

As shown in Figure 2-1 , the GSM and UMTS networks share an MBSC. In this situation, co-
transmission is achieved in the following ways:
l The Iu-CS and A interfaces as well as the Iu-PS and Gb interfaces of the MBSC share an
IP transport network when GSM and UMTS share the core network (including the MSC
server, MGW, and SGSN).
l The Iub and Abis interfaces of the MBSC share an IP transport network.

2.3.2 GU/GL/UL/GT/UT/LTGUL/GUT/GLT/ULT/GULT Co-


Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side
Multimode base stations are categorized into separate-MPT multimode base stations and co-
MPT multimode base stations based on the deployment of main processing and transmission
(MPT) boards.
TDM-based co-transmission is supported only by separate-MPT GU multimode base stations.
For details, see section 4.1 TDM-based Co-Transmission.
IP-based co-transmission is supported by separate-MPT and co-MPT multimode base stations.

NOTE

GU: GSM and UMTS


GL: GSM and LTE
UL: UMTS and LTE
GUL: GSM, UMTS, and LTE

IP-based Co-Transmission of the Separate-MPT Multimode Base Station


NOTE

A separate-MPT multimode base station is a physical base station in which different modes use different
main control boards. Such a multimode base station consists of multiple logical base stations, each of which
has an independent operation and maintenance (O&M) channel.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Table 2-2 describes different types of co-transmission

Table 2-2 Different types of co-transmission

Co-Transmission Type Description

Co-transmission through Main-control-board-based The main control board of a


panel interconnection co-transmission through mode provides the co-
panel interconnection transmission port and the
main control boards of all
modes are connected through
panel interconnection. The
co-transmission port can
either be an FE/GE port or an
E1/T1 port. For details, see
4.2.2 "Main-Control-Board-
based Co-Transmission
Through Panel
Interconnection."

UTRP-based co- The UTRP of a mode


transmission through panel provides the co-transmission
interconnection port. The main control boards
of all modes are connected
through panel
interconnection or the main
control boards of other
modes are connected to the
UTRP through panel
interconnection. The co-
transmission port can either
be an FE/GE port or an E1/T1
port. For details, see section
section 4.2.3 "UTRP-based
Co-Transmission Through
Panel Interconnection."

Co-transmission through Main-control-board-based In this co-transmission mode,


backplane interconnection co-transmission through the main control board of a
backplane interconnection mode provides the co-
transmission port and the
main control boards of all
modes are connected through
backplane interconnection.
The co-transmission port
must be an FE/GE port. For
details, see section 4.2.4
"Main-Control-Board-based
Co-Transmission Through
Backplane Interconnection."

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Co-Transmission Type Description

UTRPc-based co- The UTRPc of a mode


transmission through provides the co-transmission
backplane interconnection port and the main control
boards of other modes are
connected to the UTRPc
through backplane
interconnection. The co-
transmission port must be an
FE/GE port. For details, see
section 4.2.5 "UTRPc-based
Co-Transmission Through
Backplane Interconnection."

IP Based Co-Transmission of the Co-MPT Multimode Base Station


NOTE

A co-MPT multimode base station is a physical base station in which different modes share one main
control board. Such a multimode base station has only one logical base station and one O&M channel.

Different modes of a co-MPT multimode base station share one UMPT and one O&M channel.
The GSM side of a co-MPT multimode base station must be an eGBTS.

The UMPT of a co-MPT multimode base station provides the co-transmission port. The co-
transmission port can either be an FE/GE port or an E1/T1 port. The co-transmission port for a
co-MPT GU multimode base station must be an FE/GE port.

NOTE

This document uses the distributed base station (DBS) as an example to describe the co-transmission on
the base station side. The co-transmission principle for macro base stations is the same as that for DBSs
and therefore is not described in this document.
A multimode base station supports IP-based co-transmission through panel interconnection since
V100R003, supports IP-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection since V100R007, and
supports co-MPT deployment since V100R008.
If the link between the co-transmission port and the transport network is disconnected, services of all modes
are interrupted.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 3 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side

3 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC


Side

3.1 Co-Transmission for the Iub and Abis Interfaces

3.1.1 Network Topologies


When the MBSC operates in GU mode, the Iub and Abis interfaces share the IP transport network
and the physical ports on the interface boards of the MBSC. Figure 3-1 shows the network
topology of the co-transmission in FE/GE mode. Figure 3-2 shows the network topology of the
co-transmission in E1/T1 over STM-1/OC-3 mode. Co-transmission in FE/GE mode is
recommended because an FE/GE port has a wider bandwidth than an E1/T1 port.

Figure 3-1 Co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces in FE/GE mode on the MBSC side

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 9


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 3 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side

Figure 3-2 Co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces in E1/T1 over STM-1/OC-3 mode on the MBSC side

NOTE

l IP_GCP: GSM control-plane IP address


l IP_GUP: GSM user-plane IP address
l IP_UCP: UMTS control-plane IP address
l IP_UUP: UMTS user-plane IP address

The Abis/Iub interface board identifies GSM data and UMTS data, and sends the data to the
corresponding GSM or UMTS service processing board and signaling processing board.

3.1.2 Protocol Stack


Figure 3-3 shows the protocol stack of the IP-based co-transmission for the Iub and Abis
interfaces if the multimode base station is a separate-MPT one.

Figure 3-3 Protocol stack of the IP-based co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces (1)

As shown in Figure 3-3, the interface board shared by the Iub and Abis interfaces is responsible
for protocol processing at the physical layer, data link layer, network layer (IP), and transport

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 10


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 3 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side

link layer (UDP and UDP MUX). The protocols at other layers are processed on the control
plane processing boards and user plane processing boards of UMTS and GSM separately.

Figure 3-4 shows the protocol stack of the IP-based co-transmission for the Iub and Abis
interfaces if the multimode base station is a co-MPT one.

Figure 3-4 Protocol stack of the IP-based co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces (2)

3.1.3 Protocol Stack Application

Physical Layer
The following types of ports on MBSC interface boards support the IP-based co-transmission
for the Iub and Abis interfaces:

l GE optical ports on a GOUa, GOUc or GOUe


l FE/GE electrical ports on an FG2a or FG2c
l Channelized STM-1/OC-3 optical ports on a POUc or POUa

Data Link Layer


When FE/GE is used in co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces, the Ethernet protocol
is used at the data link layer.

When E1/T1 over STM-1/OC-3 is used in co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces, Point-
to-Point Protocol (PPP) or Multi-Link Point to Point Protocol (MLPPP) is used at the data link
layer. A PPP link can be bound with one to thirty-one 64 kbit/s timeslots and the timeslots must
be carried on the same E1/T1. A PPP link in an MLPPP link group is bound with at least eight
timeslots. In addition, the number of timeslots bound with each PPP link in the MLPPP link
group must be the same. BTS data and NodeB data can be transmitted over different PPP links
or MLPPP link groups. Alternatively, they can be transmitted over the same PPP link or MLPPP
link group, and BTS data and NodeB data are distinguished by UDP port numbers in this
scenario.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 11


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 3 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side

Network Layer
Based on communication types, IP addresses can be classified into port IP addresses and device
IP addresses. A port IP address refers to a physical IP address of a port on an interface board. A
device IP address refers to a logical IP address of a port on an interface board. Port IP addresses
must be configured, and device IP addresses are optional. The Iub and Abis interfaces can share
one port IP address or use different port IP addresses. Control-plane and user-plane IP addresses,
as well as operation and maintenance (OM) channel IP addresses on the Iub and Abis interfaces
can be either port IP addresses or device IP addresses. The IP address planning principles are as
follows:

l Control-plane and user-plane IP addresses on the Iub interface


On the Iub interface, the control-plane IP address and user-plane IP address can be the same
or different.
l Control-plane and user-plane IP addresses on the Abis interface
On the Abis interface, the control-plane IP address can be the same as the user-plane IP
address.
The control-plane IP address and user-plane IP address can be the same on the Iub and Abis
interfaces.
l OM channel IP address
On the Iub interface,
If the OM channel between the NodeB and the U2000 is established on the MBSC, the
OM channel IP address must be configured on the NodeB and U2000, and the OM
packet forwarding route must be configured on the MBSC. In this scenario, the MBSC
forwards the packets between the U2000 and the NodeB.
If the OM channel between the NodeB and the U2000 is not established on the MBSC,
the OM channel IP address must be configured on the NodeB and U2000.
On the Abis interface, the BTS IP addresses must be configured on the MBSC. If the
BSC is not enabled with the GBFD-118613 BTS Multi-IP Address feature, the OM
channel, control-plane, and user-plane IP addresses of the BTS must be the same. If the
BSC is enabled with the GBFD-118613 BTS Multi-IP Address feature, the OM channel
IP address can be different from the control-plane or user-plane IP address of the BTS.

3.2 Co-Transmission for the Iu-CS and A Interfaces

3.2.1 Network Topologies


When the MBSC operates in GU mode, the Iu-CS and A interfaces can share the IP transport
network and the physical ports on the interface boards of the MBSC. Figure 3-5 shows the
network topology of the co-transmission in FE/GE mode. Figure 3-6 shows the network
topology of the co-transmission in E1/T1 over STM-1/OC-3 mode. Co-transmission in FE/GE
mode is recommended because an FE/GE port has a wider bandwidth than an E1/T1 port.

The A/Iu-CS interface board identifies GSM data and UMTS data, and sends the data to the
corresponding GSM or UMTS service processing board and signaling processing board.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 3 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side

Figure 3-5 Co-transmission for the Iu-CS and A interfaces in FE/GE mode

Figure 3-6 Co-transmission for the Iu-CS and A interfaces in E1/T1 over STM-1/OC-3 mode

NOTE

IP_GCP: GSM control-plane IP address


IP_GUP: GSM user-plane IP address
IP_UCP: UMTS control-plane IP address
IP_UCP: UMTS user-plane IP address

3.2.2 Protocol Stack


Figure 3-7 shows the protocol stack of the IP-based co-transmission for the Iu-CS and A
interfaces.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 13


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 3 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side

Figure 3-7 Protocol stack of the IP-based co-transmission for the Iu-CS and A interfaces

As shown in Figure 3-7, the interface board shared by the Iu-CS and A interfaces is responsible
for protocol processing at the physical layer, data link layer, network layer (IP), and transport
link layer (UDP and UDP MUX). The protocols at other layers are processed on the control
plane processing boards and user plane processing boards of UMTS and GSM separately.

3.2.3 Protocol Stack Application


Physical Layer
The following types of ports on MBSC interface boards support the IP-based co-transmission
for the Iu-CS and A interfaces:
l GE optical ports on a GOUa, GOUc or GOUe
l FE/GE electrical ports on an FG2a or FG2c
l Channelized STM-1/OC-3 optical ports on a POUc

Data Link Layer


When FE/GE is used in co-transmission for the Iu-CS and A interfaces, the Ethernet protocol is
used at the data link layer.
When E1/T1 over STM-1/OC-3 is used in co-transmission for the Iu-CS and A interfaces, PPP
or MLPPP is used at the data link layer. A PPP link can be bound with one to thirty-one 64 kbit/
s timeslots and the timeslots must be carried on the same E1/T1. A PPP link in an MLPPP link
group is bound with at least eight timeslots. In addition, the number of timeslots bound with
each PPP link in the MLPPP link group must be the same.

Network Layer
Control-plane and user-plane IP addresses on the Iu-CS and A interfaces can be either port IP
addresses or device IP addresses. The Iu-CS and A interfaces can share one port IP address or
use different port IP addresses. It is recommended the interfaces use different port IP addresses.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 3 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side

The IP address planning principles are as follows:


l Control-plane IP addresses
The Iu-CS and A interfaces can share the same control-plane IP address. Generally, the
SCTP link uses two control-plane IP addresses for one interface board. One IP address is
used as the primary IP address and the other one as the secondary IP address. The SCTP
links over the Iu-CS and A interfaces on the MBSC side share the two IP addresses, and
Iu-CS data and A interface data are distinguished by SCTP port numbers in this scenario.
For details about the SCTP links on the Iu-CS and A interfaces, see IP Transport
Architecture Feature Parameter Description on the GSM BSS and WCDMA RAN sides.
l User-plane IP addresses
The Iu-CS and A interfaces use different user-plane IP addresses.
The UDP MUX technique uses different Real-time Transfer Protocol (RTP) compression
algorithms on the Iu-CS and A interfaces. Therefore, a separate user-plane IP address must
be planned on the Iu-CS interface and A interface to distinguish the data on the Iu-CS
interface from the data on the A interface.
On the Iu-CS interface and the A interface, the control-plane IP address can be the same as the
user-plane IP address.

3.3 Co-Transmission for the Iu-PS and Gb Interfaces

3.3.1 Network Topologies


When the MBSC operates in GU mode, the Iu-PS and Gb interfaces can share the IP transport
network and the physical ports on the interface board of the MBSC. The Gb interface does not
support IP over E1; therefore, the co-transmission for the Iu-PS and Gb interfaces is only based
on FE/GE. Figure 3-8 shows the network topology of the FE/GE-based co-transmission for the
Iu-PS and Gb interfaces.
The Gb/Iu-PS interface board on the MBSC identifies and processes the GSM/UMTS data, and
then sends the data to the corresponding GSM/UMTS service processing board and signaling
processing board.

Figure 3-8 Co-transmission for the Iu-PS and Gb interfaces in FE/GE mode

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 15


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 3 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side

NOTE

IP_GCP: GSM control-plane IP address


IP_UCP: UMTS control-plane IP address
IP_GUP: GSM user-plane IP address
IP_UUP: UMTS user-plane IP address

3.3.2 Protocol Stack


Figure 3-9 shows the protocol stack of the IP-based co-transmission for the Iu-PS and Gb
interfaces.

Figure 3-9 Protocol stack of the IP-based co-transmission for the Iu-PS and Gb interfaces

As shown in Figure 3-9, the interface board shared by the Iu-PS and Gb interfaces is responsible
for protocol processing at the physical layer, data link layer, network layer (IP), and transport
link layer (UDP and UDP MUX). The protocols at other layers are processed on the control
plane processing boards and user plane processing boards of UMTS and GSM separately.

3.3.3 Protocol Stack Application

Physical Layer
The following types of ports on MBSC interface boards support the IP-based co-transmission
for the Iu-PS and Gb interfaces:

l GE optical ports on a GOUa, GOUc or GOUe


l FE/GE electrical ports on an FG2a or FG2c

Data Link Layer


When co-transmission is implemented on the Iu-PS and Gb interfaces, the Ethernet protocol is
used at the data link layer.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 16


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 3 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side

Network Layer
Control-plane and user-plane IP addresses on the Iu-PS and Gb interfaces can be either port IP
addresses or device IP addresses. The Iu-PS and Gb interfaces can share one port IP address or
use different port IP addresses. It is recommended the interfaces use different port IP addresses.

l Control-plane IP addresses
Generally, the SCTP link uses two control-plane IP addresses for one Iu-PS interface board.
One IP address is used as the primary IP address and the other one as the secondary IP
address. For details about the SCTP links on the Iu-PS interfaces, see IP Transport
Architecture Feature Parameter Description on the WCDMA RAN side.
No control-plane IP address is assigned on the Gb interface.
l User-plane IP addresses
The Iu-PS and Gb interfaces can share a user-plane IP address or use different user-plane
IP addresses.
On the Iu-PS interface, the Tunnel End Point Identifier (TEID) at the GPRS Tunneling
Protocol (GTP-U) layer is used to identify users. The GTP-U uses the fixed UDP port 2152.

On the Iu-PS interface and the Gb interface, the control-plane IP address can be the same as the
user-plane IP address.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 17


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side

4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base


Station Side

4.1 TDM-based Co-Transmission


GU multimode base stations support TDM-based co-transmission. This section relates to the
following optional features:
l MRFD-221504 TDM-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission via Backplane on BS side
(NodeB)
l MRFD-211504 TDM-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission via Backplane on BS side
(GBTS)
TDM-based co-transmission for the Iub and Abis Interfaces on the multimode base station side
can be implemented by TDM over packet (TOP). The GSM and UMTS traffic can be multiplexed
onto the same SDH/PDH network by using the TDM timeslot cross-connection function. The
RNC and NodeB can use the fractional ATM or fractional IP function to map ATM cells or IP
packets onto several E1 timeslots. The GSM and UMTS networks can share TDM timeslots on
the Abis and Iub interfaces. Figure 4-1 shows the principle of TDM-based co-transmission.

Figure 4-1 Principle of TDM-based co-transmission

Figure 4-2 shows TDM timeslot sharing on the Iub interface. By using the fractional ATM or
fractional IP function, UMTS data is transmitted on some E1 timeslots, and GSM data is
transmitted on the remaining E1 timeslots. In this scenario, the UMTS equipment provides the
timeslot cross-connection function. The OML of the BTS cannot be carried on the co-
transmission link on the backplane; the OML must be carried on an E1 cable that is connected
to the BTS panel.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 18


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side

Figure 4-2 TDM timeslot sharing on the Iub interface

Figure 4-3 shows TDM timeslot sharing on the Abis interface. By using the fractional ATM
or fractional IP function, GSM data is transmitted on some E1 timeslots, and UMTS data is
transmitted on the remaining E1 timeslots. In this solution, the GSM equipment provides the
timeslot cross-connect function.

Figure 4-3 TDM timeslot sharing on the Abis interface

NOTE

If TDM-based co-transmission is used and the BTS shares E1/T1 transmission resources to the NodeB, it
is recommended that the E1/T1 clock source be configured on the BTS, and the NodeB uses the E1/T1
clock source provided by the BTS.

4.2 IP-based Co-Transmission


This section relates to the following optional features:

l MRFD-211501 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side(GBTS)


l MRFD-221501 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side(NodeB)
l MRFD-231501 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side(eNodeB)
l MRFD-241501 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side(LTE TDD)

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 19


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side

4.2.1 Overview

Introduction to Main Control Boards and Universal Transmission Processing Units


Co-transmission ports can be provided by main control boards or universal transmission
processing units of a multimode base station. Table 4-1 lists the main control boards and
universal transmission processing units of a multimode base station.

Table 4-1 Main control boards and universal transmission processing units of a multimode base
station

Board Type Board Name Supported Description


Mode

Main control board GTMU GSM l One 4-route IP over E1/T1


port
l One IP over FE electrical
port, and one IP over FE
optical port
NOTE
There are two types of GTMU
boards: GTMU and GTMUb.
Both the GTMU and GTMUb
support co-transmission
through panel interconnection,
and only the GTMUb supports
co-transmission through
backplane interconnection.

WMPT UMTS l One 4-route ATM/IP over


E1/T1 port
l One IP over FE electrical
port, and one IP over FE
optical port

LMPT LTE l Two IP over FE/GE


electrical ports
l Two IP over FE/GE
optical ports

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 20


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side

Board Type Board Name Supported Description


Mode

UMPT GSM/UMTS/LTE l One 4-route ATM/IP over


E1/T1 port
l One FE/GE electrical
port, and one FE/GE
optical port
NOTE
UMPTs in the multimode base
stations of V100R007C00 are
only for NodeBs and eNodeBs.
UMPTs in the multimode base
stations of V100R008C00 can
be used for eGBTSs, NodeBs,
eNodeBs, and co-MPT
multimode base stations.
This document refers to the
UMPT on the eGBTS, NodeB,
and eNodeB side of a separate-
MPT multimode base station as
UMPT_G, UMPT_U,
UMPT_L, respectively.
This document refers to the
UMPT of a GU/ GL/UL/GUL
co-MPT multimode base station
as UMPT_GU, UMPT_GL,
UMTP_UL, and UMPT_GUL,
respectively.

Universal UTRP2 UMTS Two FE/GE optical ports


transmission
processing unit UTRP3 UMTS Two 4-route ATM over E1/
T1 ports

UTRP4 UMTS Two 4-route IP over E1/T1


ports

UTRPb4 GSM Two 4-route TDM over E1/


T1 ports

UTRP9 UMTS Four IP over FE/GE electrical


ports

UTRPc GSM/UMTS/LTE Four IP over FE/GE electrical


ports
Two IP over FE/GE optical
ports

NOTE

A co-MPT multimode base station only supports the UTRP2/UTRP3/UTRP4/UTRP9 but not the UTRPb4.
The UTRPs supported by the co-MPT multimode base station carry only UMTS services.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 21


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side

Co-Transmission Networking Scenarios


For co-transmission on the separate-MPT multimode base station side, the main control board
of an advanced RAT has higher processing capabilities than that of the other RAT. Therefore,
the co-transmission port is provided by the eNodeB, NodeB, or BTS in descending order of
priority. Table 4-2 lists the IP-based co-transmission scenarios on the multimode base station
side.

Table 4-2 IP-based co-transmission scenarios on the multimode base station side

Multimode Base Scenario Sub-Scenario Co-Transmission


Station Type Solution

Separate-MPT Main-control-board- GU An FE or E1/T1 port


based co- is used as a co-
transmission through transmission port in
panel the scenario where an
interconnection FE port or E1/T1 port
is used as a co-
transmission port,
the WMPT provides
an FE port as the co-
transmission port to
be connected to the
MBSC. The GTMU
of the base station is
connected to the
WMPT through FE
port interconnection.

GL/GT An FE/GE port is


used as a co-
transmission port.
The LMPT provides
an FE/GE port as the
co-transmission port
to be connected to the
GBSC, MME, and S-
GW. The GTMU of
the base station is
connected to the
LMPT through FE
port interconnection.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 22


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side

Multimode Base Scenario Sub-Scenario Co-Transmission


Station Type Solution

UL/UT An FE/GE port is


used as a co-
transmission port.
The LMPT provides
an FE/GE port as the
co-transmission port
to be connected to the
RNC, MME, and S-
GW. The WMPT of
the NodeB is
connected to the
LMPT through FE
port interconnection.

GUL/GUT An FE/GE port is


used as a co-
transmission port.
Assume that the BTS
and the NodeB share
one BBU, and the
eNodeB uses another
BBU. The LMPT
provides an FE/GE
port as the co-
transmission port to
be connected to the
MBSC, MME, and
S-GW. The GTMU
of the base station is
connected to the
WMPT through FE
interconnection.
WMPT and LMPT
are also connected
through FE port
interconnection.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 23


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side

Multimode Base Scenario Sub-Scenario Co-Transmission


Station Type Solution

UTRP-based co- GU An FE/GE or E1/T1


transmission through port is used as a co-
panel transmission port.
interconnection The UTRP provides
an FE/GE or E1/T1
port as the co-
transmission port to
be connected to the
MBSC. The GTMU
of the base station is
connected to the
WMPT through FE
or E1/T1 port
interconnection.

Main-control-board- GL/GT An FE/GE port is


based co- used as a co-
transmission through transmission port.
backplane The LMPT/
interconnection UMPT_L/UMPT_T
provides an FE/GE
port as the co-
transmission port to
be connected to the
GBSC, MME, and S-
GW. The GTMUb of
the base station is
connected to the
LMPT/UMPT_L/
UMPT_T through
the backplane.

GU An FE/GE port is
used as a co-
transmission port.
The UMPT_U
provides an FE/GE
port as the co-
transmission port to
be connected to the
MBSC. The GTMUb
of the base station is
connected to the
UMPT_U through
the backplane.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 24


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side

Multimode Base Scenario Sub-Scenario Co-Transmission


Station Type Solution

UL/UT An FE/GE port is


used as a co-
transmission port.
The UMPT_U
provides an FE/GE
port as the co-
transmission port to
be connected to the
RNC, MME, and S-
GW. The LMPT/
UMPT_L/UMPT_T
is connected to the
UMPT_U through
the backplane.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 25


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side

Multimode Base Scenario Sub-Scenario Co-Transmission


Station Type Solution

GUL/GUT An FE/GE port is


used as a co-
transmission port.
l The UMPT_U of
the NodeB
provides an FE/
GE port as the co-
transmission port
to be connected to
the MBSC,
MME, and S-
GW. The
GTMUb of the
BTS is connected
to the UMPT_U
through the
backplane, and
the UMPT_L/
UMTP_T of the
eNodeB is
connected to the
UMPT_U
through the
UCIU.
l The UMPT_L/
UMPT_T of the
eNodeB provides
an FE/GE port as
the co-
transmission port
to be connected to
the MBSC,
MME, and S-
GW. The
GTMUb of the
BTS is connected
to the WMPT
through the
backplane, and
the WMPT of the
NodeB is
connected to the
UMPT_L/
UMPT_T
through the
UCIU.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 26


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side

Multimode Base Scenario Sub-Scenario Co-Transmission


Station Type Solution

l The UMPT_L/
UMPT_T of the
eNodeB provides
an FE/GE port as
the co-
transmission port
to be connected to
the MBSC,
MME, and S-
GW. The
GTMUb of the
BTS is connected
to the UMPT_L/
UMPT_T
through the
backplane, and
the UMPT_L/
UMPT_T of the
eNodeB is
connected to the
UMPT_U
through the
UCIU.
l The UMPT_U of
the NodeB
provides an FE/
GE port as the co-
transmission port
to be connected to
the MBSC,
MME, and S-
GW. The
GTMUb of the
BTS is connected
to the LMPT
through the
backplane, and
the LMPT of the
eNodeB is
connected to the
UMPT_U
through the
UCIU.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 27


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side

Multimode Base Scenario Sub-Scenario Co-Transmission


Station Type Solution

UTRPc-based co- GU An FE/GE port is


transmission through used as a co-
backplane transmission port.
interconnection The UTRPc is
managed by the
WMPT/UMPT_U of
the NodeB and
provides an FE/GE
port as the co-
transmission port to
be connected to the
MBSC. The GTMUb
is connected to the
UTRPc through the
backplane.

UL/UT An FE/GE port is


used as a co-
transmission port.
The UTRPc is
managed by the
LMPT/UMPT_L of
the eNodeB and
provides an FE/GE
port as the co-
transmission port to
be connected to the
RNC, MME, and S-
GW. The WMPT/
UMPT_U/UMPT_T
is connected to the
UTRPc through the
backplane.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 28


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side

Multimode Base Scenario Sub-Scenario Co-Transmission


Station Type Solution

GUL/GUT An FE/GE port is


used as a co-
transmission port.
The UTRPc is
managed by the
WMPT/UMPT_U of
the NodeB and
provides an FE/GE
port as the co-
transmission port to
be connected to the
MBSC, MME, and
S-GW. The GTMUb
of the base station is
connected to the
UTRPc through the
backplane, and the
UMPT_L/UMPT_T
of the eNodeB is
connected to the
UTRPc through the
UCIU.

Co-MPT - GU/UL/GL/GT/UT/ For the GU


LT/GUL/GUT/GLT/ multimode base
ULT/GULT station, an E1/T1 or
FE/GE port is used as
a co-transmission
port.
For the UL/GL/GT/
UT/LT/GUL/GUT/
GLT/ULT/GULT
multimode base
station, an FE/GE
port is used as a co-
transmission port.
The co-transmission
port connects the
base station and the
MBSC, MME, and
S-GW.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 29


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side

NOTE

In the scenarios of separate-MPT multimode base station co-transmission through backplane


interconnection, the base station of a mode that does not provide the co-transmission port cannot be
connected to the transport network through a port on a board panel.
A GTMUb board cannot transmit or receive a packet whose size is larger than 1500 bytes if co-transmission
is achieved through backplane interconnection.
Only the UTRPc supports co-transmission through backplane interconnection.

4.2.2 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel


Interconnection of the Separate-MPT Multimode Base Station
For co-transmission on the separate-MPT GU multimode base station side (GTMU and WMPT
are used), the co-transmission port is provided by the eNodeB, NodeB, or BTS in descending
order of priority. This section uses the separate-MPT GU/GL multimode base station as an
example to describe the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel
interconnection.

Co-Transmission in IP over FE/GE Mode


In IP over FE/GE mode, the main control board of each mode is interconnected through FE/GE
port interconnection, and the main control board of a mode provides an FE/GE port as the co-
transmission port to be connected to the IP transport network. Figure 4-4 and Figure 4-5 show
the main-control-board-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-
MPT GU/GL multimode base station sides in IP over FE/GE mode.

Figure 4-4 Main-control-board-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on the


separate-MPT GU multimode base station side in IP over FE mode

As shown in Figure 4-4, the WMPT of the NodeB provides an FE port as the co-transmission
port, and the GTMU is connected to the WMPT through FE port interconnection. In this case,
uplink data of the BTS is transmitted from the GTMU to the WMPT and then to the IP transport
network, and downlink data to the BTS is transmitted from the IP transport network to the WMPT
and then to the GTMU.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 30


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side

Figure 4-5 Main-control-board-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on the


separate-MPT GL multimode base station side in IP over FE/GE mode

As shown in Figure 4-5, the LMPT of the eNodeB provides an FE/GE port as the co-
transmission port, and the GTMU is connected to the LMPT through FE port interconnection.
In this case, uplink data of the BTS is transmitted from the GTMU to the LMPT and then to the
IP transport network, and downlink data to the BTS is transmitted from the IP transport network
to the LMPT and then to the GTMU.

Co-Transmission in IP over E1/T1 Mode


In IP over E1/T1 mode, the main control board of each mode is interconnected through FE/GE
port interconnection, and the main control board of a mode provides an E1/T1 port as the co-
transmission port to be connected to the IP transport network.

Figure 4-6 Main-control-board-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on the


separate-MPT GU multimode base station side in IP over E1/T1 mode

As shown in Figure 4-6, the WMPT of the NodeB provides an E1/T1 port as the co-transmission
port, and the GTMU is connected to the WMPT through panel port interconnection. The WMPT
uses MLPPP to bind E1 links. In this case, uplink data of the BTS is transmitted from the GTMU
to the WMPT and then to the IP transport network, and downlink data to the BTS is transmitted
from the IP transport network to the WMPT and then to the GTMU.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 31


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side

4.2.3 UTRP-based Co-Transmission Through Panel


Interconnection on the Separate-MPT Multimode Base Station Side
Co-Transmission in IP over FE/GE Mode
The following passages use the separate-MPT GU multimode base station as an example to
describe the UTRP2-based co-transmission through panel interconnection in IP over FE/GE
mode. Figure 4-7 shows the UTRP2-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on
the separate-MPT GU multimode base station side in IP over FE/GE mode.

Figure 4-7 UTRP2-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT


GU multimode base station side in IP over FE/GE mode

As shown in Figure 4-7, the UTRP2 managed by the NodeB provides an FE/GE port as the co-
transmission port, and the GTMU is connected to the UTRP2 through panel port interconnection.
In this case, uplink data of the BTS is transmitted from the GTMU to the UTRP2, and downlink
data to the BTS is transmitted from the UTRP2 to the GTMU.

Co-Transmission in IP over E1/T1 Mode


The following passages use the separate-MPT GU multimode base station as an example to
describe the UTRP4-based co-transmission through panel interconnection in IP over E1/T1
mode. Figure 4-8shows the UTRP4-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on
the separate-MPT GU multimode base station side in IP over E1/T1 mode.

Figure 4-8 UTRP4-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT


GU multimode base station side in IP over E1/T1 mode

As shown in Figure 4-8, the UTRP4 provides an E1/T1 port as the co-transmission port, and
the GTMU is connected to the WMPT through panel port interconnection. The UTRP4 uses
MLPPP to bind E1 timeslots. In this case, uplink data of the GBTS is transmitted from the GTMU
to the WMPT, then to the UTRP4, and downlink data to the GBTS is transmitted from the UTRP4
to the WMPT, then to the GTMU.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 32


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side

4.2.4 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through


Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT Multimode Base
Station Side
Main-control-board-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection is supported by
separate-MPT multimode base stations. In this co-transmission mode, the main control boards
of the separate-MPT multimode base station must be configured as shown in Table 4-3.

Table 4-3 Main control board configuration of a separate-MPT multimode base station

Separate-MPT Main Control Board Board Recommended to


Multimode Base Station Configuration Provide a Co-
Transmission Port

GU GTMUb+UMPT_U UMPT_U

GL/GT GTMUb+UMPT_L/ LMPT/UMPT_L


UMPT_T/LMPT

UL/UT WMPT+ LMPT LMPT

WMPT+UMPT_L/ UMPT_L/UMPT_T
UMPT_T

UMPT_U+UMPT_L/ UMPT_U
UMPT_T

UMPT_U+LMPT UMPT_U

GU+L/GU+T GTMUb+ UMPT_U+ UMPT_U


UMPT_L/UMPT_T

GTMUb+ WMPT+ UMPT_L/UMPT_T


UMPT_L/UMPT_T

GL/GT+U GTMUb+ UMPT_L/ UMPT_L/UMPT_T


UMPT_T+UMPT_U

GTMUb+ LMPT+UMPT_U UMPT_U

Figure 4-9 uses the separate-MPT GL multimode base station as an example to show the main-
control-board-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 33


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side

Figure 4-9 Main-control-board-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection on


the separate-MPT GL multimode base station side

As shown in Figure 4-9, the GTMUb and the LMPT communicate through the backplane. In
this case, uplink data of the BTS is transmitted from the GTMUb to the LMPT and then to the
IP transport network, and downlink data to the BTS is transmitted from the IP transport network
to the LMPT and then to the GTMUb.

NOTE

When the main control boards of different modes communicate through the backplane, each main control
board must be configured with a tunnel to the peer main control board. Each tunnel is managed only by
the mode of the corresponding main control board, and is uniquely numbered within the corresponding
mode. Tunnels of different modes can have the same number. Here uses the network structure in Figure
4-9 as an example. The tunnel from the GTMUb to the LMPT is configured by running the ADD
BTSTUNNEL command on the GSM side, and the tunnel from the LMPT to the GTMUb is configured
by running the ADD TUNNEL command on the LTE side.

4.2.5 UTRPc-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane


Interconnection on the Separate-MPT Multimode Base Station Side
When a UTRPc is used for co-transmission, the UTRPc forwards data for multiple modes but
is managed by only one mode. The management includes software management, hardware
management, and configuration management. The mode that manages the UTRPc is called the
managing mode, and other modes are called non-managing modes. If a multimode base station
has more than one BBU, the UTRPc must be managed by the main control board that is located
in the same BBU with the UTRPc. In a newly deployed site, it is recommended that UMTS be
preferentially used as the managing mode, then LTE and GSM. In the scenarios of network
reconstruction for co-transmission, select the managing mode that has minimum impact on the
services in the live network.

Figure 4-10 shows the UTRPc-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the
GU/UL multimode base station side as an example.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 34


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side

Figure 4-10 UTRPc-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the GU/UL


separate-MPT multimode base station side

As shown in Figure 4-10, the UTRPc provides an FE/GE port as the co-transmission port. The
main control board of each mode communicates with the UTRPc through the backplane. The
data of the managing mode is transmitted directly between the baseband board and the UTRPc.
The data of the non-managing mode is transmitted between the baseband board and the UTRPc
through the main control board.

NOTE

When the main control board of the non-managing mode communicates with the UTRPc through the
backplane, both the main control board and the UTRPc must be configured with a tunnel to each other.
Each tunnel is managed only by the mode of the corresponding board, and is uniquely numbered within
the corresponding mode. Tunnels of different modes can have the same number. Use the network structure
in Figure 4-10 as an example and assume that mode 1 is the managing mode. The UTRPc must be
configured with a tunnel to the main control board of mode 2, and the main control board of mode 2 must
be configured with a tunnel to the UTRPc.

In the UTRPc-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT


GUL/GUT multimode base station side, two BBUs are required and they must be connected
through a Universal Cascading Interface Unit (UCIU). Figure 4-11 shows the UTRPc-based
co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT GUL multimode base
station side as an example.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 35


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side

Figure 4-11 UTRPc-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-


MPT GUL multimode base station side

As shown in Figure 4-11, the UTRPc provides the co-transmission port and the main control
board of mode 3 is connected to the UCIU through the CI optical ports. The UCIU is managed
by mode 1 or mode 2 that is in the same BBU of the UCIU. It is recommended that GSM be
preferentially used as the managing mode of the UCIU, then UMTS, and the last LTE. Service
data of mode 1 and mode 2 is directly transmitted between the UTRPc and the service board of
each mode. Service data of mode 3 is transmitted between the UTRPc and the UMPT through
the UCIU.
NOTE

During the software upgrade, cold patch installation, or main control board replacement of the managing
mode, the UTRPc is reset and ongoing services on all modes are interrupted. During the main control board
reset or hot patch installation of the managing mode, services on other modes are not affected.
The UTRPc is invisible to the non-managing modes. The software upgrade, cold patch installation, or main
control board replacement of the non-managing mode does not affect the UTRPc. Therefore, ongoing
services on other modes are not affected.
It is recommended that the UCIU be preferentially installed in slot 4, then slot 0.

4.2.6 Co-Transmission on the Co-MPT Multimode Base Station


Side
Co-Transmission in IP over FE/GE Mode
In IP over FE/GE mode, the UMPT of the co-MPT GU/GL /UL/GT/UT/LT/GUL/GUT/ULT/
GULT multimode base station provides an FE/GE port as the co-transmission port. The
following paragraphs use the co-MPT GUL multimode base station as an example to describe
the co-transmission on the co-MPT multimode base station side in IP over FE/GE mode. Figure
4-12 shows the co-transmission on the co-MPT GUL multimode base station side in IP over FE/
GE mode.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 36


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side

Figure 4-12 Co-transmission on the Co-MPT GUL multimode base station side in IP over FE/
GE mode

NOTE

If the co-transmission on the Co-MPT GUL multimode base station side is in IP over FE/GE mode, each
mode uses the same OM IP address but different service IP addresses.

Co-Transmission in IP over E1/T1 Mode


In IP over E1/T1 mode, the UMPT of the co-MPT GU multimode base station provides an E1/
T1 port as the co-transmission port. Figure 4-13 shows the co-transmission on the co-MPT GU
multimode base station side in IP over E1/T1 mode.

Figure 4-13 Co-transmission on the Co-MPT GUL multimode base station side in IP over E1/
T1 mode

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 37


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 5 Related Features

5 Related Features

5.1 Features Related to IP-based Co-Transmission on the


MBSC Side
Prerequisite Features
Co-transmission on the MBSC side depends on the following features:

l IP-based co-transmission for the Abis and Iub interfaces


GBFD-118601 Abis over IP or GBFD-118611 Abis IP over E1/T1
WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l IP-based co-transmission for the A and Iu-CS interfaces
GBFD-118602 A over IP or GBFD-118622 A IP over E1/T1
WRFD-050409 IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface
l IP-based co-transmission for the Gb and Iu-PS interfaces
GBFD-118603 Gb over IP
WRFD-050409 IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
None

5.1.1 Prerequisite Features


Co-transmission on the MBSC side depends on the following features:

l IP-based co-transmission for the Abis and Iub interfaces


GBFD-118601 Abis over IP or GBFD-118611 Abis IP over E1/T1
WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 38


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 5 Related Features

l IP-based co-transmission for the A and Iu-CS interfaces


GBFD-118602 A over IP or GBFD-118622 A IP over E1/T1
WRFD-050409 IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface
l IP-based co-transmission for the Gb and Iu-PS interfaces
GBFD-118603 Gb over IP
WRFD-050409 IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface

5.1.2 Mutually Exclusive Features


None

5.1.3 Affected Features


None

5.2 Features Related to Co-Transmission on the Multimode


Base Station Side
Prerequisite Features
Co-transmission on the base station side depends on different features in different modes:

l In GSM mode:
GBFD-118601 Abis over IP
l In UMTS mode:
WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
WRFD-050302 Fractional ATM Function on Iub Interface
WRFD-050411 Fractional IP Function on Iub Interface
l In LTE mode:
None

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
None

5.2.1 Prerequisite Features


Co-transmission on the base station side depends on different features in different modes:

l In GSM mode:
GBFD-118601 Abis over IP
l In UMTS mode:

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 39


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 5 Related Features

WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface


WRFD-050302 Fractional ATM Function on Iub Interface
WRFD-050411 Fractional IP Function on Iub Interface
l In LTE mode:
None

5.2.2 Mutually Exclusive Features


This feature and the TDLOFD-001134 Virtual Routing & Forwarding feature (LTE TDD) are
mutually exclusive.

5.2.3 Affected Features


None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 40


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 6 Impact on the Network

6 Impact on the Network

6.1 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side


System Capacity
No impact.

Network Performance
No impact.

6.1.1 Impact on System Capacity


No impact.

6.1.2 Impact on Network Performance


No impact.

6.2 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side


Impact on System Capacity
No impact.

Impact on Network Performance


No impact.

6.2.1 Impact on System Capacity


No impact.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 41


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 6 Impact on the Network

6.2.2 Impact on Network Performance


No impact.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 42


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7 Engineering Guidelines

7.1 When to Use Co-Transmission

7.1.1 IP Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side


It is recommended that co-transmission in IP over FE/GE mode be enabled over the Abis and
Iub interfaces on the MBSC side during the evolution of a base station controller from single-
mode to multi-mode. This section describes the engineering guidelines for IP co-transmission
for Iub and Abis interfaces on the MBSC side.

7.1.2 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side


Both TDM and IP co-transmissions are supported on the base station side.

l IP-based co-transmission
It is recommended that co-transmission in IP over FE/GE mode be enabled during the
evolution of a base station from single-mode to multimode or from multimode to multimode
when IP is used for the transport network.
For details about deploying the co-transmission on the separate-MPT multimode base
station side in IP over FE/GE mode, see section 7.5 Main-Control-Board-based Co-
Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG
Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode and section Reconstruction
from Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on
the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side to Main-Control-Board-based Co-
Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L
Multimode Base Station Side.
For details about deploying the co-transmission on the separate-MPT multimode base
station side in IP over E1/T1 mode, see section 7.25 Main-Control-Board-based Co-
Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG
Multimode Base Station Side in IP over E1/T1 Mode and section 7.26 UTRP4-based
Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG
Multimode Base Station Side in IP over E1/T1 Mode.
For details about deploying the co-transmission on the co-MPT multimode base station
in IP over FE/GE mode, see section 7.28 Co-Transmission on the Co-MPT GU/GL/
UL/GT/UT/LT Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 43


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

l TDM-based co-transmission
TDM-based co-transmission can be enabled only on separate-MPT GU multimode base
stations when TDM is used for the transport network. For details about deploying TDM-
based co-transmission on the separate-MPT GU dual mode base station side, see section
"7.27 GTMU-based TDM Co-Transmission on the Separate-MPT GU Multimode
Base Station Side".

7.2 Information to Be Collected


None

7.3 Network Planning


RF Planning
N/A

Network Topology
l Determine the RAT used by the base station that provides the co-transmission port. Due to
differences in transmission specifications between RATs used for multimode base stations,
it is recommended that the RAT used by the base station that provides the co-transmission
port be determined based on the following priorities in descending order: LTE > UMTS >
GSM.
l Determine whether to use panel interconnection or backplane interconnection between
RATs for co-transmission. Multimode base stations of versions earlier than V100R007C00
support panel interconnection, while V100R007C00 and later support both panel
interconnection and backplane interconnection.
l Determine the transmission bandwidth. It is recommended that transmission bandwidth for
each RAT be determined based on the actual traffic model.
l Plan transmission parameters, including IP address, route (network segment route or host
route), virtual local area network (VLAN), SCTP link, IP path, and Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol (DHCP). The detailed parameter plan can be provided by Huawei.

Hardware Planning
l When main-control-board-based co-transmission is implemented through panel
interconnection, only the panel interconnection cable is required, and no additional board
is required.
l A UTRPc is required when UTRPc-based co-transmission is implemented through
backplane interconnection.
l For co-transmission on a triple-mode base station, UCIU+UMPT interconnection or UMPT
+UMPT interconnection can be used to connect two BBUs.

For details about the slots available for newly added boards, see BBU Hardware Description in
the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. This document only provides instances
of slots in which boards are installed in different scenarios.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 44


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.4 Co-Transmission for Iub and Abis Interfaces on the


MBSC Side

7.4.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
One FE/GE or E1/T1 port on an interface board on the MBSC side is used to connect to
both the BTS and the NodeB. When co-transmission is enabled for the Iub and Abis
interfaces on the MBSC side, co-transmission is optional for both the BTS and the NodeB.
Figure 7-1 shows the network topology of co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces
on the MBSC side in FE/GE mode.

Figure 7-1 Network topology of co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces on the
MBSC side in FE/GE mode

Figure 7-2 shows the network topology of co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces
on the MBSC side in end-to-end E1/T1 over STM-1/OC-3 mode.

Figure 7-2 Network topology of co-transmission on the Iub and Abis interfaces on the
MBSC side in end-to-end E1/T1 over STM-1/OC-3 mode

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 45


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

l Requirement for other features


The following features have been enabled:
GBFD-118601 Abis over IP
WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l Requirements for the license
The following license has been activated:

NE License Abbreviation Code Sales Unit


Control Item
Description

MBSC IP-Based 2G/ LGW1COIPT 81201141 Per TRX


3G Co- R Per Mbit/s
Transmission
on MBSC Side Per Erl
Function

7.4.2 Data Preparation


This section describes the data to be prepared for co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces
on the MBSC side in IP over FE/GE and IP over E1/T1 modes.

Co-Transmission for the Iub and Abis Interfaces on the MBSC Side in IP over FE/
GE Mode
Figure 7-3 shows an example of network topology for co-transmission in IP over FE/GE mode
for the Iub and Abis interfaces on the MBSC side.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 46


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-3 Example of network topology for co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces on
the MBSC side in IP over FE/GE mode

NOTE

The port IP address of the Abis/Iub co-transmission interface board on the MBSC side must be on the same
network segment as the port IP address of the next-hop router in FE/GE mode. If the MBSC is directly
connected to a BTS or NodeB, the port IP address of the Abis/Iub co-transmission interface board must be
on the same network segment as the port IP address of the BTS or NodeB.

Data configurations at the data link layer, such as the duplex mode and rate in FE/GE mode,
must be consistent between the MBSC and the next-hop port.

Table 7-1 describes the IP address plan for the MBSC, BTS, and NodeB.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 47


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Table 7-1 IP address plan


Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the 10.10.10.10/32 Logical IP addresses of the


MBSC Iub and Abis interface boards
on the MBSC side.
The logical IP address of the
Iub interface board on the
RNC side and the logical IP
address of the Abis interface
board on the BSC side must
be configured on the same
board. This table assumes
that the logical IP address of
the Iub interface board on the
RNC side is the same as that
of the Abis interface board on
the BSC side.

Port IP address of the MBSC 21.21.21.1/24 Physical IP addresses of the


Iub and Abis interface boards
on the MBSC side.
The physical IP address of
the Iub interface board on the
RNC side and the physical IP
address of the Abis interface
board on the BSC side must
be configured on the same
port of the same board. This
table assumes that the
physical IP address of the Iub
interface board on the RNC
side is the same as that of the
Abis interface board on the
BSC side.

IP address of the port on the 21.21.21.254/24 -


router that is directly
connected to the MBSC

Port IP address of the NodeB 30.30.30.11/24 -

Port IP address of the BTS 20.20.20.188/24 -

Port IP address of the router 30.30.30.12/24 -


that is directly connected to
the NodeB

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.189/24 -


router that is directly
connected to the BTS

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 48


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Co-Transmission for the Iub and Abis Interfaces on the MBSC Side in IP over E1/
T1 Mode
Figure 7-4 shows an example of network topology for co-transmission for the Iub and Abis
interfaces on the MBSC side in IP over E1/T1 mode.

Figure 7-4 Example of network topology for co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces on
the MBSC side in IP over E1/T1 mode

Table 7-2 describes the IP address plan for the MBSC, BTS, and NodeB.

Table 7-2 IP address plan

Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the 10.10.10.10/32 Logical IP addresses of the


MBSC Iub and Abis interface boards
on the MBSC side

Port IP address of the MBSC 21.21.21.1/24 Physical IP addresses of the


Iub and Abis interface boards
on the MBSC side

Port IP address of the NodeB 21.21.21.11/24 The MBSC terminates


messages that are compliant
with the Point-to-Point
Protocol (PPP)/Multi-Link

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 49


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

Port IP address of the BTS 21.21.21.188/24 Point-to-Point Protocol


(MLPPP) from the NodeB or
BTS. Therefore, the port IP
addresses of the MBSC,
NodeB, and BTS must be on
the same network segment.

7.4.3 Precautions
None

7.4.4 Hardware Adjustment


No additional hardware is required. You only need to connect the FE/GE or E1/T1 port on the
Abis/Iub interface board to the intermediate transmission equipment. When co-transmission is
in IP over FE/GE mode, connect the FE/GE port on the Abis/Iub interface board to the next-hop
router. When co-transmission is in IP over E1/T1 mode, connect the Abis/Iub interface board
to the intermediate synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH)/plesiochronous digital hierarchy (PDH)
transmission equipment. In addition, install the service processing board and signaling
processing board in the same subrack for the GBSC and RNC.

7.4.5 Initial Configuration


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and network layer on the BSC side,
see "Configuring a BTS and Its Cells" > "Configuring the Transmission Data" in BSC6900 GU
Initial Configuration Guide of the BSC6900 GU Product Documentation or BSC6910 GU Initial
Configuration Guide of the BSC6910 GU Product Documentation.

For details about data configurations at the data link layer and network layer on the RNC side,
see "Configuring the UMTS Interfaces" > "Configuring the Iub Interface (over IP)" in BSC6900
GU Initial Configuration Guide in the BSC6900 GU Product Documentation CD-ROM.
Compared with independent transmission, co-transmission has no configuration change. Only
the following information needs to be noted: The physical IP addresses of the BSC and the RNC
must be configured on the same port of the same board. The logical IP addresses of the Abis and
Iub interfaces for the BSC and RNC must be configured on the same board. According to the
data plan, port IP addresses or device IP addresses of the BSC and RNC can be the same or
different.

7.4.6 Activation Observation

Co-Transmission in IP over FE/GE Mode


Step 1 Run the MBSC MML command PING IP to ping the port IP address of the BTS or NodeB. If
the port IP address can be pinged, the transmission link between the MBSC and the BTS/NodeB
is normal.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 50


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

PING IP: SRN=0, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="30.30.30.11", CONTPING=NO;


PING IP: SRN=0, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="20.20.20.188", CONTPING=NO;

----End

Co-Transmission in IP over E1/T1 Mode


Step 1 Run the MBSC MML command PING IP to ping the port IP address of the BTS or NodeB. If
the port IP address can be pinged, the transmission link between the MBSC and the BTS/NodeB
is normal.
PING IP: SRN=0, SN=16, SIPADDR="21.21.21.1", DESTIP="21.21.21.188", CONTPING=NO;
PING IP: SRN=0, SN=16, SIPADDR="21.21.21.1", DESTIP="21.21.21.11", CONTPING=NO;

----End

7.5 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through


Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode
Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode

7.5.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
Figure 7-5 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel
interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side. In this scenario, an
outbound FE port on the WMPT of the NodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the
UG dual mode base station and is connected to the MBSC. The GTMU of the BTS is
interconnected to the WMPT of the NodeB through FE ports.

Figure 7-5 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on


the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side

l Requirement for other features


The following features have been enabled:
GBFD-118601 Abis over IP
WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 51


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

l Requirements for the license


The license is not required.

7.5.2 Data Preparation

(Example) Key Data Preparation


Figure 7-6 shows an example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-
transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station
side.

Figure 7-6 Example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-transmission


through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side

Table 7-3 describes the IP address plan.

Table 7-3 IP address plan

Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the BSC 10.10.10.10/32 -

Port IP address of the BSC 21.21.21.1/24 -

Device IP address of the 11.11.11.11/32 -


RNC

Port IP address of the RNC 23.23.23.1/24 -

IP address of the port on the 21.21.21.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
BSC

IP address of the port on the 23.23.23.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
RNC

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 52


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

IP address of FE port 1 on the 30.30.30.1/24 UMTS: device IP address


NodeB (FE port 1 is used for during configuration on the
interconnecting the NodeB to CME
the BTS.)

IP address of FE port 0 on the 20.20.20.188/24 UMTS: device IP address


NodeB during configuration on the
CME

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 -


router that is connected to the
NodeB

IP address of FE port 0 on the 30.30.30.188/24 GSM: device IP address


BTS (FE port 0 is used for during configuration on the
interconnecting the BTS to CME
the NodeB.)

NOTE

IP addresses of two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS must be on the same network
segment.
Data configurations at the data link layer, such as the duplex mode and rate, must be consistent between
the two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS.

Data Preparation on the GSM Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

BTSIPRT Forward Route NEXTHOP Forward Route


Address Address

IPRT Forward route NEXTHOP Forward route


address address

Data Preparation on the UMTS Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

ETHPORT Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 53


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Port No. PN Port No.

Maximum MTU Maximum


Transmission Unit Transmission Unit

Speed SPEED Speed

Duplex DUPLEX Duplex

DEVIP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

IP Address IP IP Address

Mask MASK Mask

IPRT Route Index VRFIDX Route Index

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE -

Next Hop IP IFT Next Hop IP

DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP


Address Address

DHCPRELAYSWITC DHCP Relay ES DHCP Switch


H Switch

VLANMAP VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

Next Hop IP NEXTHOPIP Next Hop IP

Mask MASK Mask

VLAN Mode VLANMODE VLAN Mode

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 54


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

Set VLAN Priority SETPRIO Set VLAN Priority

VLANCLASS VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

Traffic Type TRAFFIC Traffic Type

User Data Service SRVPRIO User Data Service


Priority Priority

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

7.5.3 Precautions
None

7.5.4 Hardware Adjustment


When main-control-board-based co-transmission is implemented through panel interconnection,
no additional hardware is required, but the cables between main control board panels are
required. Table 7-4 describes the panel interconnection modes.

Table 7-4 Main control board panel interconnection modes

Base Station Mode Panel Interconnection Mode

UG Mode 1: An outbound electrical port on the WMPT is connected to


the MBSC, and an outbound optical port on the WMPT is connected
to an optical port on the GTMU.

Mode 2: An outbound optical port on the WMPT is connected to the


MBSC, and an outbound electrical port on the WMPT is connected
to an electrical port on the GTMU.

7.5.5 Initial Configuration

Initial Configuration on the GSM Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 55


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Step 1 When configuring a route from the BTS to the BSC, change the next-hop address of the route
from the IP address of the directly connected router to the IP address of the interconnection port
on the WMPT. The BSC MML command for configuring the route from the BTS to the BSC is
ADD BTSIPRT.

Step 2 (Optional) When configuring a route to the DHCP relay of the BTS on the BSC side, change
the destination IP address of the route to the port IP address of the NodeB. If the NodeB has
multiple port IP addresses, configure routes to all port IP addresses. The BSC MML command
for configuring the route to the DHCP relay of the BTS is ADD IPRT.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GSM Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to the configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station
Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command SET ETHPORT to set the attributes of the Ethernet port on
the WMPT that is used for interconnecting to the GTMU.
SET ETHPORT: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PN=0, SPEED=AUTO, DUPLEX=AUTO;
//Set the parameters for the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used
for interconnecting the WMPT to the GTMU.

Step 2 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the device IP address of the Ethernet port
on the WMPT that is used for interconnecting to the GTMU. In this step, ensure that IP addresses
of two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS are on the same network segment.
ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0, IP="30.30.30.1",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Set the IP address of the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used
for interconnecting the WMPT to the GTMU and ensure that the IP address is on the
same network segment as the IP address of the interconnection port on the GTMU.

Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC
through the NodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address
of the router that is directly connected to the NodeB.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1", PREF=60;

Step 4 (Optional) Add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB.

The downlink route is required only if the logical IP address is used by the BTS. If the physical
port IP address is used by the BTS and the IP addresses of the panel interconnection ports on
the NodeB and the BTS are on the same network segment as the port IP address of the BTS, the
downlink route from the NodeB to the BTS is not required.

Step 5 (Optional) Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP
relay.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 56


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP,
the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the NodeB.
SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE;
//Enable DHCP relay for the NodeB.

Step 6 (Optional) Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the
DHCP server.

When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP,
the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to
be added on the NodeB. For the BTS, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP address of the
BSC. If the data plan shows that the IP-based Abis interface board on the BSC side uses the
device IP address, set the IP address of the DHCP server to the device IP address.
ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="10.10.10.10";
//Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the BTS.

Step 7 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data
for the BTS and NodeB:
l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the
uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB added in step 2 must be different
from the uplink route for the NodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the
uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB to 20.20.20.101, which is different
from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route for the NodeB. To add VLAN
mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=
SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;

l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated services code point (DSCP) values.
This method requires differentiated DSCP values for the BTS and NodeB. For details about
DSCP values for the BTS and NodeB, seeBandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-
Transmission Feature Parameter Description.
1. Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. In VLAN group mode,
set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the NodeB. If
differentiated data needs to be configured for the NodeB and BTS and TRAFFIC
is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 40 on the NodeB.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in
DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN
data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not
set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field.
In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.

2. Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP.


ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=
VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
//Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.

----End

Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "7.5.2 Data Preparation" section. For instructions
on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation
Guide.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 57


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.5.6 Activation Observation


After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature
is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer
device.

UMTS Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step
on the NodeB side to verify whether the transmission link between the NodeB and the BSC/
RNC is normal:

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP link between the NodeB and the BSC/
RNC. If the IP address can be pinged, the IP link is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="11.11.11.11",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;

----End

GSM Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the BTS and activated, perform the following step on
the BSC side to check whether the transmission link between the BSC and the BTS is normal:

Step 1 Run the BSC MML command PING IP to ping the IP link between the GTMU on the BTS and
the BSC. If the IP address can be pinged, the IP link is normal.
PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="30.30.30.188",
NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;

----End

7.6 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through


Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LU/TU
Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode

7.6.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
Figure 7-7 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel
interconnection on the separate-MPT LU multimode base station side. In this scenario, an
outbound FE/GE port on the LMPT of the eNodeB serves as the co-transmission port of
the separate-MPT LU multimode base station and is connected to the RNC and mobility
management entity (MME)/serving gateway (S-GW). The NodeB is interconnected to the
eNodeB through FE ports.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 58


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-7 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on


the separate-MPT LU multimode base station side

l Requirement for other features


The following feature has been enabled:
WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l Requirements for the license
The following license has been activated:

NE License Abbreviation Code Sales Unit


Control Item
Description

eNodeB IP-Based LLT1IPMCT0 81201528 Per eNodeB


Multi-mode 1
Co-
Transmission
on BS side
(eNodeB)

7.6.2 Data Preparation

(Example) Key Data Preparation


Figure 7-8 shows an example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-
transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT LU multimode base station
side.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 59


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-8 Example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-transmission


through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT LU multimode base station side

Table 7-5 describes the IP address plan.

Table 7-5 IP address plan

Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the 10.10.10.10/32 -


RNC

Port IP address of the RNC 21.21.21.1/24 -

IP address of the port on the 21.21.21.254/24 UMTS: next hop to the


router that is connected to the NodeB route
RNC

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 LTE: next hop of the route
router that is connected to the from the eNodeB to the S-
eNodeB GW on the S1 interface and
next hop of the route from the
eNodeB to the MME on the
S1 interface

IP address of FE port 1 on the 30.30.30.1/24 LTE: device IP address


eNodeB (FE port 1 is used for during configuration on the
interconnecting the eNodeB CME
to the NodeB.)

IP address of FE port 0 on the 20.20.20.188/24 LTE: device IP address


eNodeB during configuration on the
CME

IP address of the MME 40.40.40.40/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


SCTP link

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 60


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

IP address of the S-GW 50.50.50.50/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


IP path

IP address of FE port 0 on the 30.30.30.188/24 -


NodeB (FE port 0 is used for
interconnecting the eNodeB
to the NodeB.)

IP address of the U2000 70.70.70.70/24 IP address of the U2000 or


DHCP server

NOTE

IP addresses of two Ethernet ports used for interconnecting the eNodeB to the NodeB must be on the same
network segment.
Data configurations at the data link layer, such as the duplex mode and rate, must be consistent between
the two Ethernet ports used for interconnecting the eNodeB to the NodeB.

Data Preparation on the UMTS Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

IPRT Route Index VRFIDX Route Index

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Data Preparation on the eNodeB Side


MO MML Parameter Name MML Parameter ID CME Parameter
Name

ETHPORT Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port No. PN Port No.

Port Attribute PA Port Attribute

Speed SPEED Speed

Duplex DUPLEX Duplex

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 61


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter Name MML Parameter ID CME Parameter


Name

DEVIP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

IP Address IP IP Address

Mask MASK Mask

IPRT Route Index VRFIDX Route Index

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE Route Type

Port Type IFT Port Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Port No.

DHCPSVR DHCP Server IP Address DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP


IP Address

DHCPREL DHCP Relay Switch ES DHCP Relay


AYSWITC Switch
H

VLANMA Next Hop IP NEXTHOPIP Next Hop IP


P
Mask MASK Mask

VLAN Mode VLANMODE VLAN Mode

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

Set VLAN Priority SETPRIO Set VLAN Priority

VLAN Priority VLANPRIO VLAN Priority

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 62


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter Name MML Parameter ID CME Parameter


Name

VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

VLANCLA VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.


SS
Traffic Type TRAFFIC Traffic Type

User Data Service Priority SRVPRIO User Data Service


Priority

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

VLAN Priority VLANPRIO VLAN Priority

7.6.3 Precautions
None

7.6.4 Hardware Adjustment


When main-control-board-based co-transmission is implemented through panel interconnection,
no additional hardware is required, but the cables between main control board panels are
required. Table 7-6 describes the panel interconnection modes.

Table 7-6 Panel interconnection modes

Base Station Panel Interconnection Mode


Mode

LU Mode 1: An outbound electrical port on the LMPT is connected to the


RNC and MME/S-GW, and an outbound optical port on the LMPT is
connected to an optical port on the WMPT.

Mode 2: An outbound optical port on the LMPT is connected to the RNC


and MME/S-GW, and an outbound electrical port on the LMPT is
connected to an electrical port on the WMPT.

Mode 3: An outbound electrical port on the LMPT is connected to the


RNC and MME/S-GW, and an outbound electrical port on the LMPT
is connected to an electrical port on the WMPT.

Mode 4: An outbound optical port on the LMPT is connected to the RNC


and MME/S-GW, and an outbound optical port on the LMPT is
connected to an optical port on the WMPT.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 63


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.6.5 Initial Configuration

(Optional) Initial Configuration on the U2000 Side


When configuring a route to the DHCP relay of the NodeB on the U2000 side, change the
destination IP address of the route to the port IP address of the eNodeB. If the eNodeB has
multiple port IP addresses, configure routes to all port IP addresses.

Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to the configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station
Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands


When configuring a route from the NodeB to the RNC, change the next-hop address of the
route from the IP address of the directly connected router to the IP address of the
interconnection port on the LMPT. The NodeB MML command for configuring the route
from the NodeB to the RNC is ADD IPRT.
l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Initial Configuration on the LTE Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command SET ETHPORT to set the attributes of the Ethernet port on
the LMPT that is used for interconnecting to the WMPT.
SET ETHPORT: SN=6, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PN=1, PA=COPPER, SPEED=AUTO, DUPLEX=AUTO;
//Set the parameters for the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 6) that is used
for interconnecting the LMPT to the WMPT.

Step 2 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the device IP address of the Ethernet port
on the LMPT that is used for interconnecting to the WMPT. In this step, ensure that IP addresses
of two ports used for interconnecting the eNodeB to the NodeB are on the same network segment.
ADD DEVIP: SN=6, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="30.30.30.1",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Set the IP address of the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 6) that is used
for interconnecting the LMPT to the WMPT and ensure that the IP address is on the
same network segment as the port IP address of the WMPT.

Step 3 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the NodeB to the
RNC through the eNodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP
address of the router that is directly connected to the eNodeB.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 64


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SN=6, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",


DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1", PREF=60;
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the RNC.

Step 4 (Optional) Add a downlink route from the RNC to the NodeB through the eNodeB. The downlink
route is required only if the logical IP address is used by the NodeB. If the physical port IP
address is used by the NodeB and the IP addresses of the panel interconnection ports on the
eNodeB and the NodeB are on the same network segment as the port IP address of the NodeB,
the downlink route from the eNodeB to the NodeB is not required.

Step 5 (Optional) Run the eNodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP
relay. When co-transmission is enabled for the NodeB and eNodeB, if the NodeB is deployed
using DHCP, the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled
for the eNodeB.
SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE;
//Enable DHCP relay for the eNodeB.

Step 6 (Optional) Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the
DHCP server.

When co-transmission is enabled for the NodeB and eNodeB, if the NodeB is deployed using
DHCP, the eNodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server
needs to be added on the eNodeB. For the NodeB, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP
address of the RNC or U2000. In this step, assume that the U2000 works as the DHCP server.
ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="70.70.70.70";
//Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the NodeB.

Step 7 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data
for the NodeB and eNodeB:

----End

l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the


uplink route from the NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB added in step 3 must be
different from the uplink route for the eNodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop
address of the uplink route from the NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB to
20.20.20.101, which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route
for the eNodeB. To add VLAN mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK="255.255.255.0",
VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;

l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method


requires differentiated DSCP values for the NodeB and eNodeB. For details about DSCP
values for the NodeB and eNodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-
Transmission Feature Parameter Description.
1. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. In VLAN group
mode, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the eNodeB.
If differentiated data needs to be configured for the eNodeB and NodeB and
TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 40 on the eNodeB.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value
in DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network
where VLAN data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the
DSCP value is not set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not
contain the VLAN field. In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 65


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

2. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP.


ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK="255.255.255.0",
VLANMODE=VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1;
//Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the eNodeB Side
section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

7.6.6 Activation Observation


After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature
is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer
device.

LTE Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the eNodeB and activated, perform the following step
on the eNodeB side to verify whether the transmission link between the eNodeB and the MME/
S-GW is normal:

Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the MME/S-GW. If the IP
address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="40.40.40.40",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="50.50.50.50",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;

----End

UMTS Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step
on the RNC side to verify whether the transmission link between the RNC and the NodeB is
normal:

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command PING IP to ping the IP address of the WMPT.
PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="30.30.30.188",
NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;

----End

7.7 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through


Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LG/TG
Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode

7.7.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
Figure 7-9 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel
interconnection on the separate-MPT LG multimode base station side. In this scenario, an

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 66


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

outbound FE/GE port on the LMPT of the eNodeB serves as the co-transmission port of
the separate-MPT LG multimode base station and is connected to the BSC and MME/S-
GW. The BTS is interconnected to the eNodeB through FE ports.

Figure 7-9 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on


the separate-MPT LG multimode base station side

l Requirement for other features


The following feature has been enabled:
GBFD-118601 Abis over IP
l Requirements for the license
The following license has been activated:

NE License Abbreviation Code Sales Unit


Control Item
Description

eNodeB IP-Based LLT1IPMCT0 81201528 Per eNodeB


Multi-mode 1
Co-
Transmission
on BS side
(eNodeB)

7.7.2 Data Preparation

(Example) Key Data Preparation


Figure 7-10 shows an example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-
transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT LG multimode base station
side.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 67


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-10 Example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-transmission


through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT LG multimode base station side

Table 7-7 describes the IP address plan.

Table 7-7 IP address plan


Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the BSC 10.10.10.10/32 -

Port IP address of the BSC 21.21.21.1/24 -

IP address of the port on the 21.21.21.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
BSC

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 -


router that is connected to the
eNodeB

IP address of FE port 1 on the 30.30.30.1/24 LTE: device IP address


eNodeB (FE port 1 is used for during configuration on the
interconnecting the eNodeB CME
to the BTS.)

IP address of FE port 0 on the 20.20.20.188/24 LTE: device IP address


eNodeB during configuration on the
CME

IP address of the MME 40.40.40.40/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


SCTP link

IP address of the S-GW 50.50.50.50/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


IP path

IP address of FE port 0 on the 30.30.30.188/24 -


BTS (FE port 0 is used for
interconnecting the BTS to
the eNodeB.)

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 68


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

NOTE

IP addresses of two Ethernet ports used for interconnecting the eNodeB to the BTS must be on the same
network segment.
Data configurations at the data link layer, such as the duplex mode and rate, must be consistent between
the two Ethernet ports used for interconnecting the eNodeB to the BTS.

Data Preparation on the GSM Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

BTSIPRT Forward Route NEXTHOP Forward Route


Address Address

IPRT Forward route NEXTHOP Forward route


address address

Data Preparation on the LTE Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

ETHPORT Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port No. PN Port No.

Port Attribute PA Port Attribute

Speed SPEED Speed

Duplex DUPLEX Duplex

DEVIP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

IP Address IP IP Address

Mask MASK Mask

IPRT Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 69


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Port Type

Mask DSTMASK Port No.

Route Type RTTYPE Route Type

Port Type IFT IP Address

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Mask

Port No. IFNO Port No.

DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP


Address Address

DHCPRELAYSWI DHCP Relay Switch ES DHCP Relay Switch


TCH

VLANMAP Next Hop IP NEXTHOPIP Next Hop IP

Mask MASK Mask

VLAN Mode VLANMODE VLAN Mode

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

Set VLAN Priority SETPRIO Set VLAN Priority

VLAN Priority VLANPRIO VLAN Priority

VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

VLANCLASS VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

Traffic Type TRAFFIC Traffic Type

User Data Service SRVPRIO User Data Service


Priority Priority

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

VLAN Priority VLANPRIO VLAN Priority

7.7.3 Precautions
None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 70


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.7.4 Hardware Adjustment


When main-control-board-based co-transmission is implemented through panel interconnection,
no additional hardware is required, but the cables between main control board panels are
required. Table 7-8 describes the panel interconnection modes.

Table 7-8 Panel interconnection modes

Base Station Panel Interconnection Mode


Mode

LG Mode 1: An outbound electrical port on the LMPT is connected to the BSC


and MME/S-GW, and an outbound optical port on the LMPT is connected
to an optical port on the GTMU.

Mode 2: An outbound optical port on the LMPT is connected to the BSC


and MME/S-GW, and an outbound electrical port on the LMPT is
connected to an electrical port on the GTMU.

Mode 3: An outbound electrical port on the LMPT is connected to the BSC


and MME/S-GW, and an outbound electrical port on the LMPT is
connected to an electrical port on the GTMU.

Mode 4: An outbound optical port on the LMPT is connected to the BSC


and MME/S-GW, and an outbound optical port on the LMPT is connected
to an optical port on the GTMU.

7.7.5 Initial Configuration

Initial Configuration on the GSM Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 When configuring a route from the BTS to the BSC, change the next-hop address of the route
from the IP address of the directly connected router to the IP address of interconnection port on
the LMPT. The BSC MML command for configuring the route from the BTS to the BSC is
ADD BTSIPRT.

Step 2 (Optional)When configuring a route to the DHCP relay of the BTS on the BSC side, change the
destination IP address of the route to the port IP address of the eNodeB. If the eNodeB has
multiple port IP addresses, configure routes to all port IP addresses. The BSC MML command
for configuring the route to the DHCP relay of the BTS is ADD IPRT.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 71


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GSM Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Initial Configuration on the LTE Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command SET ETHPORT to set the attributes of the Ethernet port on
the LMPT that is used for interconnecting to the GTMU.
SET ETHPORT: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PN=1, PA=COPPER, SPEED=AUTO, DUPLEX=AUTO;
//Set the parameters for the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used
for interconnecting the LMPT to the GTMU.

Step 2 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the device IP address of the Ethernet port
on the LMPT that is used for interconnecting to the GTMU. In this step, ensure that IP addresses
of two ports used for interconnecting the eNodeB to the BTS are on the same network segment.
ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="30.30.30.1",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Set the IP address of the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used
for interconnecting the LMPT to the GTMU and ensure that the IP address is on the
same network segment as the port IP address of the GTMU.

Step 3 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC
through the eNodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address
of the router that is directly connected to the eNodeB.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1", PREF=60;
//Add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB.

Step 4 (Optional) Add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the eNodeB.

The downlink route is required only if the logical IP address is used by the BTS. If the physical
port IP address is used by the BTS and the IP addresses of the panel interconnection ports on
the eNodeB and the BTS are on the same network segment as the port IP address of the BTS,
the downlink route from the eNodeB to the BTS is not required.

Step 5 (Optional)Run the eNodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP
relay.

When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and eNodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP,
the eNodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the
eNodeB.
SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE;
//Enable DHCP relay for the eNodeB.

Step 6 (Optional)Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the
DHCP server.

When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and eNodeB, the eNodeB needs to work as the
relay if the BTS is deployed using DHCP. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs
to be added on the eNodeB. For the BTS, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP address

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 72


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

of the BSC. If the data plan shows that the IP-based Abis interface board on the BSC side uses
the device IP address, set the IP address of the DHCP server to the device IP address.
ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="10.10.10.10";
//Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the BTS.

Step 7 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data
for the BTS and eNodeB:
l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the
uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB added in step 3 must be different
from the uplink route for the eNodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the
uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB to 20.20.20.101, which is different
from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route for the eNodeB. To add VLAN
mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK="255.255.255.0",
VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;

l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires
differentiated DSCP values for the BTS and eNodeB. For details about DSCP values for the
BTS and eNodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-Transmission
Feature Parameter Description.
1. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. In VLAN group mode,
set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the eNodeB. If
differentiated data needs to be configured for the eNodeB and BTS and TRAFFIC
is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 40 on the eNodeB.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in
DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN
data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not
set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field.
In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.

2. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP.


ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK="255.255.255.0", VLANMODE=VLANGROUP,
VLANGROUPNO=1;
//Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the LTE Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

7.7.6 Activation Observation


After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature
is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer
device.

LTE Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the eNodeB and activated, perform the following step
on the eNodeB side to verify whether the transmission link between the eNodeB and the MME/
S-GW is normal:

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 73


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the MME/S-GW. If the IP
address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="40.40.40.40",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="50.50.50.50",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;

----End

GSM Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the BTS and activated, perform the following step on
the BSC side to verify whether the transmission link between the BSC and the BTS is normal:

Step 1 Run the BSC MML command PING IP to ping the IP address of the GTMU.
PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="30.30.30.188",
NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;

----End

7.8 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through


Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LGU/TGU
Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode

7.8.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
Figure 7-11 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel
interconnection on the separate-MPT UGL multimode base station side. In this scenario,
main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the
separate-MPT UGL multimode base station side is enabled by cascading FE ports on the
panels in different subracks. The BTS and NodeB are cascaded in one BBU subrack through
the panel where FE ports are located, while the eNodeB uses another BBU subrack. The
BTS and NodeB are interconnected to the LMPT on the eNodeB through the WMPT on
the NodeB. An outbound FE/GE port on the LMPT of the eNodeB serves as the co-
transmission port of the separate-MPT GUL multimode base station and is connected to
the MBSC and MME/S-GW. The GTMU of the BTS is interconnected to the WMPT of
the NodeB through FE ports.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 74


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-11 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the


separate-MPT UGL multimode base station side

l Requirement for other features


The following features have been enabled:
GBFD-118601 Abis over IP
WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l Requirements for the license
The following license has been activated:

NE License Abbreviation Code Sales Unit


Control Item
Description

eNodeB IP-Based LLT1IPMCT0 81201528 Per eNodeB


Multi-mode 1
Co-
Transmission
on BS side
(eNodeB)

7.8.2 Data Preparation

(Example) Key Data Preparation


Figure 7-12 shows an example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-
transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UGL multimode base station
side.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 75


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-12 Example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-transmission


through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UGL multimode base station side

Table 7-9 describes the IP address plan.

Table 7-9 IP address plan

Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the BSC 10.10.10.10/32 -

Port IP address of the BSC 21.21.21.1/24 -

Device IP address of the 11.11.11.11/32 -


RNC

Port IP address of the RNC 23.23.23.1/24 -

IP address of the port on the 21.21.21.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
BSC

IP address of the port on the 23.23.23.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
RNC

IP address of FE port 1 on the 60.60.60.1/24 LTE: device IP address


eNodeB (FE port 1 is used for during configuration on the
interconnecting the eNodeB CME
to the BTS and NodeB.)

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 76


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

IP address of FE port 0 on the 20.20.20.188/24 LTE: device IP address


eNodeB during configuration on the
CME

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 -


router that is connected to the
eNodeB

IP address of FE port 0 on the 60.60.60.188/24 -


NodeB (FE port 0 is used for
interconnecting the NodeB to
the eNodeB.)

IP address of FE port 1 on the 30.30.30.1/24 -


NodeB (FE port 1 is used for
interconnecting the NodeB to
the BTS.)

IP address of FE port 0 on the 30.30.30.188/24 -


BTS (FE port 0 is used for
interconnecting the BTS to
the NodeB.)

IP address of the MME 40.40.40.40/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


SCTP link

IP address of the S-GW 50.50.50.50/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


IP path

IP address of the U2000 70.70.70.70/24 IP address of the U2000 is


used as the IP address of the
DHCP server for the NodeB
and eNodeB

NOTE

IP addresses of two Ethernet ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS and interconnecting the
NodeB to the eNodeB must be on the same network segment.
Data configurations at the data link layer, such as the duplex mode and rate, must be consistent between
the two Ethernet ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS and interconnecting the NodeB to
the eNodeB.

Data Preparation on the GSM Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

BTSIPRT Forward Route NEXTHOP Forward Route


Address Address

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 77


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

IPRT Forward route NEXTHOP Forward route


address address

Data Preparation on the UMTS Side


MO MML Parameter Name MML Parameter ID CME Parameter
Name

ETHPORT Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port No. PN Port No.

Maximum Transmission MTU Maximum


Unit Transmission Unit

Speed SPEED Speed

Duplex DUPLEX Duplex

DEVIP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

IP Address IP IP Address

Mask MASK Mask

IPRT Route Index VRFIDX Route Index

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 78


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter Name MML Parameter ID CME Parameter


Name

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE -

Port Type IFT Carrier Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Link No.

DHCPSVRI DHCP Server IP Address DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP


P Address

DHCPREL DHCP Relay Switch ES DHCP Switch


AYSWITC
H

Data Preparation on the LTE Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

ETHPORT Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port No. PN Port No.

Port Attribute PA Port Attribute

Speed SPEED Speed

Duplex DUPLEX Duplex

DEVIP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

IP Address IP IP Address

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 79


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Mask MASK Mask

IPRT Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE Route Type

Port Type IFT Port Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Port No.

DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP


Address Address

DHCPRELAYSWI DHCP Relay Switch ES DHCP Relay Switch


TCH

VLANMAP Next Hop IP NEXTHOPIP Next Hop IP

Mask MASK Mask

VLAN Mode VLANMODE VLAN Mode

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

Set VLAN Priority SETPRIO Set VLAN Priority

VLAN Priority VLANPRIO VLAN Priority

VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

VLANCLASS VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

Traffic Type TRAFFIC Traffic Type

User Data Service SRVPRIO User Data Service


Priority Priority

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

VLAN Priority VLANPRIO VLAN Priority

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 80


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.8.3 Precautions
None

7.8.4 Hardware Adjustment


When main-control-board-based co-transmission is implemented through panel interconnection,
no additional hardware is required, but the FE electrical or optical ports for interconnecting main
control board panels are required. Table 7-10 describes the panel interconnection mode.

Table 7-10 Panel interconnection mode

Base Panel Interconnection Mode


Station
Mode

LGU Mode 1: An outbound electrical port on the LMPT is connected to the MBSC and
MME/S-GW, an outbound optical port on the LMPT is connected to an optical
port on the WMPT, and an outbound electrical port on the WMPT is connected
to an electrical port on the GTMU.

Mode 2: An outbound optical port on the LMPT is connected to the MBSC and
MME/S-GW, an outbound electrical port on the LMPT is connected to an
electrical port on the WMPT, and an outbound optical port on the WMPT is
connected to an optical port on the GTMU.

Mode 3: An outbound electrical port on the LMPT is connected to the MBSC and
MME/S-GW, an outbound electrical port on the LMPT is connected to an
electrical port on the WMPT, and an outbound optical port on the WMPT is
connected to an optical port on the GTMU.

Mode 4: An outbound optical port on the LMPT is connected to the MBSC and
MME/S-GW, and an outbound optical port on the LMPT is connected to an optical
port on the WMPT, and an outbound electrical port on the WMPT is connected
to an electrical port on the GTMU.

7.8.5 Initial Configuration

(Optional)Initial Configuration on the U2000 Side


When configuring a route to the DHCP relay of the NodeB on the U2000 side, change the
destination IP address of the route to the port IP address of the eNodeB. If the eNodeB has
multiple port IP addresses, configure routes to all port IP addresses.

Initial Configuration on the GSM Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 81


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 When configuring a route from the BTS to the BSC, change the next-hop address of the route
from the IP address of the directly connected router to the IP address of interconnection port on
the WMPT. The BSC MML command for configuring the route from the BTS to the BSC is
ADD BTSIPRT.

Step 2 (Optional)When configuring a route to the DHCP relay of the BTS, change the destination IP
address of the route to the port IP address of the NodeB. If the NodeB has multiple port IP
addresses, configure routes to all port IP addresses. The BSC MML command for configuring
the route to the DHCP relay of the BTS is ADD IPRT.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GSM Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command SET ETHPORT to set the attributes of the Ethernet port on
the WMPT that is used for interconnecting to the GTMU.
SET ETHPORT: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PN=1, SPEED=AUTO, DUPLEX=AUTO;
//Set the parameters for the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used
for interconnecting the WMPT to the GTMU.

Step 2 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the device IP address of the Ethernet port
on the WMPT that is used for interconnecting to the GTMU. In this step, ensure that IP addresses
of two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS are on the same network segment.
ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="30.30.30.1",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Set the IP address of the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used
for interconnecting the WMPT to the GTMU and ensure that the IP address is on the
same network segment as the IP address of the interconnection port on the GTMU.

Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC
through the NodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address
of the interconnection port on the LMPT.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="60.60.60.1", PREF=60;
//Add a route from the NodeB to the BSC.

Step 4 (Optional) Add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB.

The downlink route is required only if the logical IP address is used by the BTS. If the physical
port IP address is used by the BTS and the IP addresses of the panel interconnection ports on

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 82


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

the NodeB and the BTS are on the same network segment as the port IP address of the BTS, the
downlink route from the NodeB to the BTS is not required.
Step 5 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP
relay.
When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP,
the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the NodeB.
SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE;
//Enable DHCP relay for the NodeB.

Step 6 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the
DHCP server.
When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, the NodeB needs to work as the relay
if the BTS is deployed using DHCP. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to be
added on the NodeB. For the BTS, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP address of the
BSC. If the data plan shows that the IP-based Abis interface board on the BSC side uses the
device IP address, set the IP address of the DHCP server to the device IP address.
ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="10.10.10.10";
//Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the BTS.

----End
l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Initial Configuration on the LTE Side


NOTE

The number of the BBU subrack used by the eNodeB must be different from the number of the BBU subrack
shared by the BTS and NodeB. The following description is based on the assumption that the number of
the BBU subrack used by the eNodeB is 1.

For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:
l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command SET ETHPORT to set the attributes of the Ethernet port on
the LMPT that is used for interconnecting to the WMPT.
SET ETHPORT: CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PN=1, PA=COPPER, SPEED=AUTO,
DUPLEX=AUTO;
//Set the parameters for the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used
for interconnecting the LMPT to the WMPT.

Step 2 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the device IP address of the Ethernet port
on the LMPT that is used for interconnecting the LMPT to the WMPT. In this step, ensure that
IP addresses of two ports used for interconnecting the eNodeB to the NodeB are on the same
network segment.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 83


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

ADD DEVIP: CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="60.60.60.1",


MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Set the IP address of the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used
for interconnecting the LMPT to the WMPT and ensure that the IP address is on the
same network segment as the port IP address of the WMPT.

Step 3 Add an uplink route from the BTS/NodeB to the BSC through the eNodeB.
1. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the NodeB to
the RNC through the eNodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP
to the IP address of the router that is directly connected to the eNodeB.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="11.11.11.11",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1", PREF=60;
//Add a route from the NodeB to the RNC.

2. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the BTS to the
BSC through the eNodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the
IP address of the router that is directly connected to the eNodeB.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1", PREF=60;
//Add a route from the BTS to the BSC.

Step 4 (Optional) Add a downlink route from the RNC to the NodeB through the eNodeB.

The downlink route is required only if the logical IP address is used by the NodeB. If the physical
port IP address is used by the NodeB and the IP addresses of the panel interconnection ports on
the eNodeB and the NodeB are on the same network segment as the port IP address of the NodeB,
the downlink route from the eNodeB to the NodeB is not required.

Step 5 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS
through the eNodeB.

The downlink route to the BTS needs to be configured on the eNodeB side regardless of whether
the port IP address or logical IP address is used by the BTS. In this step, set DSTIP to the port
IP address or logical IP address of the BTS and NEXTHOP to the IP address of the port on the
NodeB for interconnecting to the eNodeB. This step takes the port IP address configuration of
the BTS as an example. When configuring a route to the logical IP address of the BTS, change
the value of DSTIP in the following command:
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="30.30.30.188",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="60.60.60.188", PREF=60;
//Add a route from the BSC to the BTS.

Step 6 (Optional)Run the eNodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP
relay. When co-transmission is enabled for the NodeB and eNodeB, the eNodeB needs to work
as the relay if the NodeB is deployed using DHCP. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled
for the eNodeB.
SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE;
//Enable DHCP relay for the eNodeB.

Step 7 (Optional)Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the
DHCP server.

When co-transmission is enabled for the NodeB and eNodeB, if the NodeB is deployed using
DHCP, the eNodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server
needs to be added on the eNodeB. For the NodeB, the U2000 works as the DHCP server.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 84


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="70.70.70.70";


//Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the NodeB.

Step 8 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data
for the BTS, NodeB, and eNodeB:
l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the
uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB and the uplink route from the
NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB added in step 3 must be different from the uplink
route for the eNodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the uplink route from
the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB to 20.20.20.101 and set the next-hop address of the
uplink route from the NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB to 20.20.20.201, which is
different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route for the eNodeB. To add
VLAN mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK="255.255.255.0",
VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.201", MASK="255.255.255.0",
VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=33, SETPRIO=DISABLE;

l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires
differentiated DSCP values for the BTS, NodeB, and eNodeB. For details about DSCP values
for the BTS, NodeB, and eNodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-
Transmission Feature Parameter Description.
1. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. In VLAN group mode,
set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the eNodeB. If
differentiated data needs to be configured for the eNodeB and NodeB and
TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 40 on the eNodeB.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in
DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN
data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not
set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field.
In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.

2. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP.


ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK="255.255.255.0", VLANMODE=VLANGROUP,
VLANGROUPNO=1;
//Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the LTE Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

7.8.6 Activation Observation


After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature
is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer
device.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 85


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

LTE Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the eNodeB and activated, perform the following step
on the eNodeB side to verify whether the transmission link to the eNodeB is normal:

Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the next-hop route. If the IP
address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="20.20.20.1",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;

----End

UMTS Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step
on the NodeB side to verify whether the transmission link to the NodeB is normal:

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the next-hop route. If the IP
address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="60.60.60.188", DSTIP="20.20.20.1",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;

----End

GSM Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the BTS and activated, perform the following step on
the BSC side to verify whether the transmission link between the BSC and the BTS is normal:

Step 1 Run the BSC MML command PING IP to ping the IP address of the GTMU.
PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="30.30.30.188",
NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;

Step 2 Run the RNC MML command PING IP to ping the IP address of the WMPT.
PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="11.11.11.11", DESTIP="60.60.60.188",
NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;

----End

7.9 Main-Control-Board-based IP Co-Transmission


Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT
LG/TG Multimode Base Station Side

7.9.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
Figure 7-13 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane
interconnection on the separate-MPT LG multimode base station side. In this scenario, an
outbound FE/GE port on the LMPT/UMPT_L of the eNodeB serves as the co-transmission
port of the separate-MPT LG multimode base station and is connected to the BSC and
MME/S-GW. The BTS is interconnected to the eNodeB through backplanes.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 86


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-13 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection


on the separate-MPT LG multimode base station side

l Requirement for other features


The following feature has been enabled:
GBFD-118601 Abis over IP
l Requirements for the license
The following license has been activated:

NE License Abbreviation Code Sales Unit


Control Item
Description

eNodeB IP-Based LLT1IPMCT0 81201528 Per eNodeB


Multi-mode 1
Co-
Transmission
on BS side
(eNodeB)

7.9.2 Data Preparation

(Example) Key Data Preparation


Figure 7-14 shows an example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-
transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT LG multimode base
station side.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 87


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-14 Example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-transmission


through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT LG multimode base station side

Table 7-11 describes the data plan.

Table 7-11 Data plan

Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the BSC 10.10.10.10/32 -

Port IP address of the BSC 21.21.21.1/24 -

IP address of the port on the 21.21.21.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
BSC

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 -


router that is connected to the
eNodeB

IP address of FE port 1 on the 20.20.20.188/24 LTE: device IP address


eNodeB during configuration on the
CME

OM IP address of the 31.31.31.188/24 LTE: management plane IP


eNodeB address. This is a logical IP
address and is configured on
the main control board.

Signaling/service IP address 33.33.33.188/24 LTE: control plane/user


of the eNodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the main
control board.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 88


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

IP address of the U2000 60.60.60.60/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


OM channel

IP address of the MME 40.40.40.40/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


SCTP link

IP address of the S-GW 50.50.50.50/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


IP path

IP address of the BTS 35.35.35.188/24 GSM: communication IP


address of the BTS. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the BTS main
control board.

BTS electronic serial number abcdefghijklmn -


(ESN)

NOTE

In this scenario, the GTMUb does not need to be configured with Ethernet port attributes such as duplex
mode and rate because the GTMUb communicates with the LMTP or UMPT_L through the backplane.

Data Preparation on the GSM Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

BTSTUNNEL Index Type IDTYPE Index Type

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Source Cabinet No. SRCCN Source Cabinet No.

Source Subrack No. SRCSRN Source Subrack No.

Source Slot No. SRCSN Source Slot No.

BTS Tunnel No. TN BTS Tunnel No.

Destination Cabinet DSTCN Destination Cabinet


No. No.

Destination Subrack DSTSRN Destination Subrack


No. No.

Destination Slot No. DSTSN Destination Slot No.

BTSDEVIP Index Type IDTYPE -

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Port Type PT Port Type

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 89


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Port No. PN Port No.

Port Cabinet No. CN Port Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

IP Address IP IP Address

IP Mask MASK IP Mask

BTSIP Index Type IDTYPE -

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

BTS Name BTSNAME BTS Name

BTS BTSCOMTYPE BTS


Communication Communication
Type Type

BTS IP BTSIP BTS IP

BSC IP BSCIP BSC IP

BTS MultiIP Switch BTSMUTIP BTS MultiIP Switch

BTSIPRT Index Type IDTYPE -

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Route Index RTIDX Route Index

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP


Address Address

Destination Address DSTMASK Destination Address


Mask Mask

Route Type RTTYPE Route Type

Port Cabinet No. CN Port Cabinet No.

Port Subrack No. SRN Port Subrack No.

Port Slot No. SN Port Slot No.

Interface Type ITFType Interface Type

Outgoing Interface IFNO Outgoing Interface


No. No.

BTSESN BTS Index Type IDTYPE -

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 90


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

OM Bear Board OMBEARBOARD OM Bear Board

IPRT Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP


address address

Destination address DSTMASK Destination address


mask mask

Forward route NEXTHOP Forward route


address address

Data Preparation on the LTE Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

TUNNEL Source Cabinet No. SCN Source Cabinet No.

Source Subrack No. SSRN Source Subrack No.

Source Slot No. SSN Source Slot No.

Tunnel No. TUNNELID Tunnel No.

Destination Cabinet DCN Destination Cabinet


No. No.

Destination Subrack DSRN Destination Subrack


No. No.

Destination Slot No. DSN Destination Slot No.

IPRT Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE Route Type

Port Type IFT Port Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 91


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Port No. IFNO Port No.

DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP


Address Address

DHCPRELAYSWI DHCP Relay Switch ES DHCP Relay Switch


TCH

VLANMAP Next Hop IP NEXTHOPIP Next Hop IP

Mask MASK Mask

VLAN Mode VLANMODE VLAN Mode

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

Set VLAN Priority SETPRIO Set VLAN Priority

VLAN Priority VLANPRIO VLAN Priority

VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

VLANCLASS VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

Traffic Type TRAFFIC Traffic Type

User Data Service SRVPRIO User Data Priority


Priority

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

VLAN Priority VLANPRIO VLAN Priority

7.9.3 Precautions
None

7.9.4 Hardware Adjustment


When main-control-board-based co-transmission is implemented through backplane
interconnection, no additional hardware is required.

7.9.5 Initial Configuration

Initial Configuration on the GSM Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 92


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSTUNNEL to add a tunnel from the GTMUb to the
LMPT/UMPT_L.
ADD BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6, TN=1, DSTCN=0,
DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=7;
//Add a tunnel from the GTMUb in slot 6 to the LMPT/UMPT_L in slot 7.

Step 2 (Optional)Run the BSC MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the BSC to the eNodeB.
When a route to the DHCP relay of the BTS is configured on the BSC side, the source IP address
working as the DHCP relay of the eNodeB is the port IP address of the eNodeB. Therefore, the
route whose destination IP address is the port IP address of the eNodeB needs to be configured
on the BSC side.
ADD IPRT: SRN=0, SN=16, DSTIP="20.20.20.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255",
NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254" PRIORITY=HIGH, REMARK="relay";

Step 3 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSDEVIP to add the IP address of the GTMUb.
ADD BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6,
IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0";
//PT must be set to LOOPINTERFACE.

Step 4 Run the BSC MML command SET BTSIP to set the communication IP address of the BTS.
Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the BTS uses the logical IP
address. Specifically, set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP. In non-co-transmission scenarios,
BTSCOMTYPE is optional.
SET BTSIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188",
BSCIP="10.10.10.10", BTSMUTIP=NO;
//Set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP and BTSIP to an appropriate value.

Step 5 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSIPRT to add a route from the BTS to the BSC.
Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set RTTYPE to OUTIF, ITFType to TUNNEL, and
IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 1.
ADD BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, RTIDX=1, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL,
IFNO=1;

Step 6 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSESN to add the ESN of the BTS.
ADD BTSESN: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, MAINDEVTAB="abcdefghijklmn",
OMBEARBOARD=BACKBOARD;
//OMBEARBOARD must be set to BACKBOARD.

----End
l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GSM Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Initial Configuration on the LTE Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 93


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the LMPT/UMPT_L to
the GTMUb.
ADD TUNNEL: SSN=7, DSN=6, TUNNELTYPE=DL;
//Add a tunnel from the LMPT/UMPT_L in slot 7 to the GTMUb in slot 6.

Step 2 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add IP addresses for the eNodeB.
ADD DEVIP: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="20.20.20.188",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add an IP address for Ethernet port 1 on the LMPT/UMPT_L in slot 7.
ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=0, IP="32.32.32.1",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add a signaling/service IP address for the LMPT/UMPT_L in slot 7.

Step 3 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC
through the eNodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address
of the router that is directly connected to the eNodeB.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1", PREF=60;
//Add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB.

Step 4 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS
through the eNodeB.

When co-transmission for the BTS and the eNodeB is implemented through tunnels on the
backplanes, the downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the eNodeB must be configured
on the eNodeB. In addition, SBT must be set to BACK_BOARD and IFT must be set to
TUNNEL.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, SN=0, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="35.35.35.188",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the eNodeB.

Step 5 (Optional)Run the eNodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP
relay.

When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and eNodeB, the eNodeB needs to work as the
relay if the BTS is deployed using DHCP. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the
eNodeB.
SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE;
//Enable DHCP relay for the eNodeB.

Step 6 (Optional)Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the
DHCP server.

When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and eNodeB, the eNodeB needs to work as the
relay if the BTS is deployed using DHCP. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs
to be added on the eNodeB. For the BTS, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP address
of the BSC. If the data plan shows that the IP-based Abis interface board on the BSC side uses
the device IP address, set the IP address of the DHCP server to the device IP address.
ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="10.10.10.10";
//Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the BTS.

Step 7 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data
for the BTS and eNodeB:
l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the
uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB added in step 3 must be different
from the uplink route for the eNodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 94


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB to 20.20.20.101, which is different
from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route for the eNodeB. To add VLAN
mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK="255.255.255.0",
VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;

l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires
differentiated DSCP values for the BTS and eNodeB. For details about DSCP values for the
BTS and eNodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-Transmission
Feature Parameter Description.
1. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. In VLAN group mode,
set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the eNodeB. If
differentiated data needs to be configured for the eNodeB and BTS and TRAFFIC
is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 40 on the eNodeB.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in
DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN
data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not
set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field.
In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.

2. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP.


ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK="255.255.255.0", VLANMODE=VLANGROUP,
VLANGROUPNO=1;
//Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.

----End
l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the LTE Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

7.9.6 Activation Observation


After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature
is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer
device.

LTE Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the eNodeB and activated, perform the following step
on the eNodeB side to verify whether the transmission link to the eNodeB is normal:

Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the MME/S-GW. If the IP
address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="40.40.40.40",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="50.50.50.50",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;

----End

GSM Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the BTS and activated, perform the following step on
the BSC side to verify whether the transmission link between the BSC and the BTS is normal:

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 95


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Step 1 Run the BSC MML command PING IP to ping the IP address of the GTMUb.
PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="35.35.35.188",
NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;

----End

7.10 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through


Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG
Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode

7.10.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
Figure 7-15 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane
interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side. In this scenario, an
outbound FE port on the UMPT_U of the NodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the
separate-MPT UG multimode base station and is connected to the MBSC. The GTMUb of
the base station is interconnected to the UMPT_U through backplanes.

Figure 7-15 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane


interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side

l Requirement for other features


The following features have been enabled:
GBFD-118601 Abis over IP
WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l Requirements for the license
The license is not required.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 96


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.10.2 Data Preparation

(Example) Key Data Preparation


Figure 7-16 shows an example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-
transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base
station side.

Figure 7-16 Example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-transmission


through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side

Table 7-12 describes the data plan.

Table 7-12 Data plan

Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the BSC 10.10.10.10/32 -

Port IP address of the BSC 21.21.21.1/24 -

IP address of the port on the 21.21.21.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
BSC

IP address of the port on the 11.11.11./24 -


router that is connected to the
RNC

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 -


router that is connected to the
NodeB

OM channel IP address of the 30.30.30.1/24 UMTS: management plane


NodeB IP address. This is a logical IP
address and is configured on
the main control board.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 97


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

Signaling/service IP address 32.32.32.1/24 UMTS: control plane/user


of the NodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the main
control board.

IP address of FE port 1 on the 20.20.20.188/24 UMTS: device IP address


UMPT_U of the NodeB during configuration on the
CME
This IP address is configured
on the co-transmission port.

Device IP address of the 15.15.15.15/32 -


RNC

Port IP address of the RNC 11.11.11.11/24 -

IP address of the U2000 60.60.60.60/24 UMTS: OM channel peer IP


address

IP address of the BTS 35.35.35.188/24 GSM: communication IP


address of the BTS.
This is a logical IP address
and is configured on the BTS
main control board.

BTS ESN abcdefghijklmn -

NOTE

In this scenario, the GTMUb does not need to be configured with Ethernet port attributes such as duplex
mode and rate because the GTMUb communicates with the UMPT_U through the backplane.

Data Preparation on the GSM Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

BTSTUNNEL Index Type IDTYPE Index Type

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Source Cabinet No. SRCCN Source Cabinet No.

Source Subrack No. SRCSRN Source Subrack No.

Source Slot No. SRCSN Source Slot No.

BTS Tunnel No. TN BTS Tunnel No.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 98


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Destination Cabinet DSTCN Destination Cabinet


No. No.

Destination Subrack DSTSRN Destination Subrack


No. No.

Destination Slot No. DSTSN Destination Slot No.

BTSDEVIP Index Type IDTYPE -

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

Port Cabinet No. CN Port Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

IP Address IP IP Address

IP Mask MASK IP Mask

BTSIP Index Type IDTYPE -

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

BTS Name BTSNAME BTS Name

BTS BTSCOMTYPE BTS


Communication Communication
Type Type

BTS IP BTSIP BTS IP

BSC IP BSCIP BSC IP

BTS MultiIP Switch BTSMUTIP BTS MultiIP Switch

BTSIPRT Index Type IDTYPE -

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Route Index RTIDX Route Index

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP


Address Address

Destination Address DSTMASK Destination Address


Mask Mask

Route Type RTTYPE Route Type

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 99


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Port Cabinet No. CN Port Cabinet No.

Port Subrack No. SRN Port Subrack No.

Port Slot No. SN Port Slot No.

Interface Type ITFType Interface Type

Outgoing Interface IFNO Outgoing Interface


No. No.

BTSESN BTS Index Type IDTYPE -

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

OM Bear Board OMBEARBOARD OM Bear Board

IPRT Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP


address address

Destination address DSTMASK Destination address


mask mask

Forward route NEXTHOP Forward route


address address

Data Preparation on the UMTS Side


MO MML Parameter Name MML Parameter CME Parameter
ID Name

TUNNEL Source Cabinet No. SCN Source Cabinet No.

Source Subrack No. SSRN Source Subrack


No.

Source Slot No. SSN Source Slot No.

Tunnel No. TUNNELID Tunnel No.

Destination Cabinet No. DCN Destination


Cabinet No.

Destination Subrack No. DSRN Destination


Subrack No.

Destination Slot No. DSN Destination Slot


No.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 100


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter Name MML Parameter CME Parameter


ID Name

IPRT Route Index VRFIDX Route Index

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE -

Port Type IFT Carrier Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Link No.

DHCPSVR DHCP Server IP Address DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP


IP Address

DHCPREL DHCP Relay Switch ES DHCP Switch


AYSWITC
H

VLANMA VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.


P
Next Hop IP NEXTHOPIP Next Hop IP

Mask MASK Mask

VLAN Mode VLANMODE VLAN Mode

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

Set VLAN Priority SETPRIO Set VLAN Priority

VLANCLA VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.


SS
Traffic Type TRAFFIC Traffic Type

User Data Service Priority SRVPRIO User Data Service


Priority

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

7.10.3 Precautions
None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 101


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.10.4 Hardware Adjustment


When main-control-board-based co-transmission is implemented through backplane
interconnection, no additional hardware is required.

7.10.5 Initial Configuration

Initial Configuration on the GSM Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSTUNNEL to add a tunnel from the GTMUb to the
UMPT_U.
ADD BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6, TN=0, DSTCN=0,
DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=7;
//Add a tunnel from the GTMUb in slot 6 to the UMPT_U in slot 7.

Step 2 (Optional)Run the BSC MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the BSC to the NodeB.

When a route to the DHCP relay of the BTS is configured on the BSC side, the source IP address
working as the DHCP relay of the NodeB is the port IP address of the NodeB. Therefore, the
route whose destination IP address is the port IP address of the NodeB needs to be configured
on the BSC side.
ADD IPRT: SRN=0, SN=16, DSTIP="20.20.20.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255",
NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254" PRIORITY=HIGH, REMARK="relay";

Step 3 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSDEVIP to add the IP address of the GTMUb.
ADD BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6,
IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0";
//PT must be set to LOOPINTERFACE.

Step 4 Run the BSC MML command SET BTSIP to set the communication IP address of the BTS.

Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the BTS uses the logical IP
address. Specifically, set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP. In non-co-transmission scenarios, set
BTSCOMTYPE to an appropriate value based on individual needs.
SET BTSIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188",
BSCIP="10.10.10.10", BTSMUTIP=NO;
//Set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP and BTSIP to an appropriate value.

Step 5 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSIPRT to add a route from the BTS to the BSC.

Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set RTTYPE to OUTIF, ITFType to TUNNEL, and


IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 1.
ADD BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, RTIDX=1, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL,
IFNO=0;

Step 6 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSESN to add the ESN of the BTS.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 102


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

ADD BTSESN: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, MAINDEVTAB="abcdefghijklmn",


OMBEARBOARD=BACKBOARD;
//OMBEARBOARD must be set to BACKBOARD.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GSM Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add IP addresses for the NodeB.
ADD DEVIP: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SBT= BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="20.20.20.188",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add an IP address for Ethernet port 1 on the UMPT_U.
ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="32.32.32.1",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add a signaling/service IP address for the NodeB.

Step 2 Run the NodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UMPT_U to the
GTMUb.
ADD TUNNEL: SSN=7, DSN=6, TUNNELTYPE=DL;
//Add a tunnel from the UMPT_U in slot 7 to the GTMUb in slot 6.

Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC
through the NodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address
of the router that is directly connected to the NodeB.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB for the UMPT_U in slot 7.

Step 4 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS
through the NodeB.

When co-transmission for the BTS and the NodeB is implemented through tunnels on the
UMPT_U backplane, the downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB must be
configured on the NodeB. In addition, SBT must be set to BACK_BOARD and IFT must be
set to TUNNEL.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="35.35.35.188",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB for the UMPT_U in
slot 7.

Step 5 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP
relay.

When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP,
the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the NodeB.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 103


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE;


//Enable DHCP relay for the NodeB.

Step 6 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the
DHCP server.

When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP,
the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to
be added on the NodeB. For the BTS, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP address of the
BSC. If the data plan shows that the IP-based Abis interface board on the BSC side uses the
device IP address, set the IP address of the DHCP server to the device IP address.
ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="10.10.10.10";
//Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the BTS.

Step 7 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data
for the BTS and NodeB:
l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the
uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB added in step 3 must be different
from the uplink route for the NodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the
uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB to 20.20.20.101, which is different
from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route for the NodeB. To add VLAN
mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK=255.255.255.255,
VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;

l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires
differentiated DSCP values for the BTS and NodeB. For details about DSCP values for the
BTS and NodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-Transmission
Feature Parameter Description.
1. Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. In VLAN group mode,
set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the NodeB. If
differentiated data needs to be configured for the NodeB and BTS and TRAFFIC
is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 40 on the NodeB.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in
DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN
data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not
set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field.
In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.

2. Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP to configure the DSCP value.
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=
VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
//Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 104


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.10.6 Activation Observation


After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature
is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer
device.

UMTS Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step
on the NodeB side to verify whether the transmission link to the NodeB is normal:

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the RNC. If the IP address can
be pinged, the transmission link is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="15.15.15.15",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;

----End

GSM Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the BTS and activated, perform the following step on
the BSC side to verify whether the transmission link between the BSC and the BTS is normal:

Step 1 Run the BSC MML command PING IP to ping the IP address of the GTMUb.
PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="35.35.35.188",
NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;

----End

7.11 UTRPc-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane


Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base
Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode

7.11.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
Figure 7-17 shows the UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane
interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG multimode base station side. In this scenario, an
outbound FE port on the UTRPc controlled by the WMPT/UMPT_U of the NodeB serves
as the co-transmission port of the Separate-MPT UG multimode base station and is
connected to the MBSC. The GTMUb of the BTS is interconnected to the UTRPc through
backplanes.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 105


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-17 UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the


separate-MPT UG multimode base station side

l Requirement for other features


The following features have been enabled:
GBFD-118601 Abis over IP
WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l Requirements for the license
The license is not required.

7.11.2 Data Preparation


(Example) Key Data Preparation
Figure 7-18 shows an example of network topology for UTRPc-based IP co-transmission
through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side.

Figure 7-18 Example of network topology for UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through


backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 106


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Table 7-13 describes the data plan.

Table 7-13 Data plan


Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the BSC 10.10.10.10/32 -

Port IP address of the BSC 21.21.21.1/24 -

IP address of the port on the 21.21.21.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
BSC

IP address of the port on the 11.11.11./24 -


router that is connected to the
RNC

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 -


router that is connected to the
NodeB

OM channel IP address of the 30.30.30.1/24 UMTS: management plane


NodeB IP address. This is a logical IP
address and is configured on
the main control board.

Signaling/service IP address 32.32.32.1/24 UMTS: control plane/user


of the NodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the main
control board.

IP address of FE port 1 on the 20.20.20.188/24 UMTS: device IP address


UTRPc of the NodeB during configuration on the
CME
This IP address is configured
on the co-transmission port.

Device IP address of the 15.15.15.15/32 -


RNC

Port IP address of the RNC 11.11.11.11/24 -

IP address of the U2000 60.60.60.60/24 UMTS: OM channel peer IP


address

IP address of the BTS 35.35.35.188/24 GSM: communication IP


address of the BTS.
This is a logical IP address
and is configured on the BTS
main control board.

BTS ESN abcdefghijklmn -

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 107


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

NOTE

In this scenario, the GTMUb does not need to be configured with Ethernet port attributes such as duplex
mode and rate because the GTMUb communicates with the UTRPc through the backplane.

Data Preparation on the GSM Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

BTSTUNNEL Index Type IDTYPE Index Type

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Source Cabinet No. SRCCN Source Cabinet No.

Source Subrack No. SRCSRN Source Subrack No.

Source Slot No. SRCSN Source Slot No.

BTS Tunnel No. TN BTS Tunnel No.

Destination Cabinet DSTCN Destination Cabinet


No. No.

Destination Subrack DSTSRN Destination Subrack


No. No.

Destination Slot No. DSTSN Destination Slot No.

BTSDEVIP Index Type IDTYPE -

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

Port Cabinet No. CN Port Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

IP Address IP IP Address

IP Mask MASK IP Mask

BTSIP Index Type IDTYPE -

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

BTS Name BTSNAME BTS Name

BTS BTSCOMTYPE BTS


Communication Communication
Type Type

BTS IP BTSIP BTS IP

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 108


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

BSC IP BSCIP BSC IP

BTS MultiIP Switch BTSMUTIP BTS MultiIP Switch

BTSIPRT Index Type IDTYPE -

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Route Index RTIDX Route Index

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP


Address Address

Destination Address DSTMASK Destination Address


Mask Mask

Route Type RTTYPE Route Type

Port Cabinet No. CN Port Cabinet No.

Port Subrack No. SRN Port Subrack No.

Port Slot No. SN Port Slot No.

Interface Type ITFType Interface Type

Outgoing Interface IFNO Outgoing Interface


No. No.

BTSESN BTS Index Type IDTYPE -

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

OM Bear Board OMBEARBOARD OM Bear Board

IPRT Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP


address address

Destination address DSTMASK Destination address


mask mask

Forward route NEXTHOP Forward route


address address

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 109


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Data Preparation on the UMTS Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

BRD Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Board Type BT -

SubBoard Type SBT -

TUNNEL Source Cabinet No. SCN Source Cabinet No.

Source Subrack No. SSRN Source Subrack No.

Source Slot No. SSN Source Slot No.

Tunnel No. TUNNELID Tunnel No.

Destination Cabinet DCN Destination Cabinet


No. No.

Destination Subrack DSRN Destination Subrack


No. No.

Destination Slot No. DSN Destination Slot No.

IPRT Route Index VRFIDX Route Index

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE -

Port Type IFT Carrier Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Link No.

DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP


Address Address

DHCPRELAYSWI DHCP Relay Switch ES DHCP Switch


TCH

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 110


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

VLANMAP VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

Next Hop IP NEXTHOPIP Next Hop IP

VLAN Mode MASK VLAN Mode

VLAN ID VLANMODE VLAN ID

Set VLAN Priority VLANID Set VLAN Priority

VLANCLASS VLAN Group No. SETPRIO VLAN Group No.

Traffic Type VLANGROUPNO Traffic Type

User Data Service TRAFFIC User Data Service


Priority Priority

VLAN ID SRVPRIO VLAN ID

7.11.3 Precautions
None

7.11.4 Hardware Adjustment


l Compared with non-co-transmission scenarios, UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through
backplane interconnection on the UG multimode base station side requires the UTRPc.
l Cables to the UTRPc on the UG multimode base station side are used to connect to the
transport network.

7.11.5 Initial Configuration


Initial Configuration on the GSM Side
For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:
l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSTUNNEL to add a tunnel from the GTMUb to the
UTRPc.
ADD BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6, TN=0, DSTCN=0,
DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=4;
//Add a tunnel from the GTMUb in slot 6 to the UTRPc in slot 4.

Step 2 (Optional)Run the BSC MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the BSC to the NodeB.
When a route to the DHCP relay of the BTS is configured on the BSC side, the source IP address
working as the DHCP relay of the NodeB is the port IP address of the NodeB. Therefore, the

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 111


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

route whose destination IP address is the port IP address of the NodeB needs to be configured
on the BSC side.
ADD IPRT: SRN=0, SN=16, DSTIP="20.20.20.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255",
NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254" PRIORITY=HIGH, REMARK="relay";

Step 3 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSDEVIP to add the IP address of the GTMUb.
ADD BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6,
IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0";
//PT must be set to LOOPINTERFACE.

Step 4 Run the BSC MML command SET BTSIP to set the communication IP address of the BTS.

Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the BTS uses the logical IP
address. Specifically, set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP. In non-co-transmission scenarios, set
BTSCOMTYPE to an appropriate value based on individual needs.
SET BTSIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188",
BSCIP="10.10.10.10", BTSMUTIP=NO;
//Set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP and BTSIP to an appropriate value.

Step 5 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSIPRT to add a route from the BTS to the BSC.

Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set RTTYPE to OUTIF, ITFType to TUNNEL, and


IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 1.
ADD BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, RTIDX=1, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL,
IFNO=0;

Step 6 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSESN to add the ESN of the BTS.
ADD BTSESN: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, MAINDEVTAB="abcdefghijklmn",
OMBEARBOARD=BACKBOARD;
//OMBEARBOARD must be set to BACKBOARD.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GSM Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the ADD BRD command to add a UTRPc.


ADD BRD: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, BT=UTRP, SBT=UTRPc;
//Add a UTRPc to slot 4.

Step 2 Run the SET ETHPORT command to set the Ethernet port attribute for the UTRPc.
SET ETHPORT: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, PN=1, SPEED=AUTO, DUPLEX=AUTO;
//Set parameters related to Ethernet port 1 on the UTRPc in slot 4. Both data rate
and duplex mode are set to auto-negotiation.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 112


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add IP addresses for the NodeB.
ADD DEVIP: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SBT= ETH_COVERBOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="20.20.20.188",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add an IP address for Ethernet port 1 on the UTRPc.
ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="32.32.32.1",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add a signaling/service IP address for the NodeB.

Step 4 Run the NodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UTRPc to the
GTMUb.
ADD TUNNEL: SSN=4, DSN=6, TUNNELTYPE=DL;
//Add a tunnel from the UTRPc in slot 4 to the GTMUb in slot 6.

Step 5 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC
through the NodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address
of the router that is directly connected to the NodeB.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB for the UTRPc in slot 4.

Step 6 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS
through the NodeB.
When co-transmission for the BTS and the NodeB is implemented through tunnels on the UTRPc
backplane, the downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB must be configured
on the NodeB. In addition, SBT must be set to BACK_BOARD and IFT must be set to
TUNNEL.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SN=4, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="35.35.35.188",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB for the UTRPc in
slot 4.

Step 7 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP
relay.
When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP,
the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the NodeB.
SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE;
//Enable DHCP relay for the NodeB.

Step 8 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the
DHCP server.
When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP,
the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to
be added on the NodeB. For the BTS, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP address of the
BSC. If the data plan shows that the IP-based Abis interface board on the BSC side uses the
device IP address, set the IP address of the DHCP server to the device IP address.
ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="10.10.10.10";
//Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the BTS.

Step 9 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data
for the BTS and NodeB:

----End
l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the
uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB added in step 5 must be different

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 113


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

from the uplink route for the NodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the
uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB to 20.20.20.101, which is different
from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route for the NodeB. To add VLAN
mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK=255.255.255.255,
VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;

l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method


requires differentiated DSCP values for the BTS and NodeB. For details about DSCP values
for the BTS and NodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-
Transmission Feature Parameter Description.
1. Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. In VLAN group
mode, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the NodeB. If
differentiated data needs to be configured for the NodeB and BTS and
TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 40 on the NodeB.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value
in DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network
where VLAN data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the
DSCP value is not set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not
contain the VLAN field. In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.

2. Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP to configure the DSCP value.
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=
VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
//Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

7.11.6 Activation Observation


After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature
is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer
device.

UMTS Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step
on the NodeB side to verify whether the transmission link to the NodeB is normal:

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the RNC. If the IP address can
be pinged, the transmission link is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="15.15.15.15",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;

----End

GSM Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the BTS and activated, perform the following step on
the BSC side to verify whether the transmission link between the BSC and the BTS is normal:

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 114


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Step 1 Run the BSC MML command PING IP to ping the IP address of the GTMUb.
PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="35.35.35.188",
NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;

----End

7.12 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through


Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UL/UT
Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode

7.12.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
This section uses UMPT_U + UMPT_L based multimode base station as an example to
describe the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane
interconnection on the separate-MPT UL multimode base station side, as shown in Figure
7-19, In this scenario, an outbound FE/GE port on the UMPT_U of the NodeB serves as
the co-transmission port of the separate-MPT UL multimode base station and is connected
to the RNC and MME/S-GW. The UMPT_L is interconnected to the UMPT_U through
backplanes.

Figure 7-19 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane


interconnection on the separate-MPT UL multimode base station side

l Requirement for other features


The following feature has been enabled:
WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l Requirements for the license
The following license has been activated:

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 115


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

NE License Abbreviation Code Sales Unit


Control Item
Description

eNodeB IP-Based LLT1IPMCT0 81201528 Per eNodeB


Multi-mode 1
Co-
Transmission
on BS side
(eNodeB)

7.12.2 Data Preparation

(Example) Key Data Preparation


Figure 7-20 shows an example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-
transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UL multimode base
station side.

Figure 7-20 Example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-transmission


through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UL multimode base station side

Table 7-14 describes the IP address plan.

Table 7-14 IP address plan

Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the 15.15.15.15/32 -


RNC

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 116


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

Port IP address of the RNC 11.11.11.11/24 -

IP address of the port on the 11.11.11.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
RNC

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 -


router that is connected to the
UMPT_U

OM IP address of the NodeB 30.30.30.1/24 NodeB: management plane


IP address.
This is a logical IP address
and is configured on the
NodeB main control board.

Signaling/service IP address 32.32.32.1/24 UMTS: control plane/user


of the NodeB plane IP address.
This is a logical IP address
and is configured on the
NodeB main control board.

Signaling/service IP address 33.33.33.188/24 LTE: control plane/user


of the eNodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the eNodeB
main control board.

OM IP address of the 31.31.31.188/24 LTE: management plane IP


eNodeB address. This is a logical IP
address and is configured on
the eNodeB main control
board.

IP address of FE port 1 on the 20.20.20.188/24 LTE: device IP address


UMPT_U of the NodeB during configuration on the
CME

IP address of the MME 40.40.40.40/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


SCTP link

IP address of the S-GW 50.50.50.50/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


IP path

IP address of the U2000 60.60.60.60/24 UMTS/LTE: peer IP address


for the OM channel

NOTE

In this scenario, the UMPT_L does not need to be configured with Ethernet port attributes such as duplex
mode and rate because the UMPT_L communicates with the UMPT_U through the backplane.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 117


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Data Preparation on the UMTS Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

TUNNEL Source Cabinet No. SCN Source Cabinet No.

Source Subrack No. SSRN Source Subrack No.

Source Slot No. SSN Source Slot No.

Tunnel No. TUNNELID Tunnel No.

Destination Cabinet DCN Destination Cabinet


No. No.

Destination Subrack DSRN Destination Subrack


No. No.

Destination Slot No. DSN Destination Slot No.

IPRT Route Index VRFIDX Route Index

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE -

Port Type IFT Carrier Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Link No.

DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP


Address Address

DHCPRELAYSWI DHCP Relay Switch ES DHCP Switch


TCH

VLANMAP VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

Next Hop IP NEXTHOPIP Next Hop IP

Mask MASK Mask

VLAN Mode VLANMODE VLAN Mode

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 118


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Set VLAN Priority SETPRIO Set VLAN Priority

VLANCLASS VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

Traffic Type TRAFFIC Traffic Type

User Data Service SRVPRIO User Data Service


Priority Priority

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

Data Preparation on the LTE Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

TUNNEL Source Cabinet No. SCN Source Cabinet No.

Source Subrack No. SSRN Source Subrack No.

Source Slot No. SSN Source Slot No.

Tunnel No. TUNNELID Tunnel No.

Destination Cabinet DCN Destination Cabinet


No. No.

Destination Subrack DSRN Destination Subrack


No. No.

Destination Slot No. DSN Destination Slot No.

DEVIP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

IP Address IP IP Address

Mask MASK Mask

IPRT Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 119


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE Route Type

Port Type IFT Port Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Port No.

RSCGRP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Transmission BEAR Transmission


Resource Group Resource Group
Bear Type Bear Type

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Bearing Port Type PT Bearing Port Type

Bearing Port No. PN Bearing Port No.

Transmission RSCGRPID Transmission


Resource Group ID Resource Group ID

Rate Unit RU Rate Unit

Tx Bandwidth TXBW Tx Bandwidth

Rx Bandwidth RXBW Rx Bandwidth

TX Committed Burst TXCBS TX Committed Burst


Size Size

TX Excessive Burst TXEBS TX Excessive Burst


Size Size

Operator ID OID Operator ID

Scheduling Weight WEIGHT Scheduling Weight

TX Committed TXCIR TX Committed


Information Rate Information Rate

RX Committed RXCIR RX Committed


Information Rate Information Rate

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 120


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

TX Peak Information TXPIR TX Peak Information


Rate Rate

RX Peak Information RXPIR RX Peak Information


Rate Rate

TX Peak Burst Size TXPBS TX Peak Burst Size

IPPath IP Path ID PATHID IP Path ID

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

Join Transmission JNRSCGRP Join Transmission


Resource Group Resource Group

Transmission RSCGRPID Transmission


Resource Group ID Resource Group ID

Local IP LOCALIP Local IP

Peer IP PEERIP Peer IP

Path Type PATHTYPE Path Type

OMCH Local IP IP Local IP

Local Mask MASK Local Mask

Peer IP PEERIP Peer IP

Peer Mask PEERMASK Peer Mask

Bearer Type BEAR Bearer Type

Binding Route BRT Binding Route

7.12.3 Precautions
None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 121


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.12.4 Hardware Adjustment


When main-control-board-based co-transmission is implemented through backplane
interconnection, no additional hardware is required.

7.12.5 Initial Configuration

(Optional)Initial Configuration on the U2000 Side


Configure a route from the U2000 to the DHCP relay of the eNodeB. In this step, set the
destination IP address to the port IP address of the NodeB. If the NodeB has multiple port IP
addresses, configure a route for each port IP address.

Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add IP addresses for the NodeB.
ADD DEVIP: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="20.20.20.188",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add an IP address for Ethernet port 1 on the UMPT_U.
ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="32.32.32.1",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add a signaling/service IP address for the NodeB.

Step 2 Run the NodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UMPT_U to the
LMPT/UMPT_L.
ADD TUNNEL: SSN=7, DSN=6, TUNNELTYPE=DL;
//Add a tunnel from the UMPT_U in slot 7 to the UMPT_L in slot 6.

Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the eNodeB to the
MME/S-GW/U2000 through the NodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and
NEXTHOP to the IP address of the router that is directly connected to the NodeB.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the MME through the NodeB for the UMPT_U in slot
7.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the S-GW through the NodeB for the UMPT_U in slot
7.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the U2000 through the NodeB for the UMPT_U in slot
7. Skip this step if the UMPT_U has already been configured with a route to the
U2000.

Step 4 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a downlink route from the MME/S-GW/
U2000 to the eNodeB through the NodeB.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 122


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

When co-transmission for the eNodeB and the NodeB is implemented through tunnels on the
UMPT_U backplane, the downlink route from the MME/S-GW/U2000 to the eNodeB through
the NodeB must be configured on the NodeB. In addition, SBT must be set to
BACK_BOARD and IFT must be set to TUNNEL.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=3, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="31.31.31.188",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=0;
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=4, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="33.33.33.188",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=0;
//Add a route from the MME/S-GW/U2000 to the eNodeB through the NodeB for the UMPT_U
in slot 7.

Step 5 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP
relay.

When co-transmission is enabled for the eNodeB and NodeB, if the eNodeB is deployed using
DHCP, the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for
the NodeB.
SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE;
//Enable DHCP relay for the NodeB.

Step 6 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the
DHCP server.

When co-transmission is enabled for the eNodeB and NodeB, if the eNodeB is deployed using
DHCP, the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server
needs to be added on the NodeB. For the eNodeB, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP
address of the U2000.
ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="60.60.60.60";
//Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the eNodeB.

Step 7 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data
for the BTS and NodeB:
l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the
uplink route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-GW through the NodeB added in step 3 must
be different from the uplink route for the NodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop
address of the uplink route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-GW through the NodeB to
20.20.20.101, which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route
for the NodeB. To add VLAN mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK=255.255.255.255,
VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;

l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires
differentiated DSCP values for the eNodeB and NodeB. For details about DSCP values for
the eNodeB and NodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-Transmission
Feature Parameter Description.
1. Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=26, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 26. In VLAN group mode,
set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the NodeB. If
differentiated data needs to be configured for the NodeB and eNodeB and
TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 26 on the NodeB.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 123


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN
data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not
set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field.
In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.

2. Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP to configure the DSCP value.
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=
VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
//Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Initial Configuration on the LTE Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UMPT_L to the
UMPT_U.
ADD TUNNEL: SSN=6, DSN=7,TUNNELTYPE=UL;
//Add a tunnel from the UMPT_L in slot 6 to the UMPT_U in slot 7.

Step 2 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the IP address of the eNodeB.

Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the eNodeB uses the logical
IP address. Specifically, set PT to LOOPINT. In non-co-transmission scenarios, set PT based
on individual needs.
ADD DEVIP: SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=0, IP="33.33.33.188",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//When configuring the signaling/service IP address for the eNodeB, set SRN to 0,
SN to 6, and PT to LOOPINT.

Step 3 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-
GW/U2000.

Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set SBT to BACK_BOARD, RTTYPE to IF, IFT to


TUNNEL, and IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 1.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the MME.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the S-GW.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 124


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

//Add a route from the eNodeB to the U2000.

Step 4 (Optional) Run the eNodeB MML command ADD RSCGRP to add a transmission resource
group.
ADD RSCGRP: SRN=0, SN=6, BEAR=IP, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, RSCGRPID=0, RU=KBPS,
TXBW=3000, RXBW=3000, TXCBS=4000, TXEBS=4000, TXCIR=4000, RXCIR=4000, TXPIR=4000,
RXPIR=4000, TXPBS=4000;
//When adding a transmission resource group, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to
TUNNEL.

Step 5 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPPATH to add an IP path.
ADD IPPATH: PATHID=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, PN=0,
JNRSCGRP=DISABLE, LOCALIP="33.33.33.188", PEERIP="50.50.50.50", PATHTYPE=ANY;
//When adding an IP path, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to TUNNEL.

Step 6 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD OMCH to add an OM channel.
ADD OMCH: IP="31.31.31.188", MASK="255.255.255.0", PEERIP="60.60.60.60",
PEERMASK="255.255.255.0", BEAR=IPV4, SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, BRT=NO;
//When adding an OM channel, set SBT to BACK_BOARD.

----End
l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the LTE Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

7.12.6 Activation Observation


After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature
is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer
device.

UMTS Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step
on the NodeB side to verify whether the transmission link to the NodeB is normal:

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the RNC. If the IP address can
be pinged, the transmission link is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="15.15.15.15",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;

----End

LTE Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the eNodeB and activated, perform the following step
on the eNodeB side to verify whether the transmission link to the eNodeB is normal:

Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the MME/S-GW. If the IP
address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="40.40.40.40",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 125


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="50.50.50.50",


CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;

----End

7.13 UTRPc-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane


Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UL/UT Multimode
Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode

7.13.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
Figure 7-21shows the UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane
interconnection on the separate-MPT UL multimode base station side. In this scenario, an
outbound FE/GE port on the UTRPc controlled by the WMPT/UMPT_U of the NodeB
serves as the co-transmission port of the separate-MPT UL multimode base station and is
connected to the RNC and MME/S-GW. The LMPT/UMPT_L is interconnected to the
UTRPc through backplanes.

Figure 7-21 UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the


separate-MPT UL multimode base station side

l Requirement for other features


The following feature has been enabled:
WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l Requirements for the license
The following license has been activated:

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 126


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

NE License Abbreviation Code Sales Unit


Control Item
Description

eNodeB IP-Based LLT1IPMCT0 81201528 Per eNodeB


Multi-mode 1
Co-
Transmission
on BS side
(eNodeB)

7.13.2 Data Preparation

(Example) Key Data Preparation


Figure 7-22 shows an example of network topology for UTRPc-based IP co-transmission
through backplane interconnection on the UL multimode base station side.

Figure 7-22 Example of network topology for UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through


backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UL multimode base station side

Table 7-15 describes the IP address plan.

Table 7-15 IP address plan

Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the 15.15.15.15/32 -


RNC

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 127


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

Port IP address of the RNC 11.11.11.11/24 -

IP address of the port on the 11.11.11.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
RNC

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 -


router that is connected to the
UTRPc

OM IP address of the NodeB 30.30.30.1/24 NodeB: management plane


IP address.
This is a logical IP address
and is configured on the
NodeB main control board.

Signaling/service IP address 32.32.32.1/24 UMTS: control plane/user


of the NodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the NodeB
main control board.

Signaling/service IP address 33.33.33.188/24 LTE: control plane/user


of the eNodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the eNodeB
main control board.

OM IP address of the 31.31.31.188/24 LTE: management plane IP


eNodeB address. This is a logical IP
address and is configured on
the eNodeB main control
board.

IP address of FE port 1 on the 20.20.20.188/24 LTE: device IP address


UTRPc of the NodeB during configuration on the
CME

IP address of the MME 40.40.40.40/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


SCTP link

IP address of the S-GW 50.50.50.50/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


IP path

IP address of the U2000 60.60.60.60/24 UMTS/LTE: peer IP address


for the OM channel

NOTE

In this scenario, the LMPT/UMPT_L does not need to be configured with Ethernet port attributes such as
duplex mode and rate because the LMPT/UMPT_L communicates with the UTRPc through the backplane.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 128


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Data Preparation on the UMTS Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

BRD Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Board Type BT -

SubBoard Type SBT -

TUNNEL Source Cabinet No. SCN Source Cabinet No.

Source Subrack No. SSRN Source Subrack No.

Source Slot No. SSN Source Slot No.

Tunnel No. TUNNELID Tunnel No.

Destination Cabinet DCN Destination Cabinet


No. No.

Destination Subrack DSRN Destination Subrack


No. No.

Destination Slot No. DSN Destination Slot No.

IPRT Route Index VRFIDX Route Index

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE -

Port Type IFT Carrier Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Link No.

DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP


Address Address

DHCPRELAYSWI DHCP Relay Switch ES DHCP Switch


TCH

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 129


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

VLANMAP VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

Next Hop IP NEXTHOPIP Next Hop IP

Mask MASK Mask

VLAN Mode VLANMODE VLAN Mode

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

Set VLAN Priority SETPRIO Set VLAN Priority

VLANCLASS VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

Traffic Type TRAFFIC Traffic Type

User Data Service SRVPRIO User Data Service


Priority Priority

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

Data Preparation on the LTE Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

TUNNEL Source Cabinet No. SCN Source Cabinet No.

Source Subrack No. SSRN Source Subrack No.

Source Slot No. SSN Source Slot No.

Tunnel No. TUNNELID Tunnel No.

Destination Cabinet DCN Destination Cabinet


No. No.

Destination Subrack DSRN Destination Subrack


No. No.

Destination Slot No. DSN Destination Slot No.

DEVIP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 130


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

IP Address IP IP Address

Mask MASK Mask

IPRT Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE Route Type

Port Type IFT Port Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Port No.

RSCGRP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Transmission BEAR Transmission


Resource Group Resource Group
Bear Type Bear Type

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Bearing Port Type PT Bearing Port Type

Bearing Port No. PN Bearing Port No.

Transmission RSCGRPID Transmission


Resource Group ID Resource Group ID

Rate Unit RU Rate Unit

Tx Bandwidth TXBW Tx Bandwidth

Rx Bandwidth RXBW Rx Bandwidth

TX Committed Burst TXCBS TX Committed Burst


Size Size

TX Excessive Burst TXEBS TX Excessive Burst


Size Size

Operator ID OID Operator ID

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 131


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Scheduling Weight WEIGHT Scheduling Weight

TX Committed TXCIR TX Committed


Information Rate Information Rate

RX Committed RXCIR RX Committed


Information Rate Information Rate

TX Peak Information TXPIR TX Peak Information


Rate Rate

RX Peak Information RXPIR RX Peak Information


Rate Rate

TX Peak Burst Size TXPBS TX Peak Burst Size

IPPath IP Path ID PATHID IP Path ID

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

Join Transmission JNRSCGRP Join Transmission


Resource Group Resource Group

Transmission RSCGRPID Transmission


Resource Group ID Resource Group ID

Local IP LOCALIP Local IP

Peer IP PEERIP Peer IP

Adjacent Node ID ANI Adjacent Node ID

Path Type PATHTYPE Path Type

OMCH Local IP IP Local IP

Local Mask MASK Local Mask

Peer IP PEERIP Peer IP

Peer Mask PEERMASK Peer Mask

Bearer Type BEAR Bearer Type

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 132


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Binding Route BRT Binding Route

7.13.3 Precautions
None

7.13.4 Hardware Adjustment


l Compared with non-co-transmission scenarios, UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through
backplane interconnection on the UL multimode base station side requires the UTRPc.
l Cables to the UTRPc on the LU multimode base station side are used to connect to the
transport network.

7.13.5 Initial Configuration


(Optional)Initial Configuration on the U2000 Side
Configure a route from the U2000 to the DHCP relay of the eNodeB. In this step, set the
destination IP address to the port IP address of the NodeB. If the NodeB has multiple port IP
addresses, configure a route for each port IP address.

Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:
l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the ADD BRD command to add a UTRPc.


ADD BRD: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, BT=UTRP, SBT=UTRPc;
//Add a UTRPc to slot 4.

Step 2 Run the SET ETHPORT command to set the Ethernet port attribute for the UTRPc.
SET ETHPORT: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, PN=1, SPEED=AUTO, DUPLEX=AUTO;
//Set parameters related to Ethernet port 1 on the UTRPc in slot 4. Both data rate
and duplex mode are set to auto-negotiation.

Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add IP addresses for the NodeB.
ADD DEVIP: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SBT= ETH_COVERBOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="20.20.20.188",
MASK="255.255.255.0";

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 133


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

//Add an IP address for Ethernet port 1 on the UTRPc.


ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="32.32.32.1",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add a signaling/service IP address for the NodeB.

Step 4 Run the NodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UTRPc to the LMPT/
UMPT_L.
ADD TUNNEL: SSN=4, DSN=6,TUNNELTYPE=DL;
//Add a tunnel from the UTRPc in slot 4 to the LMPT/UMPT_L in slot 6.

Step 5 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the eNodeB to the
MME/S-GW/U2000 through the NodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and
NEXTHOP to the IP address of the router that is directly connected to the NodeB.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the MME through the NodeB for the UTRPc in slot
4.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the S-GW through the NodeB for the UTRPc in slot
4.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, CN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the U2000 through the NodeB for the UTRPc in slot
4. Skip this step if the UMPT_U has already been configured with a route to the
U2000.

Step 6 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a downlink route from the MME/S-GW/
U2000 to the eNodeB through the NodeB.

When co-transmission for the eNodeB and the NodeB is implemented through tunnels on the
UTRPc backplane, the downlink route from the MME/S-GW/U2000 to the eNodeB through the
NodeB must be configured on the NodeB. In addition, SBT must be set to BACK_BOARD and
IFT must be set to TUNNEL.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=3, SN=4, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="31.31.31.188",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=0;
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=4, SN=4, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="33.33.33.188",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=0;
//Add a route from the MME/S-GW/U2000 to the eNodeB through the NodeB for the UTRPc
in slot 4.

Step 7 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP
relay.

When co-transmission is enabled for the eNodeB and NodeB, if the eNodeB is deployed using
DHCP, the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for
the NodeB.
SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE;
//Enable DHCP relay for the NodeB.

Step 8 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the
DHCP server.

When co-transmission is enabled for the eNodeB and NodeB, if the eNodeB is deployed using
DHCP, the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 134


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

needs to be added on the NodeB. For the eNodeB, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP
address of the U2000.
ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="60.60.60.60";
//Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the eNodeB.

Step 9 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data
for the BTS and NodeB:
l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the
uplink route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-GW through the NodeB added in step 5 must
be different from the uplink route for the NodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop
address of the uplink route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-GW through the NodeB to
20.20.20.101, which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route
for the NodeB. To add VLAN mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK=255.255.255.255,
VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;

l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires
differentiated DSCP values for the eNodeB and NodeB. For details about DSCP values for
the eNodeB and NodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-Transmission
Feature Parameter Description.
1. Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=26, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 26. In VLAN group mode,
set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the NodeB. If
differentiated data needs to be configured for the NodeB and eNodeB and
TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 26 on the NodeB.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in
DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN
data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not
set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field.
In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.

2. Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP to configure the DSCP value.
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=
VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
//Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Initial Configuration on the LTE Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 135


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UMPT_L to the
UTRPc.
ADD TUNNEL: SSN=6, DSN=4;
//Add a tunnel from the UMPT_L in slot 6 to the UTRPc in slot 4.

Step 2 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the IP address of the eNodeB.

Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the eNodeB uses the logical
IP address. Specifically, set PT to LOOPINT. In non-co-transmission scenarios, set PT based
on individual needs.
ADD DEVIP: SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=0, IP="33.33.33.188",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//When configuring the signaling/service IP address for the eNodeB, set SRN to 0
SN to 6, and PT to LOOPINT.

Step 3 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-
GW/U2000.

Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set SBT to BACK_BOARD, RTTYPE to IF, IFT to


TUNNEL, and IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 1.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the MME.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the S-GW.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the U2000.

Step 4 (Optional) Run the eNodeB MML command ADD RSCGRP to add a transmission resource
group.
ADD RSCGRP: SRN=0, SN=6, BEAR=IP, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, RSCGRPID=0, RU=KBPS,
TXBW=3000, RXBW=3000, TXCBS=4000, TXEBS=4000, TXCIR=4000, RXCIR=4000, TXPIR=4000,
RXPIR=4000, TXPBS=4000;
//When adding a transmission resource group, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to
TUNNEL.

Step 5 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPPATH to add an IP path.
ADD IPPATH: PATHID=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, PN=0,
JNRSCGRP=DISABLE, LOCALIP="33.33.33.188", PEERIP="50.50.50.50", PATHTYPE=ANY;
//When adding an IP path, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to TUNNEL.

Step 6 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD OMCH to add an OM channel.
ADD OMCH: IP="31.31.31.188", MASK="255.255.255.0", PEERIP="60.60.60.60",
PEERMASK="255.255.255.0", BEAR=IPV4, SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, BRT=NO;
//When adding an OM channel, set SBT to BACK_BOARD.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the LTE Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 136


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.13.6 Activation Observation


After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature
is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer
device.

UMTS Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step
on the NodeB side to verify whether the transmission link to the NodeB is normal:

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the RNC. If the IP address can
be pinged, the transmission link is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="15.15.15.15",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;

----End

LTE Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the eNodeB and activated, perform the following step
on the eNodeB side to verify whether the transmission link to the eNodeB is normal:

Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the MME/S-GW. If the IP
address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="40.40.40.40",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="50.50.50.50",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;

----End

7.14 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through


Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LU/TU
Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode

7.14.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
Figure 7-23 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane
interconnection on the separate-MPT LU multimode base station side. In this scenario, an
outbound FE/GE port on the UMPT_L of the eNodeB serves as the co-transmission port
of the separate-MPT LU multimode base station and is connected to the RNC and MME/
S-GW. The UMPT_U is interconnected to the UMPT_L through backplanes.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 137


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-23 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane


interconnection on the separate-MPT LU multimode base station side

l Requirement for other features


The following feature has been enabled:
WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l Requirements for the license
The following license has been activated:

NE License Abbreviation Code Sales Unit


Control Item
Description

eNodeB IP-Based LLT1IPMCT0 81201528 Per eNodeB


Multi-mode 1
Co-
Transmission
on BS side
(eNodeB)

7.14.2 Data Preparation

(Example) Key Data Preparation


Figure 7-24 shows an example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-
transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT LU multimode base
station side. Table 7-16 describes the IP address plan.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 138


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-24 Example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-transmission


through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT LU multimode base station side

Table 7-16 Data plan

Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the 15.15.15.15/32 -


RNC

Port IP address of the RNC 11.11.11.11/24 -

IP address of the port on the 11.11.11.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
RNC

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 -


router that is connected to the
UMPT_L

OM IP address of the NodeB 30.30.30.1/24 NodeB: management plane


IP address.
This is a logical IP address
and is configured on the
NodeB main control board.

Signaling/service IP address 32.32.32.1/24 UMTS: control plane/user


of the NodeB plane IP address.
This is a logical IP address
and is configured on the
NodeB main control board.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 139


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

Signaling/service IP address 33.33.33.188/24 LTE: control plane/user


of the eNodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the eNodeB
main control board.

OM IP address of the 31.31.31.188/24 LTE: management plane IP


eNodeB address. This is a logical IP
address and is configured on
the eNodeB main control
board.

IP address of FE port 1 on the 20.20.20.188/24 LTE: device IP address


UMPT_L of the NodeB during configuration on the
CME

IP address of the MME 40.40.40.40/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


SCTP link

IP address of the S-GW 50.50.50.50/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


IP path

IP address of the U2000 60.60.60.60/24 UMTS/LTE: peer IP address


for the OM channel

Data Preparation on the UMTS Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

TUNNEL Source Cabinet No. SCN Source Cabinet No.

Source Subrack No. SSRN Source Subrack No.

Source Slot No. SSN Source Slot No.

Tunnel No. TUNNELID Tunnel No.

Destination Cabinet No. DCN Destination Cabinet


No.

Destination Subrack No. DSRN Destination Subrack


No.

Destination Slot No. DSN Destination Slot No.

DEVIP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 140


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

IP Address IP IP Address

Mask MASK Mask

IPRT Route Index VRFIDX Route Index

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE -

Port Type IFT Carrier Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Link No.

RSCGRP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Transmission Resource BEAR -


Group Bear Type

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Bearing Port Type PT Carrier Type

Bearing Port No. PN Link No.

Transmission Resource RSCGRPID Transmission


Group ID Resource Group ID

Rate Unit RU Rate Unit

Tx Bandwidth TXBW Tx Bandwidth

Rx Bandwidth RXBW Rx Bandwidth

IPPATH IP Path ID PATHID IP Path ID

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 141


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Carrier Type

Port No. PN Link No.

Join Transmission JNRSCGRP Join Transmission


Resource Group Resource Group

Local IP LOCALIP Local IP

Peer IP PEERIP Peer IP

DSCP DSCP DSCP

RX Bandwidth RXBW RX Bandwidth

TX Bandwidth TXBW TX Bandwidth

TX Committed Burst TXCBS TX Committed Burst


Size Size

TX Excessive Burst Size TXEBS TX Excessive Burst


Size

OMCH Local IP IP Local IP

Local Mask MASK Local Mask

Peer IP PEERIP Peer IP

Peer Mask PEERMASK Peer Mask

Bearer Type BEAR

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Binding Route BRT Binding Route

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 142


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Data Preparation on the LTE Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

TUNNEL Source Cabinet No. SCN Source Cabinet No.

Source Subrack No. SSRN Source Subrack No.

Source Slot No. SSN Source Slot No.

Tunnel No. TUNNELID Tunnel No.

Destination Cabinet DCN Destination Cabinet


No. No.

Destination Subrack DSRN Destination Subrack


No. No.

Destination Slot No. DSN Destination Slot No.

DEVIP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

IP Address IP IP Address

Mask MASK Mask

IPRT Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE Route Type

Port Type IFT Port Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Port No.

DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP


Address Address

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 143


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

DHCPRELAYSWI DHCP Relay Switch ES DHCP Relay Switch


TCH

VLANMAP Next Hop IP NEXTHOPIP Next Hop IP

Mask MASK Mask

VLAN Mode VLANMODE VLAN Mode

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

Set VLAN Priority SETPRIO Set VLAN Priority

VLAN Priority VLANPRIO VLAN Priority

VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

VLANCLASS VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

Traffic Type TRAFFIC Traffic Type

User Data Service SRVPRIO User Data Service


Priority Priority

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

VLAN Priority VLANPRIO VLAN Priority

7.14.3 Precautions
None

7.14.4 Hardware Adjustment


When main-control-board-based co-transmission is implemented through backplane
interconnection, no additional hardware is required.

7.14.5 Initial Configuration

(Optional)Initial Configuration on the U2000 Side


Configure a route from the U2000 to the DHCP relay of the NodeB. In this step, set the
destination IP address to the port IP address of the eNodeB. If the eNodeB has multiple port IP
addresses, configure a route for each port IP address.

Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 144


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UMPT_U to the
UMPT_L.
ADD TUNNEL: SSN=7, DSN=6,TUNNELTYPE=UL;
//Add a tunnel from the UMPT_U in slot 7 of the NodeB to the UMPT_L in slot 6.

Step 2 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to configure the DSCP value.

Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the IP address of the NodeB
must be configured as the logical IP address. In non-co-transmission scenarios, the IP address
of the NodeB can be set as required.
ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="32.32.32.1",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add a signaling/service IP address for the NodeB.

Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the NodeB to the RNC/U2000.

Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set SBT to BACK_BOARD, RTTYPE to IF, IFT to


TUNNEL, and IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 1.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="15.15.15.15",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a route from the NodeB to the RNC.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a route from the NodeB to the U2000.

Step 4 (Optional) Run the NodeB MML command ADD RSCGRP to add a transmission resource
group.
ADD RSCGRP: SN=7, BEAR=IPV4, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, RSCGRPID=0, RU=KBPS,
TXBW=4000, RXBW=4000;
//When adding a transmission resource group, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to
TUNNEL.

Step 5 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPPATH to add an IP path.
ADD IPPATH: PATHID=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, JNRSCGRP=DISABLE,
LOCALIP="32.32.32.1", PEERIP="15.15.15.15", DSCP=22, RXBW=1000, TXBW=1000,
TXCBS=15000, TXEBS=2000, FPMUXSWITCH=DISABLE;
//When adding an IP path, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to TUNNEL.

Step 6 Run the NodeB MML command ADD OMCH to add an O&M channel.
ADD OMCH: IP="30.30.30.1", MASK="255.255.255.0", PEERIP="60.60.60.60",
PEERMASK="255.255.255.0", BEAR=IPV4, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, BRT=NO;
//When adding an O&M channel, set SBT to BACK_BOARD.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 145


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Initial Configuration on the LTE Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UMPT_L to the
UMPT_U.

Step 2 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add IP addresses for the eNodeB.
ADD DEVIP: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="20.20.20.188",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add an IP address for Ethernet port 1 on the UMPT_L in slot 6.
ADD DEVIP: SN=6, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=0, IP="32.32.32.1",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add a signaling/service IP address for the UMPT_L in slot 6.
ADD TUNNEL: SSN=6, DSN=7, TUNNELTYPE=DL;
//Add a tunnel from the UMPT_L in slot 6 to the UMPT_U in slot 7.

Step 3 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the NodeB to the
RNC through the eNodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP
address of the router that is directly connected to the eNodeB.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SN=6, SBT= BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="15.15.15.15",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB for the UMPT_L in slot
6.

Step 4 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a downlink route from the U2000/RNC to
the NodeB through the eNodeB.

When co-transmission for the NodeB and the eNodeB is implemented through the backplane,
the downlink route from the RNC to the NodeB through the eNodeB must be configured on the
eNodeB. In addition, SBT must be set to BACK_BOARD and IFT must be set to TUNNEL.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="30.30.30.1",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a downlink route from the U2000 to the NodeB through the eNodeB.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, CN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="32.32.32.1",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a downlink route from the RNC to the NodeB through the eNodeB.

Step 5 (Optional)Run the eNodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP
relay.

When co-transmission is enabled for the NodeB and eNodeB, the eNodeB needs to work as the
relay if the NodeB is deployed using DHCP. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the
eNodeB.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 146


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE;


//Enable DHCP relay for the eNodeB.

Step 6 (Optional)Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the
DHCP server.

When co-transmission is enabled for the NodeB and eNodeB, the eNodeB needs to work as the
relay if the NodeB is deployed using DHCP. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs
to be added on the eNodeB. If the DHCP server is shared by the NodeB and eNodeB, the IP
address of the DHCP server is the IP address of the U2000.
ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="60.60.60.60";
//Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the NodeB.

Step 7 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data
for the NodeB and eNodeB:
l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the
uplink route from the NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB added in step 3 must be different
from the uplink route for the eNodeB. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD
VLANMAP to change the next-hop address of the uplink route from the NodeB to the BSC
through the eNodeB. In this step, assume that the next-hop address of the uplink route from
the NodeB to the BSC through the eNodeB changes to 20.20.20.101, which is different from
the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route for the eNodeB.
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK="255.255.255.0",
VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;

l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method allows
consistency between the uplink route from the NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB and
the uplink route for the eNodeB, but requires differentiated DSCP values for the NodeB and
eNodeB. For details about DSCP values for the NodeB and eNodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing
of Multimode Base Station Co-Transmission Feature Parameter Description.
1. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. In VLAN group mode,
set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the eNodeB. If
differentiated data needs to be configured for the eNodeB and NodeB and
TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 40 on the eNodeB.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in
DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN
data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not
set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field.
In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.

2. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP.


ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK="255.255.255.0", VLANMODE=VLANGROUP,
VLANGROUPNO=1;
//Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the LTE Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 147


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.14.6 Activation Observation


After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature
is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer
device.

LTE Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the eNodeB and activated, perform the following step
on the eNodeB side to verify whether the transmission link to the eNodeB is normal:

Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the MME/S-GW. If the IP
address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="40.40.40.40",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="50.50.50.50",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;

----End

UMTS Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step
on the NodeB side to verify whether the transmission link to the NodeB is normal:

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the RNC. If the IP address can
be pinged, the transmission link is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="32.32.32.1", DSTIP="15.15.15.15",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;

----End

7.15 UTRPc-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane


Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG+T
Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode

7.15.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
Figure 7-25 shows the UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane
interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side. In this scenario,
an FE/GE port on the UTRPc controlled by the WMPT/UMPT_U of the NodeB serves as
the co-transmission port of the separate-MPT UGL multimode base station and is connected
to the MBSC and MME/S-GW. The GTMUb and UTRPc in one BBU are interconnected
by using backplanes. The UMPT_L and UTRPc are interconnected by using backplanes
through the UCIU.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 148


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-25 UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the


separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side

l Requirement for other features


The following features have been enabled:
GBFD-118601 Abis over IP
WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l Requirements for the license
The following license has been activated:

NE License Abbreviation Code Sales Unit


Control Item
Description

eNodeB IP-Based LLT1IPMCT0 81201528 Per eNodeB


Multi-mode 1
Co-
Transmission
on BS side
(eNodeB)

7.15.2 Data Preparation

(Example) Key Data Preparation


Figure 7-26 shows an example of network topology for UTRPc-based IP co-transmission
through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 149


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-26 Example of network topology for UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through


backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side

Table 7-17 describes the data plan.

Table 7-17 Data plan

Item IP Address Remarks

Device IP address of the BSC 10.10.10.10/32 -

Port IP address of the BSC 21.21.21.1/24 -

Device IP address of the RNC 15.15.15.15/32 -

Port IP address of the RNC 11.11.11.11/24 -

IP address of the port on the 11.11.11.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
RNC

IP address of the port on the 21.21.21.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
BSC

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 -


router that is connected to the
UTRPc

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 150


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item IP Address Remarks

OM IP address of the NodeB 30.30.30.1/24 UMTS: management plane


IP address. This IP address is
configured on the main
control board.

Signaling/service IP address 32.32.32.1/24 UMTS: control plane/user


of the NodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the main
control board.

IP address of FE port 1 on the 20.20.20.188/24 UMTS: device IP address


UTRPc of the NodeB during configuration on the
CME
This IP address is configured
on the co-transmission port.

IP address of the MME 40.40.40.40/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


SCTP link

IP address of the S-GW 50.50.50.50/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


IP path

IP address of the U2000 60.60.60.60/24 UMTS: peer IP address for


the OM channel

OM IP address of the eNodeB 31.31.31.188/24 LTE: management plane IP


address. This is a logical IP
address and is configured on
the main control board.

Signaling/service IP address 33.33.33.188/24 LTE: control plane/user


of the eNodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the main
control board.

IP address of the BTS 35.35.35.188/24 GSM: communication IP


address of the BTS.
This is a logical IP address
and is configured on the BTS
main control board.

BTS ESN abcdefghijklmn -

NOTE

In this scenario, the GTMUb does not need to be configured with Ethernet port attributes such as duplex
mode and rate because the GTMUb communicates with the UTRPc through the backplane. In addition, the
UMPT_L does not need to be configured with Ethernet port attributes because the UMPT_L communicates
with the UCIU through the CI interface.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 151


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Data Preparation on the GSM Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

BTSBRD Index Type IDTYPE Index Type

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Board Type BT Board Type

BTSCTRLLNK Index Type IDTYPE Index Type

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

BTS Name BTSNAME BTS Name

Link No. LN Link No.

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Upper Node Cabinet UPCN Upper Node Cabinet


No. No.

Upper Node Subrack UPSRN Upper Node Subrack


No. No.

Upper Node Slot No. UPSN Upper Node Slot No.

Upper Node Port No. UPPT Upper Node Port No.

BTSTUNNEL BTS Index Type IDTYPE BTS Index Type

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Source Cabinet No. SRCCN Source Cabinet No.

Source Subrack No. SRCSRN Source Subrack No.

Source Slot No. SRCSN Source Slot No.

BTS Tunnel No. TN BTS Tunnel No.

Destination Cabinet DSTCN Destination Cabinet


No. No.

Destination Subrack DSTSRN Destination Subrack


No. No.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 152


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Destination Slot No. DSTSN Destination Slot No.

BTSDEVIP BTS Index Type IDTYPE BTS Index Type

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

Port Cabinet No. CN Port Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

IP Address IP IP Address

IP Mask MASK IP Mask

BTSIP BTS Index Type IDTYPE BTS Index Type

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

BTS Name BTSNAME BTS Name

BTS BTSCOMTYPE BTS


Communication Communication
Type Type

BTS IP BTSIP BTS IP

BSC IP BSCIP BSC IP

BTS MultiIP Switch BTSMUTIP BTS MultiIP Switch

BTSIPRT Index Type IDTYPE -

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Route Index RTIDX Route Index

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP


Address Address

Destination Address DSTMASK Destination Address


Mask Mask

Route Type RTTYPE Route Type

Port Cabinet No. CN Port Cabinet No.

Port Subrack No. SRN Port Subrack No.

Port Slot No. SN Port Slot No.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 153


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Interface Type ITFType Interface Type

Outgoing Interface IFNO Outgoing Interface


No. No.

BTSESN BTS Index Type IDTYPE -

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

OM Bear Board OMBEARBOARD OM Bear Board

IPRT Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP


address address

Destination address DSTMASK Destination address


mask mask

Forward route NEXTHOP Forward route


address address

Data Preparation on the UMTS Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

BRD Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Board Type BT -

SubBoard Type SBT -

CTRLLNK Local Link No. LN Local Link No.

Local Cabinet No. CN Local Cabinet No.

Local Subrack No. SRN Local Subrack No.

Local Slot No. SN Local Slot No.

Upper Cabinet No. UPCN Upper Cabinet No.

Upper Subrack No. UPSRN Upper Subrack No.

Upper Slot No. UPSN Upper Slot No.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 154


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Upper Port No. UPPT Upper Port No.

TUNNEL Source Cabinet No. SCN Source Cabinet No.

Source Subrack No. SSRN Source Subrack No.

Source Slot No. SSN Source Slot No.

Tunnel No. TUNNELID Tunnel No.

Destination Cabinet DCN Destination Cabinet


No. No.

Destination Subrack DSRN Destination Subrack


No. No.

Destination Slot No. DSN Destination Slot No.

IPRT Route Index VRFIDX Route Index

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE -

Port Type IFT Carrier Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Link No.

DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP


Address Address

DHCPRELAYSWI DHCP Relay Switch ES DHCP Switch


TCH

VLANMAP VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

Next Hop IP NEXTHOPIP Next Hop IP

Mask MASK Mask

VLAN Mode VLANMODE VLAN Mode

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 155


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Set VLAN Priority SETPRIO Set VLAN Priority

VLANCLASS VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

Traffic Type TRAFFIC Traffic Type

User Data Service SRVPRIO User Data Service


Priority Priority

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

Data Preparation on the LTE Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

CTRLLNK Local Link No. LN Local Link No.

Local Cabinet No. CN Local Cabinet No.

Local Subrack No. SRN Local Subrack No.

Local Slot No. SN Local Slot No.

Upper Cabinet No. UPCN Upper Cabinet No.

Upper Subrack No. UPSRN Upper Subrack No.

Upper Slot No. UPSN Upper Slot No.

Upper Port No. UPPT Upper Port No.

TUNNEL Source Cabinet No. SCN Source Cabinet No.

Source Subrack No. SSRN Source Subrack No.

Source Slot No. SSN Source Slot No.

Tunnel No. TUNNELID Tunnel No.

Destination Cabinet DCN Destination Cabinet


No. No.

Destination Subrack DSRN Destination Subrack


No. No.

Destination Slot No. DSN Destination Slot No.

DEVIP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 156


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

IP Address IP IP Address

Mask MASK Mask

IPRT Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE Route Type

Port Type IFT Port Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Port No.

RSCGRP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Transmission BEAR Transmission


Resource Group Resource Group
Bear Type Bear Type

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Bearing Port Type PT Bearing Port Type

Bearing Port No. PN Bearing Port No.

Transmission RSCGRPID Transmission


Resource Group ID Resource Group ID

Rate Unit RU Rate Unit

Tx Bandwidth TXBW Tx Bandwidth

Rx Bandwidth RXBW Rx Bandwidth

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 157


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

TX Committed Burst TXCBS TX Committed Burst


Size Size

TX Excessive Burst TXEBS TX Excessive Burst


Size Size

Operator ID OID Operator ID

Scheduling Weight WEIGHT Scheduling Weight

TX Committed TXCIR TX Committed


Information Rate Information Rate

RX Committed RXCIR RX Committed


Information Rate Information Rate

TX Peak Information TXPIR TX Peak Information


Rate Rate

RX Peak Information RXPIR RX Peak Information


Rate Rate

TX Peak Burst Size TXPBS TX Peak Burst Size

IPPath IP Path ID PATHID IP Path ID

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

Join Transmission JNRSCGRP Join Transmission


Resource Group Resource Group

Transmission RSCGRPID Transmission


Resource Group ID Resource Group ID

Local IP LOCALIP Local IP

Peer IP PEERIP Peer IP

Path Type PATHTYPE Path Type

OMCH Local IP IP Local IP

Local Mask MASK Local Mask

Peer IP PEERIP Peer IP

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 158


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Peer Mask PEERMASK Peer Mask

Bearer Type BEAR Bearer Type

Binding Route BRT Binding Route

7.15.3 Precautions
None

7.15.4 Hardware Adjustment


l Unlike non-co-transmission scenario, this scenario requires that the UMPT_L and UTRPc
must be configured on the eNodeB side. In addition, the UCIU must be configured on the
BTS side.
l The UCIU in the BBU subrack accommodating the NodeB and BTS is connected to the
UMPT_L in the BBU subrack accommodating the eNodeB by using inter-subrack
interconnection cables.
l Cables to the UTRPc on the UG+L multimode base station side are used to connect to the
transport network.

7.15.5 Initial Configuration

(Optional)Initial Configuration on the U2000 Side


Configure a route from the U2000 to the DHCP relay of the eNodeB. In this step, set the
destination IP address to the port IP address of the NodeB. If the NodeB has multiple port IP
addresses, configure a route for each port IP address.

Initial Configuration on the GSM Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the ADD BTSBRD command to add a UCIU.


ADD BTSBRD: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=0, BT=UCIU;
//Add a UCIU to slot 0.

Step 2 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSTUNNEL to add a tunnel from the GTMUb to the
UTRPc.
ADD BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6, TN=0, DSTCN=0,
DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=4;

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 159


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

//Add a tunnel from the GTMUb in slot 6 to the UTRPc in slot 4.

Step 3 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSDEVIP to add the IP address of the GTMUb.
ADD BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6,
IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0";
//PT must be set to LOOPINTERFACE.

Step 4 Run the BSC MML command SET BTSIP to set the communication IP address of the BTS.
Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the BTS uses the logical IP
address. Specifically, set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP. In non-co-transmission scenarios, set
BTSCOMTYPE to an appropriate value based on individual needs.
SET BTSIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188",
BSCIP="10.10.10.10", BTSMUTIP=NO;
//Set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP and BTSIP to an appropriate value.

Step 5 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSIPRT to add a route from the BTS to the BSC.
Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set RTTYPE to OUTIF, ITFType to TUNNEL, and
IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 3.
ADD BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, RTIDX=1, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL,
IFNO=0;

Step 6 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSESN to add the ESN of the BTS.
ADD BTSESN: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, MAINDEVTAB="abcdefghijklmn",
OMBEARBOARD=BACKBOARD;
//OMBEARBOARD must be set to BACKBOARD.

Step 7 (Optional)Run the BSC MML command ADD IPRT to add a route to the DHCP relay of the
BTS. In this step, set DSTIP to the port IP address of the NodeB.
ADD IPRT: SRN=0, SN=16, DSTIP="20.20.20.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255",
NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", PRIORITY=HIGH, REMARK="relay;

----End
l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GSM Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Initial Configuration on the LTE Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:
l Using MML Commands
NOTE

In this scenario, the eNodeB uses the CI interface for communication. Therefore, Ethernet ports are not
required.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 160


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UMPT_L to the
UTRPc.
ADD TUNNEL: SSRN=1, SSN=7, DSN=4, TUNNELTYPE=UL;
//Add a tunnel from the UMPT_L of the eNodeB in slot 7 of subrack 1 to the UTRPc in
slot 4 of subrack 0.

Step 2 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the IP address of the eNodeB.

Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the eNodeB uses the logical
IP address. Specifically, set PT to LOOPINT. In non-co-transmission scenarios, set PT based
on individual needs.
ADD DEVIP: SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=0, IP="33.33.33.188",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//When configuring the signaling/service IP address for the eNodeB, set SRN to 1,
SN to 7, and PT to LOOPINT.

Step 3 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-
GW/U2000.

Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set SBT to BACK_BOARD, RTTYPE to IF, IFT to


TUNNEL, and IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 2.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the MME.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the S-GW.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the U2000.

Step 4 (Optional) Run the eNodeB MML command ADD RSCGRP to add a transmission resource
group.
ADD RSCGRP: SRN=1, SN=7, BEAR=IP, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, RSCGRPID=0, RU=KBPS,
TXBW=3000, RXBW=3000, TXCBS=4000, TXEBS=4000, TXCIR=4000, RXCIR=4000, TXPIR=4000,
RXPIR=4000, TXPBS=4000;
//When adding a transmission resource group, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to
TUNNEL.

Step 5 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPPATH to add an IP path.
ADD IPPATH: PATHID=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, PN=0,
JNRSCGRP=DISABLE, LOCALIP="33.33.33.188", PEERIP="50.50.50.50", PATHTYPE=ANY;
//When adding an IP path, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to TUNNEL.

Step 6 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD OMCH to add an OM channel.
ADD OMCH: IP="31.31.31.188", MASK="255.255.255.0", PEERIP="60.60.60.60",
PEERMASK="255.255.255.0", BEAR=IPV4, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, BRT=NO;
//When adding an OM channel, set SBT to BACK_BOARD.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 161


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command ADD BRD to add a UTRPc.
ADD BRD: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, BT=UTRP, SBT=UTRPc;
//Add a UTRPc in slot 4.

Step 2 Run the SET ETHPORT command to set the Ethernet port attribute for the UTRPc.
SET ETHPORT: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, PN=1, SPEED=AUTO, DUPLEX=AUTO;
//Set parameters related to Ethernet port 1 on the UTRPc in slot 0. Both data rate
and duplex mode are set to auto-negotiation.

Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add IP addresses for the NodeB.
ADD DEVIP: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SBT= ETH_COVERBOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="20.20.20.188",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add an IP address for Ethernet port 1 on the UTRPc.
ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="32.32.32.1",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add a signaling/service IP address for the NodeB.

Step 4 Run the NodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add tunnels from the UTRPc to the GTMUb
and UMPT_L.
ADD TUNNEL: SSN=4, DSN=6, TUNNELTYPE=DL;
//Add a tunnel from the UTRPc in slot 4 to the GTMUb in slot 6.
ADD TUNNEL: SSN=4, TUNNELID=1, DSRN=1, DSN=7, TUNNELTYPE=DL;
//Add a tunnel from the UTRPc in slot 4 of subrack 0 to the UMPT_L in slot 7 of
subrack 1.

Step 5 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC
through the NodeB and an uplink route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-GW/U2000 through
the NodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address of the
router that is directly connected to the NodeB.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB for the UTRPc in slot 4.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the MME through the NodeB for the UTRPc in slot
4.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, CN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the S-GW through the NodeB for the UTRPc in slot
4.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=3, CN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the U2000 through the NodeB for the UTRPc in slot
4. Skip this step if the UMPT_U has already been configured with a route to the

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 162


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

U2000.

Step 6 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS
through the NodeB and a downlink route from the MME/S-GW/U2000 to the eNodeB through
the NodeB.
When co-transmission for the BTS, eNodeB, and NodeB is implemented through tunnels on the
UTRPc backplane, the downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB and the
downlink route from the MME/S-GW/U2000 must be configured on the NodeB. In addition,
SBT must be set to BACK_BOARD and IFT must be set to TUNNEL.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=4, CN=0, SN=4, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="35.35.35.188",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB for the UTRPc in
slot 4.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=5, SN=4, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="31.31.31.188",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=1;
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=6, SN=4, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="33.33.33.188",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=1;
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=7, SN=4, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=1;
//Add a downlink route from the MME/S-GW/U2000 to the eNodeB through the NodeB for
the UTRPc in slot 4.

Step 7 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP
relay.
When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS, eNodeB and NodeB, the NodeB needs to work
as the relay if the BTS and eNodeB are deployed using DHCP. Therefore, DHCP relay needs
to be enabled for the NodeB.
SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE;
//Enable DHCP relay for the NodeB.

Step 8 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the
DHCP server.
When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS, eNodeB and NodeB, the NodeB needs to work
as the relay if the BTS and eNodeB are deployed using DHCP. Therefore, the IP address of the
DHCP server needs to be added on the NodeB. The DHCP server of the BTS is BSC, while the
DHCP server of the eNodeB is U2000.
ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="60.60.60.60";
//Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the eNodeB.
ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="21.21.21.1";
//Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the BTS.

Step 9 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data
for the BTS and NodeB:
l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the
uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB and the uplink route from the
eNodeB to the MME/S-GW through the NodeB added in step 6 must be different from the
uplink route for the NodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the uplink route
from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB to 20.20.20.101, and set the next-hop address
of the uplink route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-GW through the NodeB to 20.20.20.201,
which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route for the NodeB.
To add VLAN mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 163


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK=255.255.255.255,


VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=32, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.201", MASK=255.255.255.255,
VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=32, SETPRIO=DISABLE;

l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires
differentiated DSCP values for the BTS, eNodeB, and NodeB. For details about DSCP values
for the NodeB, eNodeB and eNodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-
Transmission Feature Parameter Description.
1. Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. In VLAN group mode,
set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the NodeB. If
differentiated data needs to be configured for the NodeB and BTS and TRAFFIC
is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 40 on the NodeB.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=26, VLANID=32;
//Set VLANID to 32 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 26. In VLAN group mode,
set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the NodeB. If
differentiated data needs to be configured for the NodeB and eNodeB and TRAFFIC
is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 26 on the NodeB.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=32;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in
DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN
data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not
set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field.
In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.

2. Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP.


ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=
VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
//Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the LTE Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

7.15.6 Activation Observation


After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature
is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer
device.

UMTS Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step
on the NodeB side to verify whether the transmission link between the NodeB and the RNC is
normal:

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the RNC. If the IP address can
be pinged, the transmission link is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="15.15.15.15",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;

----End

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 164


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

GSM Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the BTS and activated, perform the following step on
the BSC side to verify whether the transmission link between the BSC and the BTS is normal:

Step 1 Run the BSC MML command PING IP to ping the IP address of the GTMUb.
PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="35.35.35.188",
NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;

----End

LTE Side
Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the MME/S-GW. If the IP
address can be pinged, the transmission link between the eNodeB and the MME/S-GW is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="40.40.40.40",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
PING: CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="50.50.50.50",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;

----End

7.16 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through


Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG
+T Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode

7.16.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
Figure 7-27 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane
interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side. In this scenario,
an FE/GE port on the UMPT_U of the NodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the
separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station and is connected to the MBSC and MME/S-
GW. The GTMUb and UMPT_U in one BBU are interconnected by using backplanes. The
UMPT_L and UMPT_U are interconnected by using backplanes through the UCIU.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 165


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-27 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane


interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side (UCIU+UMPT
interconnection)

Figure 7-28 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane


interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side. In this scenario,
an FE/GE port on the UMPT_U of the NodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the
separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station and is connected to the MBSC and MME/S-
GW. The GTMUb and UMPT_U in one BBU are interconnected by using backplanes. The
UMPT_L and UMPT_U are interconnected by using interconnection cables.

Figure 7-28 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane


interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side (UMPT+UMPT
interconnection)

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 166


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-29 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane


interconnection on the UG+L multimode base station side. In this scenario, an FE/GE port on
the UMPT_U of the NodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the U+GL multimode base
station and is connected to the MBSC and MME/S-GW. The GTMUb and UMPT_U are
interconnected by using backplanes through the UCIU. The LMPT and UMPT_U are
interconnected by using backplanes through the UCIU.

Figure 7-29 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection


on the UG+L multimode base station side

This document provides only the engineering guidelines for the scenario shown in Figure
7-27. The engineering guidelines for the scenario shown in Figure 7-29 is similar to those for
the scenario shown in Figure 7-29.
l Requirement for other features
The following features have been enabled:
GBFD-118601 Abis over IP
WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l Requirements for the license
The following license has been activated:
NE License Abbreviation Code Sales Unit
Control Item
Description

eNodeB IP-Based LLT1IPMCT0 81201528 Per eNodeB


Multi-mode 1
Co-
Transmission
on BS side
(eNodeB)

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 167


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.16.2 Data Preparation

(Example) Key Data Preparation


Figure 7-30 shows an example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-
transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base
station side.

Figure 7-30 Example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-transmission


through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side

Table 7-18 describes the data plan.

Table 7-18 Data plan

Item IP Address Remarks

Device IP address of the BSC 10.10.10.10/32 -

Port IP address of the BSC 21.21.21.1/24 -

Device IP address of the 15.15.15.15/32 -


RNC

Port IP address of the RNC 11.11.11.11/24 -

IP address of the port on the 11.11.11.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
RNC

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 168


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item IP Address Remarks

IP address of the port on the 21.21.21.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
BSC

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 -


router that is connected to the
UMPT_U

OM IP address of the NodeB 30.30.30.1/24 UMTS: management plane


IP address. This IP address is
configured on the main
control board.

Signaling/service IP address 32.32.32.1/24 UMTS: control plane/user


of the NodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the main
control board.

IP address of FE port 1 on the 20.20.20.188/24 UMTS: device IP address


UMPT_U of the NodeB during configuration on the
CME. This IP address is
configured on the co-
transmission port.

IP address of the MME 40.40.40.40/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


SCTP link

IP address of the S-GW 50.50.50.50/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


IP path

IP address of the U2000 60.60.60.60/24 UMTS: peer IP address for


the OM channel

OM IP address of the 31.31.31.188/24 LTE: management plane IP


eNodeB address. This is a logical IP
address and is configured on
the main control board.

Signaling/service IP address 33.33.33.188/24 LTE: control plane/user


of the eNodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the main
control board.

IP address of the BTS 35.35.35.188/24 GSM: communication IP


address of the BTS. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the BTS main
control board.

BTS ESN abcdefghijklmn -

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 169


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

NOTE

In this scenario, the GTMUb does not need to be configured with Ethernet port attributes such as duplex
mode and rate because the GTMUb communicates with the UMPT_U through the backplane. In addition,
the UMPT_L does not need to be configured with Ethernet port attributes because the UMPT_L
communicates with the UCIU through the CI interface.
The IP address plan for IP co-transmission in UCIU+UMPT interconnection is the same as that in UMPT
+UMPT interconnection.

Data Preparation on the GSM Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

BTSBRD Index Type IDTYPE Index Type

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Board Type BT Board Type

BTSCTRLLNK Index Type IDTYPE Index Type

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

BTS Name BTSNAME BTS Name

Link No. LN Link No.

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Upper Node Cabinet UPCN Upper Node Cabinet


No. No.

Upper Node Subrack UPSRN Upper Node Subrack


No. No.

Upper Node Slot No. UPSN Upper Node Slot No.

Upper Node Port No. UPPT Upper Node Port No.

BTSTUNNEL BTS Index Type IDTYPE BTS Index Type

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Source Cabinet No. SRCCN Source Cabinet No.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 170


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Source Subrack No. SRCSRN Source Subrack No.

Source Slot No. SRCSN Source Slot No.

BTS Tunnel No. TN BTS Tunnel No.

Destination Cabinet DSTCN Destination Cabinet


No. No.

Destination Subrack DSTSRN Destination Subrack


No. No.

Destination Slot No. DSTSN Destination Slot No.

BTSDEVIP BTS Index Type IDTYPE BTS Index Type

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

Port Cabinet No. CN Port Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

IP Address IP IP Address

IP Mask MASK IP Mask

BTSIP BTS Index Type IDTYPE BTS Index Type

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

BTS Name BTSNAME BTS Name

BTS BTSCOMTYPE BTS


Communication Communication
Type Type

BTS IP BTSIP BTS IP

BSC IP BSCIP BSC IP

BTS MultiIP Switch BTSMUTIP BTS MultiIP Switch

BTSIPRT Index Type IDTYPE -

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Route Index RTIDX Route Index

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP


Address Address

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 171


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Destination Address DSTMASK Destination Address


Mask Mask

Route Type RTTYPE Route Type

Port Cabinet No. CN Port Cabinet No.

Port Subrack No. SRN Port Subrack No.

Port Slot No. SN Port Slot No.

Interface Type ITFType Interface Type

Outgoing Interface IFNO Outgoing Interface


No. No.

BTSESN BTS Index Type IDTYPE -

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

OM Bear Board OMBEARBOARD OM Bear Board

IPRT Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP


address address

Destination address DSTMASK Destination address


mask mask

Forward route NEXTHOP Forward route


address address

Data Preparation on the UMTS Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

BRD Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Board Type BT -

SubBoard Type SBT -

CTRLLNK Local Link No. LN Local Link No.

Local Cabinet No. CN Local Cabinet No.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 172


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Local Subrack No. SRN Local Subrack No.

Local Slot No. SN Local Slot No.

Upper Cabinet No. UPCN Upper Cabinet No.

Upper Subrack UPSRN Upper Subrack No.


No.

Upper Slot No. UPSN Upper Slot No.

Upper Port No. UPPT Upper Port No.

TUNNEL Source Cabinet SCN Source Cabinet No.


No.

Source Subrack SSRN Source Subrack No.


No.

Source Slot No. SSN Source Slot No.

Tunnel No. TUNNELID Tunnel No.

Destination DCN Destination Cabinet


Cabinet No. No.

Destination DSRN Destination


Subrack No. Subrack No.

Destination Slot DSN Destination Slot


No. No.

IPRT Route Index VRFIDX Route Index

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE -

Port Type IFT Carrier Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Link No.

DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP


Address Address

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 173


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

DHCPRELAYSWITC DHCP Relay ES DHCP Switch


H Switch

VLANMAP VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

Next Hop IP NEXTHOPIP Next Hop IP

Mask MASK Mask

VLAN Mode VLANMODE VLAN Mode

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

Set VLAN SETPRIO Set VLAN Priority


Priority

VLANCLASS VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

Traffic Type TRAFFIC Traffic Type

User Data Service SRVPRIO User Data Service


Priority Priority

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

Data Preparation on the eNodeB Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

CTRLLNK Local Link No. LN Local Link No.

Local Cabinet No. CN Local Cabinet No.

Local Subrack No. SRN Local Subrack No.

Local Slot No. SN Local Slot No.

Upper Cabinet No. UPCN Upper Cabinet No.

Upper Subrack No. UPSRN Upper Subrack No.

Upper Slot No. UPSN Upper Slot No.

Upper Port No. UPPT Upper Port No.

TUNNEL Source Cabinet No. SCN Source Cabinet No.

Source Subrack No. SSRN Source Subrack No.

Source Slot No. SSN Source Slot No.

Tunnel No. TUNNELID Tunnel No.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 174


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Destination Cabinet No. DCN Destination Cabinet


No.

Destination Subrack No. DSRN Destination Subrack


No.

Destination Slot No. DSN Destination Slot No.

DEVIP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

IP Address IP IP Address

Mask MASK Mask

IPRT Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE Route Type

Port Type IFT Port Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Port No.

RSCGRP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Transmission Resource BEAR Transmission


Group Bear Type Resource Group
Bear Type

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 175


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Bearing Port Type PT Bearing Port Type

Bearing Port No. PN Bearing Port No.

Transmission Resource RSCGRPID Transmission


Group ID Resource Group ID

Rate Unit RU Rate Unit

Tx Bandwidth TXBW Tx Bandwidth

Rx Bandwidth RXBW Rx Bandwidth

TX Committed Burst TXCBS TX Committed Burst


Size Size

TX Excessive Burst Size TXEBS TX Excessive Burst


Size

Operator ID OID Operator ID

Scheduling Weight WEIGHT Scheduling Weight

TX Committed TXCIR TX Committed


Information Rate Information Rate

RX Committed RXCIR RX Committed


Information Rate Information Rate

TX Peak Information TXPIR TX Peak Information


Rate Rate

RX Peak Information RXPIR RX Peak Information


Rate Rate

TX Peak Burst Size TXPBS TX Peak Burst Size

IPPath IP Path ID PATHID IP Path ID

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

Join Transmission JNRSCGRP Join Transmission


Resource Group Resource Group

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 176


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Transmission Resource RSCGRPID Transmission


Group ID Resource Group ID

Local IP LOCALIP Local IP

Peer IP PEERIP Peer IP

Path Type PATHTYPE Path Type

OMCH Local IP IP Local IP

Local Mask MASK Local Mask

Peer IP PEERIP Peer IP

Peer Mask PEERMASK Peer Mask

Bearer Type BEAR Bearer Type

Binding Route BRT Binding Route

7.16.3 Precautions
None

7.16.4 Hardware Adjustment


l Unlike non-co-transmission scenario, this scenario requires that the UMPT_L must be
configured on the eNodeB side. In addition, the UCIU must be configured on the BTS side.
l The UCIU in the BBU subrack accommodating the NodeB and BTS is connected to the
UMPT_L in the BBU subrack accommodating the eNodeB by using inter-subrack
interconnection cables.
l A cable to the UMPT_U on the UG+L multimode base station side is used to connect to
the transport network.

7.16.5 Initial Configuration


(Optional)Initial Configuration on the U2000 Side
Configure a route from the U2000 to the DHCP relay of the eNodeB. In this step, set the
destination IP address to the port IP address of the NodeB. If the NodeB has multiple port IP
addresses, configure a route for each port IP address.

Initial Configuration on the GSM Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 177


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 (UCIU+UMPT interconnection) Run the ADD BTSBRD command to add a UCIU.
ADD BTSBRD: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=0, BT=UCIU;
//Add a UCIU to slot 0.

Step 2 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSCTRLLNK to add a BBU interconnection control link
between GSM and LTE.
(UCIU+UMPT interconnection) ADD BTSCTRLLNK: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, LN=0, CN=0,
SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0, UPSN=0, UPPT=0;
//Add a BBU interconnection control link between slot 7 of subrack 1 and slot 0 of
subrack 0.
(UMPT+UMPT interconnection) ADD BTSCTRLLNK: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, LN=0, CN=0,
SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0, UPSN=7, UPPT=8;
//Add a BBU interconnection control link between slot 7 of subrack 1 and slot 7 of
subrack 0.

Step 3 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSTUNNEL to add a tunnel from the GTMUb to the
UMPT_U.
ADD BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6, TN=0, DSTCN=0,
DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=7;
//Add a tunnel from the GTMUb in slot 6 to the UMPT_U in slot 7.

Step 4 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSDEVIP to add the IP address of the GTMUb.
ADD BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6,
IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0";
//PT must be set to LOOPINTERFACE.

Step 5 Run the BSC MML command SET BTSIP to set the communication IP address of the BTS.

Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the BTS uses the logical IP
address. Specifically, set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP. In non-co-transmission scenarios, set
BTSCOMTYPE to an appropriate value based on individual needs.
SET BTSIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188",
BSCIP="10.10.10.10", BTSMUTIP=NO;
//Set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP and BTSIP to an appropriate value.

Step 6 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSIPRT to add a route from the BTS to the BSC.

Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set RTTYPE to OUTIF, ITFType to TUNNEL, and


IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 3.
ADD BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, RTIDX=1, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL,
IFNO=0;

Step 7 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSESN to add the ESN of the BTS.
ADD BTSESN: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, MAINDEVTAB="abcdefghijklmn",
OMBEARBOARD=BACKBOARD;
//OMBEARBOARD must be set to BACKBOARD.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 178


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Step 8 (Optional)Run the BSC MML command ADD IPRT to add a route to the DHCP relay of the
BTS. In this step, set DSTIP to the port IP address of the NodeB.
ADD IPRT: SRN=0, SN=16, DSTIP="20.20.20.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255",
NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", PRIORITY=HIGH, REMARK="relay;

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GSM Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Initial Configuration on the eNodeB Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands


NOTE

In this scenario, the eNodeB uses the CI interface for communication. Therefore, Ethernet ports are not
required.

Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD CTRLLNK to add a BBU interconnection control link.
(UCIU+UMPT interconnection) ADD CTRLLNK: LN=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0,
UPSN=0, UPPT=0;
//Add a BBU interconnection control link between slot 7 of subrack 1 and slot 0 of
subrack 0. The BBU subrack number for the eNodeB must be different from that for
the BTS and NodeB. It is assumed that the BBU subrack number for the eNodeB is 1
here.

(UMPT+UMPT interconnection) ADD CTRLLNK: LN=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0,
UPSN=7, UPPT=8;
//Add a BBU interconnection control link between slot 7 of subrack 1 and slot 7 of
subrack 0. The BBU subrack number for the eNodeB must be different from that for
the BTS and NodeB. It is assumed that the BBU subrack number for the eNodeB is 1
here.

Step 2 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UMPT_L to the
UMPT_U.
ADD TUNNEL: SSRN=1, SSN=7, DSN=7,TUNNELTYPE=UL;
//Add a tunnel from the UMPT_L of the eNodeB in slot 7 of subrack 1 to the UMPT_U
in slot 7 of subrack 0.

Step 3 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the IP address of the eNodeB.

Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the eNodeB uses the logical
IP address. Specifically, set PT to LOOPINT. In non-co-transmission scenarios, set PT based
on individual needs.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 179


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

ADD DEVIP: SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=0, IP="33.33.33.188",


MASK="255.255.255.0";
//When configuring the signaling/service IP address for the eNodeB, set SRN to 1,
SN to 7, and PT to LOOPINT.

Step 4 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-
GW/U2000.
Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set SBT to BACK_BOARD, RTTYPE to IF, IFT to
TUNNEL, and IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 2.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the MME.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the S-GW.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the U2000.

Step 5 (Optional) Run the eNodeB MML command ADD RSCGRP to add a transmission resource
group.
ADD RSCGRP: SRN=1, SN=7, BEAR=IP, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, RSCGRPID=0, RU=KBPS,
TXBW=3000, RXBW=3000, TXCBS=4000, TXEBS=4000, TXCIR=4000, RXCIR=4000, TXPIR=4000,
RXPIR=4000, TXPBS=4000;
//When adding a transmission resource group, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to
TUNNEL.

Step 6 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPPATH to add an IP path.
ADD IPPATH: PATHID=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, PN=0,
JNRSCGRP=DISABLE, LOCALIP="33.33.33.188", PEERIP="50.50.50.50", PATHTYPE=ANY;
//When adding an IP path, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to TUNNEL.

Step 7 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD OMCH to add an OM channel.
ADD OMCH: IP="31.31.31.188", MASK="255.255.255.0", PEERIP="60.60.60.60",
PEERMASK="255.255.255.0", BEAR=IPV4, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, BRT=NO;
//When adding an OM channel, set SBT to BACK_BOARD.

----End
l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set the parameters listed in Data Preparation on the eNodeB Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 180


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add IP addresses for the NodeB.
ADD DEVIP: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="20.20.20.188",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add an IP address for Ethernet port 1 on the UMPT_U.
ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="32.32.32.1",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add a signaling/service IP address for the NodeB.

Step 2 Run the NodeB MML command ADD CTRLLNK to add a BBU interconnection control link.
(UCIU+UMPT interconnection) ADD CTRLLNK: LN=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0,
UPSN=0, UPPT=0;
//Add a BBU interconnection control link between slot 7 of subrack 1 and slot 0 of
subrack 0.
(UMPT+UMPT interconnection) ADD CTRLLNK: LN=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0,
UPSN=7, UPPT=8;
//Add a BBU interconnection control link between slot 7 of subrack 1 and slot 7 of
subrack 0.

Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add tunnels from the UMPT_U to the
GTMUb and UMPT_L.
ADD TUNNEL: SSN=7, DSN=6, TUNNELTYPE=DL;
//Add a tunnel from the UMPT_U in slot 7 to the GTMUb in slot 6.
ADD TUNNEL: SSN=7, TUNNELID=1, DSRN=1, DSN=7, TUNNELTYPE=DL;
//Add a tunnel from the UMPT_U in slot 7 of subrack 0 to the UMPT_L in slot 7 of
subrack 1.

Step 4 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC
through the NodeB and an uplink route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-GW/U2000 through
the NodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address of the
router that is directly connected to the NodeB.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB for the UMPT_U in slot 7.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the MME through the NodeB for the UMPT_U in slot
7.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the S-GW through the NodeB for the UMPT_U in slot
7.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=3, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the U2000 through the NodeB for the UMPT_U in slot
7. Skip this step if the UMPT_U has already been configured with a route to the
U2000.

Step 5 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS
through the NodeB and a downlink route from the MME/S-GW/U2000 to the eNodeB through
the NodeB.

When co-transmission for the BTS, eNodeB, and NodeB is implemented through tunnels on the
UMPT_U backplane, the downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB and the

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 181


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

downlink route from the MME/S-GW/U2000 must be configured on the NodeB. In addition,
SBT must be set to BACK_BOARD and IFT must be set to TUNNEL.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=4, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="35.35.35.188",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB for the UMPT_U in
slot 7.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=5, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="31.31.31.188",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=1;
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=6, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="33.33.33.188",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=1;
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=7, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=1;
//Add a downlink route from the MME/S-GW/U2000 to the eNodeB through the NodeB for
the UMPT_U in slot 7.

Step 6 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP
relay.
When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, the NodeB needs to work as the relay
if the BTS is deployed using DHCP. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the NodeB.
SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE;
//Enable DHCP relay for the NodeB.

Step 7 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the
DHCP server.
When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, the NodeB needs to work as the relay
if the BTS is deployed using DHCP. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to be
added on the NodeB. The DHCP server of the BTS is BSC, while the DHCP server of the eNodeB
is U2000.
ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="60.60.60.60";
//Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the eNodeB.
ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="10.10.10.10";
//Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the BTS.

Step 8 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data
for the BTS and NodeB:
l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the
uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB and the uplink route from the
eNodeB to the MME/S-GW through the NodeB added in step 4 must be different from the
uplink route for the NodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the uplink route
from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB to 20.20.20.101, and set the next-hop address
of the uplink route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-GW through the NodeB to 20.20.20.201,
which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route for the NodeB.
To add VLAN mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK=255.255.255.255,
VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=32, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK=255.255.255.255,
VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=32, SETPRIO=DISABLE;

l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires
differentiated DSCP values for the BTS, eNodeB, and NodeB. For details about DSCP values

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 182


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

for the BTS, NodeB, and eNodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-
Transmission Feature Parameter Description.
1. Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. In VLAN group mode,
set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the NodeB. If
differentiated data needs to be configured for the NodeB and BTS and TRAFFIC
is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 40 on the NodeB.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=26, VLANID=32;
//Set VLANID to 32 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 26. In VLAN group mode,
set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the NodeB. If
differentiated data needs to be configured for the NodeB and eNodeB and
TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 26 on the NodeB.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=32;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in
DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN
data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not
set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field.
In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.

2. Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP.


ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=
VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
//Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.

----End
l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set the parameters listed in the the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

7.16.6 Activation Observation


After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature
is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer
device.

UMTS Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step
on the NodeB side to verify whether the transmission link between the NodeB and the RNC is
normal:

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the RNC. If the IP address can
be pinged, the transmission link is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="15.15.15.15",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;

----End

GSM Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the BTS and activated, perform the following step on
the BSC side to verify whether the transmission link between the BSC and the BTS is normal:

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 183


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Step 1 Run the BSC MML command PING IP to ping the IP address of the GTMUb.
PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="35.35.35.188",
NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;

----End

LTE Side
Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the MME/S-GW. If the IP
address can be pinged, the transmission link between the eNodeB and the MME/S-GW is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="40.40.40.40",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
PING: CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="50.50.50.50",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;

----End

7.17 Reconstruction from Transmission Through the Main


Control Board Panel on a BTS to Main-Control-Board-based
Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the
Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over
FE/GE Mode
This section describes how to reconstruct the transmission mode from transmission through the
main control board panel on a BTS to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through
panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side.

7.17.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
Figure 7-31 shows the network topologies before and after reconstruction.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 184


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-31 Network topologies before and after reconstruction

l Requirements for the license


The license is not required.

7.17.2 Data Preparation


Figure 7-32 shows an example of reconstruction from transmission through the main control
board panel on a BTS to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel
interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 185


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-32 Example of reconstruction from transmission through the main control board panel
on a BTS to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the
separate-MPT UG multimode base station side

Table 7-19 describes the IP address plan.

Table 7-19 IP address plan

Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the BSC 10.10.10.10/32 When DHCP relay is enabled


for the NodeB, the IP address
of the DHCP server is
10.10.10.10, which is the
device IP address of the BSC.

Port IP address of the BSC 21.21.21.1/24 -

Port IP address of the RNC 11.11.11.11/24 -

Device IP address of the 15.15.15.15/32 -


RNC

Port IP address of the U2000 60. 60. 60.60/24 -

IP address of the port on 21.21.21.254/24 -


router 1 that is connected to
the BSC

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 186


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

IP address of the port on 11.11.11.254/24 -


router 1 that is connected to
the RNC

IP address of the port on 20.20.20.1/24 -


router 2 that is connected to
the NodeB

IP address of FE 0 port on the 22.22.22.1/24 -


NodeB

IP address of FE 1 port on the 20.20.20.188/24 -


NodeB

OM IP address of the NodeB 24.24.24.24/24 -

IP address of FE 0 port on the 22.22.22.188/24 -


BTS

NOTE

IP addresses of two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS must be on the same network
segment.Data configurations at the data link layer, such as the duplex mode and rate, must be consistent
between the two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS.

7.17.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure

Introduction to IP Rehoming
The IP rehoming function is introduced to facilitate IP co-transmission reconstruction on the
GSM side. The IP rehoming function remotely delivers new IP transmission configuration data
to the BTS using messages before reconstruction. After receiving the new data, the BTS saves
it to the flash memory. Once the BTS resets, it uses the new data to attempt to set up links to the
BSC within a period of time. This saves the detection time. After setting up links to the BSC,
the BTS deletes the old IP transmission configuration data.

Reconstruction Preparations
1. Check the system.
l Perform a health check on the system to check whether network KPIs are normal and
whether major alarms were reported. If network KPIs are abnormal or major alarms
were reported, record them for KPI or alarm comparison before and after reconstruction.
l Run the BSC MML command DSP BTSVER or NodeB MML command LST VER
to check the software version for a BTS or NodeB.
2. Get ready boards and obtain software versions.
l Get ready a WMPT.
l Obtain the software versions of the MBSC, U2000, CME, and multimode base station.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 187


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

3. Back up data.
l Back up the measurement results of original performance counters reported one week
before reconstruction.
l Back up BTS data configurations before reconstruction on the CME. (CME: Main
View > Right-click a site > Export MML for Creating BTS.)
4. Make the reconfiguration scripts.
l For details about reconfiguration on the UMTS side, see Reconfiguration on the
UMTS Side.
l Reconfiguration on the GSM side has the following scripts:
IP rehoming scripts. For details, see Reconfiguration on the GSM Side.
Scripts for reconstruction. For details, see Initial Configuration on the GSM
Side in section 7.5 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel
Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP
over FE/GE Mode.
5. Make the rollback scripts.
l For details about rollback scripts on the UMTS side, see Rollback on the UMTS
Side.
l For details about rollback scripts on the GSM side, see Rollback on the GSM Side

Reconstruction Procedure
Step 1 Upgrade the software.

If the BTS software version does not meet the reconstruction requirements, upgrade the software
before reconstruction.

Step 2 Reconstruct hardware and modify data configurations.

1. Execute the BSC IP rehoming MML command scripts.


NOTE

Upgrade the software Remove the GTMU and install the WMPT at the site. Connect the GTMU to
the WMPT through panel interconnection, and connect the transmission cable to the planned port on
the WMPT.
2. Deactivate the BTS on the BSC and prepare for scripts for BTS reconstruction to reactivate
the BTS.
3. Use the scripts for BTS reconstruction to perform automatic NodeB deployment.
4. Install and power on the GTMU, and wait for BTS deployment.

Step 3 Verify services after reconstruction. For details, see section 7.5.6 Activation Observation.

Step 4 Perform the rollback operation if reconstruction fails.


l Execute the rollback scripts. For details about the rollback scripts, see section 7.17.6
Rollback
l Restore the hardware configuration and network topology to those before reconstruction.

----End

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 188


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.17.4 Precautions
None

7.17.5 Reconfiguration

Reconfiguration on the UMTS Side


For details, see section 7.5 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel
Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE
Mode.

Reconfiguration on the GSM Side


Step 1 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSIPRT to import the configuration of the next-hop route
from the BTS to the BSC.
IMP BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6,
NEXTHOP="30.30.30.1";

Step 2 Run the BSC MML command ACT BTSIMPDATA to activate the IP rehoming data.
ACT BTSIMPDATA: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;

----End

7.17.6 Rollback

Rollback on the UMTS Side


Remove the NodeB on the CME. (CME: Base Station > UMTS > Right-click a site >
Delete.)

Rollback on the GSM Side


Step 1 Run the BSC MML command DEA BTS to deactivate the BTS. (CME: Base Station > GSM
> Right-click a site > Deactivate Site.)
DEA BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;

Step 2 Run the BSC MML command RMV IPPATH to remove an IP path. (CME: Controller >
Transmission View > GSM > Abis > Abis Configuration Express > IP Transport > IP
Path.)
RMV IPPATH: ANI=1017, PATHID=0;
//Remove the IP path between the BTS and the BSC.

Step 3 Run the BSC MML command RMV ADJNODE to remove an adjacent node. (CME:
Controller > Transmission View > GSM > Abis > Abis Configuration Express > IP
Transport > Adjacent Node.)
RMV ADJNODE: ANI=1017;
//Remove an Abis adjacent node.

Step 4 Run the BSC MML command RMV BTS to remove the BTS. (CME: Base Station > GSM >
Right-click a site > Delete Site.)
RMV BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 189


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Step 5 Execute the configuration scripts that are backed up before reconstruction. (CME: Script
Executor > Project > Load Project > Upload Project > Activate Project.)

----End

7.18 Reconstruction from Transmission Through the Main


Control Board Panel on a BTS to Main-Control-Board-based
Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on
the Separate-MPT LG/TG Multimode Base Station Side in
IP over FE/GE Mode
This section describes how to reconstruct the transmission mode from transmission through the
main control board panel on a BTS to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through
backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT LG multimode base station side.

7.18.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
Figure 7-33 shows the network topologies before and after reconstruction.

Figure 7-33 Network topologies before and after reconstruction

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 190


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

l Requirements for the license


The following license has been activated:

NE License Abbreviation Code Sales Unit


Control Item
Description

eNodeB IP-Based LLT1IPMCT0 81201528 Per eNodeB


Multi-mode 1
Co-
Transmission
on BS side
(eNodeB)

7.18.2 Data Preparation


Figure 7-34 shows an example of reconstruction from transmission through the main control
board panel on a BTS to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane
interconnection on the separate-MPT LG multimode base station side.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 191


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-34 Example of reconstruction from transmission through the main control board panel
on a BTS to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection
on the separate-MPT LG multimode base station side

Table 7-20 describes the IP address plan.

Table 7-20 IP address plan

Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the BSC 10.10.10.10/32 -

Port IP address of the BSC 21.21.21.1/24 -

IP address of the port on the 21.21.21.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
BSC

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 -


router that is connected to the
eNodeB

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 192


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

IP address of FE port 1 on the 20.20.20.188/24 LTE: device IP address


eNodeB during configuration on the
CME

OM IP address of the 31. 31. 31.188/24 LTE: management plane IP


eNodeB address. This is a logical IP
address and is configured on
the main control board.

Signaling/service IP address 33.33.33.188/24 LTE: control plane/user


of the eNodeB plane IP address.
This is a logical IP address
and is configured on the main
control board.

IP address of the U2000 60.60.60.60/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


OM channel

IP address of the MME 40.40.40.40/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


SCTP link

IP address of the S-GW 50.50.50.50/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


IP path

IP address of the BTS 35.35.35.188/24 GSM: communication IP


address of the BTS. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the main
control board.

ESN of the BTS abcdefghijklmn -

7.18.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure

Reconstruction Preparations
1. Check the system.
l Perform a health check on the system to check whether network KPIs are normal and
whether major alarms were reported. If network KPIs are abnormal or major alarms
were reported, record them for KPI or alarm comparison before and after reconstruction.
l Run the BSC MML command DSP BTSVER to check the software version for a BTS.
Multimode base stations of V100R007C00 and later support IP-based co-transmission
through backplane interconnection.
2. Get ready boards and obtain software versions.
l Check whether the main control board of the BTS is a GTMUb. If the main control
board of the BTS is not a GTMUb, get ready a GTMUb.
l Get ready an LMPT/UMPT_L.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 193


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

l Obtain the software versions of the MBSC, U2000, CME, and multimode base station.
3. Back up data.
l Back up the measurement results of original performance counters reported one week
before reconstruction.
l Back up BTS data configurations before reconstruction on the CME. (CME: Main
View > Right-click a site > Export MML for Creating BTS.)
4. Make the reconfiguration scripts.
l For details about reconfigurations on the eNodeB side, see Reconfiguration on the
eNodeB Side.
l Reconfiguration on the GSM side has the following scripts:
IP rehoming scripts. For details, see Reconfiguration on the GSM Side.
Scripts for reconstruction. For details, see Initial Configuration on the GSM
Side "in section 7.9 Main-Control-Board-based IP Co-Transmission Through
Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LG/TG Multimode Base
Station Side
5. Make the rollback scripts.
l For details about rollback scripts on the eNodeB side, see Rollback on the LTE
Side.
l For details about rollback scripts on the BTS side, see Rollback on the GSM Side.
6. Prepare for automatic deployment.
l If the USB + U2000 based deployment is to be applied, prepare a commissioning USB
flash drive for the reconstructed GL multimode base station, and prepare another
commissioning USB flash drive for the BTS before the reconstruction. The second USB
flash drive is used for the automatic deployment in case that the reconstruction fails.
l If the U2000-based deployment is to be applied, upload the configuration file for the
eNodeB to the U2000, and enable the DHCP relay function for the router that is
connected to the eNodeB.

Reconstruction Procedure
Step 1 Upgrade the software.

If the BTS software version does not meet the reconstruction requirements, upgrade the software
before reconstruction.

Step 2 Reconstruct hardware and modify data configurations.


1. Execute the BSC IP rehoming MML command scripts.
NOTE

BTS services are interrupted when steps 2 to 5 are performed. Before performing the following steps,
power off the GTMUb, and power on it after the eNodeB is deployed. This is because the IP rehoming
scripts take effect only after the BTS resets. In addition, the IP rehoming scripts are effective within
specified time.
2. Remove the GTMUb and install the LMPT/UMPT_L at the site. Connect the transmission
cable to the planned port on the LMPT/UMPT_L.
3. Deactivate the BTS on the BSC and prepare for scripts for BTS reconstruction to reactivate
the BTS.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 194


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

4. Perform automatic eNodeB deployment. For details about automatic deployment, see 3900
Series Base Station Commissioning Guide.
5. Install and power on the GTMUb, and wait for BTS deployment.

Step 3 Verify services after reconstruction. For details, see section 7.9.6 Activation Observation.

Step 4 Perform the rollback operation if reconstruction fails.


l Execute the rollback scripts. For details about the rollback scripts, see section 7.18.6
Rollback
l Restore the hardware configuration and network topology to those before reconstruction.

----End

7.18.4 Precautions
None

7.18.5 Reconfiguration

Reconfiguration on the eNodeB Side


For details, see Initial Configuration on the LTE Side in section 7.9 Main-Control-Board-
based IP Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LG/
TG Multimode Base Station Side.

Reconfiguration on the GSM Side


Step 1 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSIPPARA to import the communication IP address of
the BTS.
IMP BTSIPPARA: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, IPPHYTRANSTYPE=IP_OVER_FE/GE,
BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188", BSCIP="10.10.10.10";

Step 2 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSDEVIP to import the device IP address of the BTS.
IMP BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0,
SRN=0, SN=6, IPIDX=0, IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0";

Step 3 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSTUNNEL to import the configuration of a tunnel from
the GTMUb to the LMPT/UMPT_L.
IMP BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6,
TN=1, DSTCN=0, DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=7;

Step 4 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSIPRT to import the configuration of a route to the
tunnel from the BTS to the BSC.
IMP BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL,
IFNO=1;

Step 5 Run the BSC MML command ACT BTSIMPDATA to activate the IP rehoming data.
ACT BTSIMPDATA: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;

----End

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 195


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.18.6 Rollback

Rollback on the LTE Side


Remove the eNodeB on the CME. (CME: Base Station > LTE > Right-click a site > Delete.)

Rollback on the GSM Side


Step 1 Run the BSC MML command DEA BTS to deactivate the BTS. (CME: Base Station > GSM
> Right-click a site > Deactivate Site.)
DEA BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;

Step 2 Run the BSC MML command RMV IPPATH to remove an IP path. (CME: Controller >
Transmission View > GSM > Abis > Abis Configuration Express > IP Transport > IP
Path.)
RMV IPPATH: ANI=1017, PATHID=0;
//Remove the IP path between the BTS and the BSC.

Step 3 Run the BSC MML command RMV ADJNODE to remove an adjacent node. (CME:
Controller > Transmission View > GSM > Abis > Abis Configuration Express > IP
Transport > Adjacent Node.)
RMV ADJNODE: ANI=1017;
//Remove an Abis adjacent node.

Step 4 Run the BSC MML command RMV BTS to remove the BTS. (CME: Base Station > GSM >
Right-click a site > Delete Site.)
RMV BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;

Step 5 Execute the configuration scripts that are backed up before reconstruction. (CME: Script
Executor> Project > Load Project > Activate Project.)

----End

7.19 Reconstruction from Transmission Through the Main


Control Board Panel on a BTS to Main-Control-Board-based
Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on
the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side
This section describes how to reconstruct the transmission mode from transmission through the
main control board panel on a BTS to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through
backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side.

7.19.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
Figure 7-35 shows the network topologies before and after reconstruction.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 196


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-35 Network topologies before and after reconstruction

l Requirements for the license


The license is not required.

7.19.2 Data Preparation


Figure 7-36 shows an example of reconstruction from transmission through the main control
board panel on a BTS to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane
interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 197


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-36 Example of reconstruction from transmission through the main control board panel
on a BTS to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection
on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side

Table 7-21 describes the IP address plan.

Table 7-21 IP address plan

Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the BSC 10.10.10.10/32 -

Port IP address of the BSC 21.21.21.1/24 -

IP address of the port on the 21.21.21.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
BSC

IP address of the port on the 11.11.11./24 -


router that is connected to the
RNC

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 -


router that is connected to the
NodeB

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 198


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

OM IP address of the NodeB 30.30.30.1/24 UMTS: management plane


IP address. This is a logical IP
address and is configured on
the main control board.

Signaling/service IP address 32.32.32.1/24 UMTS: control plane/user


of the NodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the main
control board.

IP address of FE port 1 on the 20.20.20.188/24 UMTS: device IP address


UMPT_U of the NodeB during configuration on the
CME
This IP address is configured
on the co-transmission port.

Device IP address of the 15.15.15.15/32 -


RNC

Port IP address of the RNC 11.11.11.11/24 -

IP address of the U2000 60.60.60.60/24 UMTS: peer IP address for


the OM channel

IP address of the BTS 35.35.35.188/24 GSM: communication IP


address of the BTS.
This is a logical IP address
and is configured on the BTS
main control board.

BTS ESN abcdefghijklmn -

7.19.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure

Reconstruction Preparations
1. Check the system.
l Perform a health check on the system to check whether network KPIs are normal and
whether major alarms were reported. If network KPIs are abnormal or major alarms
were reported, record them for KPI or alarm comparison before and after reconstruction.
l Run the BSC MML command DSP BTSVER to check the software version for a BTS.
Multimode base stations of V100R007C00 and later support IP-based co-transmission
through backplane interconnection.
2. Get ready boards and obtain software versions.
l Check whether the main control board of the BTS is a GTMUb. If the main control
board of the BTS is not a GTMUb, get a GTMUb ready.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 199


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

l Get ready a UMPT_U.


l Obtain the software versions of the MBSC, U2000, CME, and MULTIMODE BASE
STATION.
3. Back up data.
l Back up the measurement results of original performance counters reported one week
before reconstruction.
l Back up BTS data configurations before reconstruction on the CME. (CME: Main
View > Right-click a site > Export MML for Creating BTS.)
4. Make the reconfiguration scripts.
l For details about reconfigurations on the NodeB side, see Reconfiguration on the
UMTS Side.
l Reconfiguration on the GSM side has the following scripts:
IP rehoming scripts. For details, see Reconfiguration on the GSM Side.
Scripts for reconstruction. For details, see Initial Configuration on the GSM
Side in section 7.10 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through
Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station
Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.
5. Make the rollback scripts.
l For details about rollback scripts on the eNodeB side, see Rollback on the UMTS
Side.
l For details about rollback scripts on the BTS side, see Rollback on the GSM Side.
6. Prepare for automatic deployment.
l If the USB + U2000 based deployment is to be applied, prepare a commissioning USB
flash drive for the reconstructed UG multimode base station, and prepare another
commissioning USB flash drive for the BTS before the reconstruction. The second USB
flash drive is used for the automatic deployment in case that the reconstruction fails.
l If the U2000-based deployment is to be applied, upload the configuration file for the
NodeB to the U2000, and enable the DHCP relay function for the router that is connected
to the NodeB.

Reconstruction Procedure
Step 1 Upgrade the software.

If the BTS software version does not meet the reconstruction requirements, upgrade the software
before reconstruction.

Step 2 Reconstruct hardware and modify data configurations.


1. Execute the BSC IP rehoming MML command scripts.
NOTE

BTS services are interrupted when steps 2 to 5 are performed. Before performing the following steps,
power off the GTMUb, and power on it after the NodeB is deployed. This is because the IP rehoming
scripts take effect only after the BTS resets. In addition, the IP rehoming scripts are effective within
specified time.
2. Remove the GTMUb and install the UMPT_U at the site. Connect the transmission cable
to the planned port on the UMPT_U.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 200


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

3. Deactivate the BTS on the BSC and prepare for scripts for BTS reconstruction to reactivate
the BTS.
4. Perform automatic NodeB deployment. For details about automatic deployment, see 3900
Series Base Station Commissioning Guide.
5. Install and power on the GTMUb, and wait for BTS deployment.

Step 3 Verify services after reconstruction. For details, see section 7.10.6 Activation Observation.

Step 4 Perform the rollback operation if reconstruction fails.


l Execute the rollback scripts. For details about the rollback scripts, see section 7.19.6
Rollback.
l Restore the hardware configuration and network topology to those before reconstruction.

----End

7.19.4 Precautions
None

7.19.5 Reconfiguration

Reconfiguration on the UMTS Side


For details, see Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side in section 7.10 Main-Control-Board-
based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG
Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.

Reconfiguration on the GSM Side


Step 1 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSIPPARA to import the communication IP address of
the BTS.
IMP BTSIPPARA: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, IPPHYTRANSTYPE=IP_OVER_FE/GE,
BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188", BSCIP="10.10.10.10";

Step 2 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSDEVIP to import the device IP address of the BTS.
IMP BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0,
SRN=0, SN=6, IPIDX=0, IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0";

Step 3 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSTUNNEL to import the configuration of a tunnel from
the GTMUb to the LMPT/UMPT_L.
IMP BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6,
TN=1, DSTCN=0, DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=7;

Step 4 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSIPRT to import the configuration of a route to the
tunnel from the BTS to the BSC.
IMP BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL,
IFNO=1;

Step 5 Run the BSC MML command ACT BTSIMPDATA to activate the IP rehoming data.
ACT BTSIMPDATA: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;

----End

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 201


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.19.6 Rollback

Rollback on the UMTS Side


Remove the NodeB on the CME. (CME: Base Station > UMTS > Right-click a site >
Delete.)

Rollback on the GSM Side


Step 1 Run the BSC MML command DEA BTS to deactivate the BTS. (CME: Base Station > GSM
> Right-click a site > Deactivate Site.)
DEA BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;

Step 2 Run the BSC MML command RMV IPPATH to remove an IP path. (CME: Controller >
Transmission View > GSM > Abis > Abis Configuration Express > IP Transport > IP
Path.)
RMV IPPATH: ANI=1017, PATHID=0;
//Remove the IP path between the BTS and the BSC.

Step 3 Run the BSC MML command RMV ADJNODE to remove an adjacent node. (CME:
Controller > Transmission View > GSM > Abis > Abis Configuration Express > IP
Transport > Adjacent Node.)
RMV ADJNODE: ANI=1017;
//Remove an Abis adjacent node.

Step 4 Run the BSC MML command RMV BTS to remove the BTS. (CME: Base Station > GSM >
Right-click a site > Delete Site.)
RMV BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;

Step 5 Execute the configuration scripts that are backed up before reconstruction. (CME: Script
Executor> Project > Load Project > Activate Project.)

----End

7.20 Reconstruction from Transmission Through the Main


Control Board Panel on a NodeB to Main-Control-Board-
based Co-Transmission Through Backplane
Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UL/UT Multimode
Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode
This section describes how to reconstruct the transmission mode from transmission through the
main control board panel on a NodeB to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through
backplane interconnection on the UL multimode base station side.

7.20.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
Figure 7-37 shows the network topologies before and after reconstruction.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 202


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-37 Network topologies before and after reconstruction

l Requirements for the license


The following license has been activated:

NE License Abbreviation Code Sales Unit


Control Item
Description

eNodeB IP-Based LLT1IPMCT0 81201528 Per eNodeB


Multi-mode 1
Co-
Transmission
on BS side
(eNodeB)

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 203


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.20.2 Data Preparation


Figure 7-38 shows an example of reconstruction from transmission through the main control
board panel on a NodeB to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane
interconnection on the UL multimode base station side.

Figure 7-38 Example of reconstruction from transmission through the main control board panel
on a NodeB to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection
on the separate-MPT UL multimode base station side

Table 7-22 describes the IP address plan.

Table 7-22 IP address plan

Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the 15.15.15.15/32 -


RNC

Port IP address of the RNC 11.11.11.11/24 -

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 204


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

IP address of the port on the 11.11.11.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
RNC

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 -


router that is connected to the
UMPT_U

OM IP address of the NodeB 30.30.30.1/24 NodeB: management plane


IP address.
This is a logical IP address
and is configured on the
NodeB main control board.

Signaling/service IP address 32.32.32.1/24 UMTS: control plane/user


of the NodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the NodeB
main control board.

Signaling/service IP address 33.33.33.188/24 LTE: control plane/user


of the eNodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the eNodeB
main control board.

OM IP address of the 31.31.31.188/24 LTE: management plane IP


eNodeB address. This is a logical IP
address and is configured on
the eNodeB main control
board.

IP address of FE port 1 on the 20.20.20.188/24 LTE: device IP address


UMPT_U of the NodeB during configuration on the
CME

IP address of the MME 40.40.40.40/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


SCTP link

IP address of the S-GW 50.50.50.50/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


IP path

IP address of the U2000 60.60.60.60/24 UMTS/LTE: peer IP address


for the OM channel

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 205


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.20.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure

Reconstruction Preparations
1. Check the system.
l Perform a health check on the system to check whether network KPIs are normal and
whether major alarms were reported. If network KPIs are abnormal or major alarms
were reported, record them for KPI or alarm comparison before and after reconstruction.
l Run the NodeB MML command LST VER to check the software version for a NodeB.
Multimode base stations of V100R007C00 and later support IP-based co-transmission
through backplane interconnection.
2. Get ready boards and obtain software versions.
l Get ready the optical modules, and eNodeB hardware. The main control board for the
eNodeB is UMPT_L. Optical modules on the UMPT_U and UMPT_L must meet
specifications. For details about the specifications of optical modules, see "BBU
Cascading" in the 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide.
l Obtain the software versions of the MBSC, U2000, CME, and multimode base station.
3. Back up data.
l Back up the measurement results of original performance counters reported one week
before reconstruction.
l Run the NodeB MML command BKP CFGFILE to back up the NodeB configuration
file before reconstruction. The configuration file is in .xml format. Then, run the NodeB
MML command ULD CFGFILE to upload the configuration file to the local PC.
(CME: UMTS Application > Physical NodeB Management > Export Configuration
Files.)
4. Make the reconfiguration scripts.
l For details about reconfiguration on the UMTS side, see Reconfiguration on the
UMTS Side.
l For details about reconfigurations on the eNodeB side, see Initial Configuration on
the LTE Side in section 7.12 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission
Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UL/UT Multimode
Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.
5. Make the rollback scripts.
l For details about rollback scripts on the GSM side, see Rollback on the UMTS Side.
l For details about rollback scripts on the eNodeB side, see Rollback on the LTE
Side.
6. Prepare for automatic deployment.
l If the USB + U2000 based deployment is to be applied, prepare a commissioning USB
flash drive for the reconstructed UL multimode base station, and prepare another
commissioning USB flash drive for the NodeB before the reconstruction. The second
USB flash drive is used for the automatic deployment in case that the reconstruction
fails.
l If the U2000-based deployment is to be applied, upload the following files to the U2000
and enable the DHCP relay function for the router that is connected to the NodeB:
New configuration files for the NodeB and eNodeB

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 206


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

NodeB configuration file backed up before the reconstruction

Reconstruction Procedure
Step 1 Reconstruct hardware.
1. Replace the WMPT with the UMPT_U.
2. Connect the transmission cable to the planned port on the UMPT_U.
3. Install the eNodeB.
Step 2 Modify data configurations for NodeB.
1. Perform automatic NodeB deployment. For details about automatic deployment, see 3900
Series Base Station Commissioning Guide.
2. Wait for 10 minutes, and check that services processed on the NodeB are normal on the
U2000.
Step 3 Perform automatic eNodeB deployment. For details about automatic deployment, see 3900
Series Base Station Commissioning Guide.
Step 4 Verify services after reconstruction. For details, see section 7.12.6 Activation Observation.
Step 5 Perform the rollback operation if reconstruction fails.
l Restore the hardware configuration and network topology to those before reconstruction.
l Execute the rollback scripts. For details about the rollback scripts, see section 7.20.6
Rollback.

----End

7.20.4 Precautions
None

7.20.5 Reconfiguration
Reconfiguration on the UMTS Side
For details, see Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side in section 7.12 Main-Control-Board-
based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UL/
UT Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.

Reconfiguration on the LTE Side


For details, see Initial Configuration on the LTE Side in section 7.12 Main-Control-Board-
based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UL/
UT Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.

7.20.6 Rollback
Rollback on the UMTS Side
If the transmission link between the NodeB and the U2000 is normal, download the backed up
original configuration files from the U2000 to the NodeB.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 207


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

If the transmission link between the NodeB and the U2000 is disconnected, the NodeB performs
automatic deployment by using the backed up original configuration files.

Rollback on the LTE Side


Remove the eNodeB on the CME. (CME: Base Station > LTE > Right-click a site > Delete.)

7.21 Reconstruction from Main-Control-Board-based IP Co-


Transmission Through Panel Interconnection to UTRPc-
based Co-Transmission Through Backplane
Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base
Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode
This section describes how to reconstruct the transmission mode from main-control-board-based
IP co-transmission through panel interconnection to UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through
backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side in IP over FE/
GE mode.

7.21.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
Figure 7-39 shows the network topologies before and after reconstruction.

Figure 7-39 Network topologies before and after reconstruction

l Requirements for the license

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 208


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

The license is not required.

7.21.2 Data Preparation


Figure 7-40 shows an example of reconstruction from main-control-board-based IP co-
transmission through panel interconnection to UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through
backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side.

Figure 7-40 Example of reconstruction from main-control-board-based IP co-transmission


through panel interconnection to UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane
interconnection on the UG multimode base station side

Table 7-23 describes the IP address plan.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 209


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Table 7-23 IP address plan

Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the BSC 10.10.10.10/32 -

Port IP address of the BSC 21.21.21.1/24 -

Port IP address of the RNC 11.11.11.11/24 -

Device IP address of the 15.15.15.15/32 -


RNC

Port IP address of the U2000 60.60.60.60/24 UMTS: peer IP address for


the OM channel

IP address of the port on the 21.21.21.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
BSC

IP address of the port on the 11.11.11.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
RNC

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 -


router that is connected to the
NodeB

IP address of FE port 1 on the 20.20.20.188/24 -


UTRPc of the NodeB

OM IP address of the NodeB 30.30.30.1/24 UMTS: management plane


IP address. This is a logical IP
address and is configured on
the main control board.

Signaling/service IP address 32.32.32.1/24 UMTS: control plane/user


of the NodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the main
control board.

IP address of the BTS 30.30.30.188/24 -

ESN of the BTS abcdefghijklmn -

7.21.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure

Reconstruction Preparations
1. Check the system.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 210


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

l Perform a health check on the system to check whether network KPIs are normal and
whether major alarms were reported. If network KPIs are abnormal or major alarms
were reported, record them for KPI or alarm comparison before and after reconstruction.
l Run the BSC MML command DSP BTSVER to check the software version for a BTS.
Multimode base stations of V100R007C00 and later support IP-based co-transmission
through backplane interconnection.
2. Get ready boards and obtain software versions.
l Get ready a GTMUb if the main control board of the BTS is not a GTMUb.
l Get ready a UTRPc.
l Obtain the software versions of the MBSC, U2000, CME, and multimode base station.
3. Back up data.
l Back up the measurement results of original performance counters reported one week
before reconstruction.
l Back up BTS data configurations before reconstruction on the CME. (CME: Main
View > Right-click a site > Export MML for Creating BTS.)
l Run the NodeB MML command BKP CFGFILE to back up the NodeB configuration
file before reconstruction. The configuration file is in .xml format. Then, run the NodeB
MML command ULD CFGFILE to upload the configuration file to the local PC.
(CME: UMTS Application > Physical NodeB Management > Export Configuration
Files.)
4. Make the reconfiguration scripts.
l For details about reconfiguration on the UMTS side, see Reconfiguration on the
UMTS Side..
l Reconfiguration on the GSM side has the following scripts:
IP rehoming scripts. For details, see Reconfiguration on the GSM Side..
Scripts for reconstruction. For details, see Initial Configuration on the GSM
Side in section 7.11 UTRPc-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane
Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP
over FE/GE Mode.
5. Make the rollback scripts.
l For details about rollback scripts on the UMTS side, see Rollback on the GSM Side.
l For details about rollback scripts on the GSM side, see Rollback on the UMTS Side"
6. Prepare for automatic deployment.
l If the USB + U2000 based deployment is to be applied, prepare a commissioning USB
flash drive for the reconstructed UG multimode base station, and prepare another
commissioning USB flash drive for the UG multimode base station before the
reconstruction. The second USB flash drive is used for the automatic deployment in
case that the reconstruction fails.
l If the U2000-based deployment is to be applied, upload the following files to the U2000
and enable the DHCP relay function for the router that is connected to the NodeB:
New configuration files for the NodeB and eNodeB
NodeB configuration file backed up before the reconstruction

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 211


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Reconstruction Procedure
Step 1 Upgrade the software.

If the software version of the multimode base station does not meet the reconstruction
requirements, upgrade the software before reconstruction.

Step 2 Reconstruct hardware and modify data configurations.

1. Run the NodeB MML command ADD BRD to add a UTRPc.


ADD BRD: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, BT=UTRP, SBT=UTRPc;

2. Insert the UTRPc into its slot in the NodeB. Then, the UTRPc software is upgraded
automatically. Run the NodeB MML command DSP BRD to check whether the UTRPc is
running properly and run the NodeB MML command LST VER to check whether the
UTRPc software version is correct.
DSP BRD: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4;
LST VER: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4;

3. Download the configuration file in .xml format from the U2000 to the NodeB by choosing
Software > NE File Transfer > From OSS Client to NE on the U2000.
4. Execute the BSC IP rehoming MML command scripts.
NOTE

BTS and NodeB services are interrupted when steps 5 to 9 are performed. Before performing the
following steps, power off the GTMUb, and power on it after the NodeB is deployed. This is because
the IP rehoming scripts take effect only after the BTS resets. In addition, the IP rehoming scripts are
effective within specified time.
5. Run the U2000 MML command SET CFGFILEENB to activate the NodeB configuration
file.
SET CFGFILEENB: FLAG=ENABLE, RSTMODE=IMMEDIATELY;

6. Instruct field engineers to remove the Ethernet cable from the WMPT/UMPT_U and
connect the cable to the port on the UTRPc. Then, remove the GTMUb.
7. Deactivate the BTS on the BSC, and execute the scripts for reconstruction to reactivate the
BTS.
8. Check that the NodeB maintenance links are normal on the U2000. Install and power on
the GTMUb of the BTS to make the BTS IP rehoming scripts take effect.
9. Wait for 10 minutes, and check that services processed on the BTS and NodeB are normal
on the U2000.

Step 3 Verify services after reconstruction. For details, see 7.11.6 Activation Observation.

Step 4 Perform the rollback operation if reconstruction fails.


l Execute the rollback scripts. For details about the rollback scripts, see section 7.21.6
Rollback.
l Restore the hardware configuration and network topology to those before reconstruction.

----End

7.21.4 Precautions
None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 212


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.21.5 Reconfiguration

Reconfiguration on the UMTS Side


For details, see Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side in section 7.11 UTRPc-based Co-
Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode
Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.

Reconfiguration on the GSM Side


Perform the following steps to generate an IP rehoming script:

Step 1 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSIPPARA to import the communication IP address of
the BTS.
IMP BTSIPPARA: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, IPPHYTRANSTYPE=IP_OVER_FE/GE,
BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188", BSCIP="10.10.10.10";

Step 2 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSDEVIP to import the device IP address of the BTS.
IMP BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0,
SRN=0, SN=6, IPIDX=0, IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0";

Step 3 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSTUNNEL to import the configuration of a tunnel from
the GTMUb to the UTRPc.
IMP BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6,
TN=0, DSTCN=0, DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=4;

Step 4 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSIPRT to import the configuration of a route to the
tunnel from the BTS to the BSC.
IMP BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL,
IFNO=0;

Step 5 Run the BSC MML command ACT BTSIMPDATA to activate the IP rehoming data.
ACT BTSIMPDATA: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;

----End

7.21.6 Rollback

Rollback on the GSM Side


Step 1 Run the BSC MML command DEA BTS to deactivate the BTS.
DEA BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;

Step 2 Run the BSC MML command RMV IPPATH to remove an IP path.
RMV IPPATH: ANI=1017, PATHID=0;
//Remove the IP path between the BTS and the BSC.

Step 3 Run the BSC MML command RMV ADJNODE to remove an adjacent node.
RMV ADJNODE: ANI=1017;
//Remove an Abis adjacent node.

Step 4 Run the BSC MML command RMV BTS to remove the BTS.
RMV BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 213


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Step 5 Execute the configuration scripts that are backed up before reconstruction.

----End

Rollback on the UMTS Side


If the transmission link between the NodeB and the U2000 is normal, download the backed up
original configuration files from the U2000 to the NodeB.

If the transmission link between the NodeB and the U2000 is disconnected, the NodeB performs
automatic deployment by using the backed up original configuration files.

7.22 Reconstruction from UTRPc-Backplane-


Interconnection Co-Transmission on the Separate-MPT UG
Multimode Base Station Side to UTRPc-Backplane-
Interconnection Co-Transmission on the Separate-MPT UG
+L/UG+T Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE
Mode
This section describes how to reconstruct the transmission mode from UTRPc-based IP co-
transmission through backplane interconnection on the UG multimode base station side to
UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the UG+L multimode
base station side.

7.22.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective

Figure 7-41 shows the network topologies before and after reconstruction.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 214


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-41 Network topologies before and after reconstruction

l Requirements for the license


The following license has been activated:

NE License Abbreviation Code Sales Unit


Control Item
Description

eNodeB IP-Based LLT1IPMCT0 81201528 Per eNodeB


Multi-mode 1
Co-
Transmission
on BS side
(eNodeB)

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 215


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.22.2 Data Preparation

(Example) Key Data Preparation


Figure 7-42 shows an example of reconstruction from UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through
backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side to UTRPc-
based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L
multimode base station side.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 216


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-42 Example of reconstruction from UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through


backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side to UTRPc-
based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L
multimode base station side

Table 7-24 describes the IP address plan.

Table 7-24 IP address plan

Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the BSC 10.10.10.10/32 -

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 217


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

Port IP address of the BSC 21.21.21.1/24 -

IP address of the port on the 21.21.21.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
BSC

Device IP address of the 15.15.15.15/32 -


RNC

Port IP address of the RNC 11.11.11.11/24 -

IP address of the port on the 11.11.11.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
RNC

IP address of the MME 40.40.40.40/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


SCTP link

IP address of the S-GW 50.50.50.50/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


IP path

IP address of the U2000 60.60.60.60/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


OM channel

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 -


router that is connected to the
UTRPc of the NodeB

IP address of FE port 1 on the 20.20.20.188/24 LTE: device IP address


UTRPc of the NodeB during configuration on the
CME

Signaling/service IP address 32.32.32.1/24 UMTS: control plane/user


of the NodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the main
control board.

OM IP address of the NodeB 30.30.30.1/24 UMTS: management plane


IP address. This is a logical IP
address and is configured on
the main control board.

OM IP address of the 31.31.31.188/24 LTE: device IP address


eNodeB during configuration on the
CME

Signaling/service IP address 33.33.33.188/24 LTE: control plane/user


of the eNodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the main
control board.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 218


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

IP address of the BTS 35.35.35.188/24 GSM: communication IP


address of the BTS. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the main
control board.

ESN of the BTS abcdefghijklmn -

Data Preparation on the GSM Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

BTSBRD Index Type IDTYPE Index Type

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Board Type BT Board Type

BTSCTRLLNK Index Type IDTYPE Index Type

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

BTS Name BTSNAME BTS Name

Link No. LN Link No.

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Upper Node Cabinet UPCN Upper Node Cabinet


No. No.

Upper Node Subrack UPSRN Upper Node Subrack


No. No.

Upper Node Slot No. UPSN Upper Node Slot No.

Upper Node Port No. UPPT Upper Node Port No.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 219


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Data Preparation on the UMTS Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

BRD Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Board Type BT -

SubBoard Type SBT -

CTRLLNK Local Link No. LN Local Link No.

Local Cabinet No. CN Local Cabinet No.

Local Subrack No. SRN Local Subrack No.

Local Slot No. SN Local Slot No.

Upper Cabinet No. UPCN Upper Cabinet No.

Upper Subrack No. UPSRN Upper Subrack No.

Upper Slot No. UPSN Upper Slot No.

Upper Port No. UPPT Upper Port No.

TUNNEL Source Cabinet No. SCN Source Cabinet No.

Source Subrack No. SSRN Source Subrack No.

Source Slot No. SSN Source Slot No.

Tunnel No. TUNNELID Tunnel No.

Destination Cabinet DCN Destination Cabinet


No. No.

Destination Subrack DSRN Destination Subrack


No. No.

Destination Slot No. DSN Destination Slot No.

IPRT Route Index VRFIDX Route Index

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 220


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Route Type RTTYPE -

Port Type IFT Carrier Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Link No.

DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP


Address Address

DHCPRELAYSWI DHCP Relay Switch ES DHCP Switch


TCH

Data Preparation on the LTE Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

CTRLLNK Local Link No. LN Local Link No.

Local Cabinet No. CN Local Cabinet No.

Local Subrack No. SRN Local Subrack No.

Local Slot No. SN Local Slot No.

Upper Cabinet No. UPCN Upper Cabinet No.

Upper Subrack No. UPSRN Upper Subrack No.

Upper Slot No. UPSN Upper Slot No.

Upper Port No. UPPT Upper Port No.

TUNNEL Source Cabinet No. SCN Source Cabinet No.

Source Subrack No. SSRN Source Subrack No.

Source Slot No. SSN Source Slot No.

Tunnel No. TUNNELID Tunnel No.

Destination Cabinet DCN Destination Cabinet


No. No.

Destination Subrack DSRN Destination Subrack


No. No.

Destination Slot No. DSN Destination Slot No.

DEVIP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 221


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

IP Address IP IP Address

Mask MASK Mask

IPRT Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE Route Type

Port Type IFT Port Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Port No.

RSCGRP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Transmission BEAR Transmission


Resource Group Resource Group
Bear Type Bear Type

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Bearing Port Type PT Bearing Port Type

Bearing Port No. PN Bearing Port No.

Transmission RSCGRPID Transmission


Resource Group ID Resource Group ID

Rate Unit RU Rate Unit

Tx Bandwidth TXBW Tx Bandwidth

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 222


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Rx Bandwidth RXBW Rx Bandwidth

TX Committed Burst TXCBS TX Committed Burst


Size Size

TX Excessive Burst TXEBS TX Excessive Burst


Size Size

Operator ID OID Operator ID

Scheduling Weight WEIGHT Scheduling Weight

TX Committed TXCIR TX Committed


Information Rate Information Rate

RX Committed RXCIR RX Committed


Information Rate Information Rate

TX Peak Information TXPIR TX Peak Information


Rate Rate

RX Peak Information RXPIR RX Peak Information


Rate Rate

TX Peak Burst Size TXPBS TX Peak Burst Size

IPPath IP Path ID PATHID IP Path ID

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

Join Transmission JNRSCGRP Join Transmission


Resource Group Resource Group

Transmission RSCGRPID Transmission


Resource Group ID Resource Group ID

Local IP LOCALIP Local IP

Peer IP PEERIP Peer IP

Path Type PATHTYPE Path Type

OMCH Local IP IP Local IP

Local Mask MASK Local Mask

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 223


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Peer IP PEERIP Peer IP

Peer Mask PEERMASK Peer Mask

Bearer Type BEAR Bearer Type

Binding Route BRT Binding Route

7.22.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure

Reconstruction Preparations
1. Check the system.
l Perform a health check on the system to check whether network KPIs are normal and
whether major alarms were reported. If network KPIs are abnormal or major alarms
were reported, record them for KPI or alarm comparison before and after reconstruction.
l Run the BSC MML command DSP BTSVER or NodeB MML command LST VER
to check the software version for a BTS or NodeB. Multimode base stations of
V100R007C00 and later support IP-based co-transmission through backplane
interconnection.
2. Get ready boards and obtain software versions.
l Get ready the UCIU, optical modules, and eNodeB hardware. The main control board
for the eNodeB is UMPT_L. Optical modules on the UCIU and UMPT_L must meet
specifications. For details about the specifications of optical modules, see "BBU
Interconnection" in the MBTS Initial Configuration(GUL).
l Obtain the software versions of the MBSC, U2000, CME, and multimode base station.
3. Back up data.
l Back up the measurement results of original performance counters reported one week
before reconstruction.
l Back up BTS data configurations before reconstruction on the CME. (CME: Main
View > Right-click a site > Export MML for Creating BTS.)
l Run the NodeB MML command BKP CFGFILE to back up the NodeB configuration
file before reconstruction. The configuration file is in .xml format. Then, run the NodeB
MML command ULD CFGFILE to upload the configuration file to the local PC.
(CME: UMTS Application > Physical NodeB Management > Export Configuration
Files.)
4. Make the reconfiguration scripts.
l For details about reconfiguration on the GSM side, see Reconfiguration on the GSM
Side.
l For details about reconfiguration on the UMTS side, see "Reconfiguration on the
UMTS Side.".

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 224


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

l For details about reconfigurations on the LTE side, see Reconfiguration on the LTE
Side.
5. Make the rollback scripts.
l For details about rollback scripts on the GSM side, see Rollback on the GSM Side.
l For details about rollback scripts on the UMTS side, see Rollback on the UMTS
Side.
l For details about rollback scripts on the LTE side, see Rollback on the LTE Side
6. Prepare for automatic deployment.
l If the USB + U2000 based deployment is to be applied, prepare a commissioning USB
flash drive for the reconstructed UGL multimode base station, and prepare another
commissioning USB flash drive for the UG multimode base station before the
reconstruction. The second USB flash drive is used for the automatic deployment in
case that the reconstruction fails.
l If the U2000-based deployment is to be applied, upload the following files to the U2000
and enable the DHCP relay function for the router that is connected to the NodeB:
New configuration files for the NodeB and eNodeB
NodeB configuration file backed up before the reconstruction

Reconstruction Procedure
Step 1 Upgrade the software.

If the software version of the multimode base station does not meet the reconstruction
requirements, upgrade the software before reconstruction.

Step 2 Reconstruct hardware. For details, see section 7.22.6 Hardware Adjustment.

Step 3 Modify data configurations.


l Execute reconstruction scripts for the NodeB on the U2000 side.

Step 4 Execute the site deployment scripts for the eNodeB on the U2000 according to the procedure
for deploying an eNodeB. For details about how to make site deployment scripts, see eNodeB
Initial Configuration(CME) or eNodeB Initial Configuration Guide. For details about the
changes related to co-transmission, see "Reconfiguration on the eNodeB Side." Verify services
after reconstruction. For details, see section 7.15.6 Activation Observation.

Step 5 Perform the rollback operation if reconstruction fails.


l Execute the rollback scripts. For details about the rollback scripts, see section 7.22.7
Rollback
l Restore the hardware configuration and network topology to those before reconstruction.

----End

7.22.4 Precautions
None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 225


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.22.5 Reconfiguration

Reconfiguration on the GSM Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the ADD BTSBRD command to add a UCIU.


ADD BTSBRD: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=0, BT=UCIU;
//Add a UCIU to slot 0.

Step 2 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSCTRLLNK to add a BBU interconnection control link
between GSM and LTE.
ADD BTSCTRLLNK: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=0, LN=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0,
UPSN=0, UPPT=0;
//Add a BBU interconnection control link between slot 7 of subrack 1 and slot 7 of
subrack 0.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GSM Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Reconfiguration on the UMTS Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UTRPc to the eNodeB.
ADD TUNNEL: SCN=0, SSRN=0, SSN=4, TUNNELID=1, DCN=0, DSRN=1, DSN=7, TUNNELTYPE=DL;

Step 2 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a route.
1. Add a route from the UTRPc to the OM IP address of the eNodeB, and add a route from
the UTRPc to the signaling/service IP address of the eNodeB.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="31.31.31.188",
DSTM2ASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=1;
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="33.33.33.188",
DSTM2ASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=1;

2. Add a next-hop route from the UTRPc to the S1 signaling plane on the MME.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";

3. Add a next-hop route from the UTRPc to the S-GW.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 226


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

ADD IPRT: RTIDX=3, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50",


DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";

Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP relay.
SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE;
//Enable DHCP relay for the NodeB.

Step 4 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the DHCP server.
The eNodeB uses the U2000 as the DHCP server. Therefore, the IP address of the U2000 needs
to be added to the IP address list. In this scenario, DHCP server can forward DHCP packets for
the eNodeB.
ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="60.60.60.60";

----End
l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Reconfiguration on the LTE Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:
l Using MML Commands
NOTE

In this scenario, the eNodeB uses the CI interface for communication. Therefore, Ethernet ports are not
required.

Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD CTRLLNK to add a control link between BBU
subracks.
ADD CTRLLNK: LN=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0, UPSN=0, UPPT=0;
//Add a control link from the board in slot 7 of BBU subrack 1 to the board in slot
0 of BBU subrack 0. The number of the BBU subrack accommodating the eNodeB must be
different from the number of the BBU subrack accommodating the BTS and NodeB. This
section assumes that the number of the BBU subrack accommodating the eNodeB is 1.

Step 2 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the LMPT/UMPT_L to
the UTRPc controlled by the NodeB.
ADD TUNNEL: SSRN=1, SSN=7, DSN=4,TUNNELTYPE=UL;

Step 3 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the IP address of the eNodeB. In this step,
set PT to LOOPINT.
ADD DEVIP: CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=0, IP="33.33.33.188",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//CN specifies the number of the cabinet accommodating the board where the Ethernet
port is located. SRN specifies the number of the subrack accommodating the board
where the Ethernet port is located. SN specifies the number of the slot
accommodating the board where the Ethernet port is located. PN specifies the number

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 227


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

of the Ethernet port.

Step 4 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a route to a tunnel. In this step, set
IFNO to the number of the tunnel on the backplane of the eNodeB (0).

1. Add a route from the eNodeB to the MME.


ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT= BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255 ", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=0;

2. Add a route from the eNodeB to the U2000.


ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT= BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=0;

3. Add a route from the eNodeB to the S-GW.


ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT= BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=0;

Step 5 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD OMCH to add an OM channel.
ADD OMCH: IP="31.31.31.188", MASK="255.255.255.0", PEERIP="60.60.60.60",
PEERMASK="255.255.255.0", BEAR=IPV4, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, BRT=NO;

Step 6 (Optional) Run the eNodeB MML command ADD RSCGRP to add a transmission resource
group.
ADD RSCGRP: SRN=1, SN=7, BEAR=IP, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, RSCGRPID=0, RU=KBPS,
TXBW=3000, RXBW=3000, TXCBS=4000, TXEBS=4000, TXCIR=4000, RXCIR=4000, TXPIR=4000,
RXPIR=4000, TXPBS=4000;
//Set parameters for a transmission resource group. In this step, set SBT to
BACK_BOARD and PT to TUNNEL.

Step 7 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPPATH to add an IP path.
ADD IPPATH: PATHID=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, PN=0,
JNRSCGRP=DISABLE, LOCALIP="33.33.33.188", PEERIP="50.50.50.50", PATHTYPE=ANY;
//Add an IP path. In this step, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to TUNNEL.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the LTE Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

7.22.6 Hardware Adjustment


l Insert a UCIU into the original BBU subrack.
l Install the eNodeB. The main control board for the eNodeB is UMPT_L.
l Insert optical modules into the UCIU and UMPT_L. Connect optical cables between the
UCIU and UMPT_L.

For details, see Installation Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 228


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.22.7 Rollback

Rollback on the GSM Side


Step 1 Run the RMV BTSCTRLLNK command to remove the BBU interconnection control link
between GSM and LTE.
RMV BTSCTRLLNK: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=0, LN=0;
//Remove the BBU interconnection control link between slot 7 of subrack 1 and slot
0 of subrack 0.

Step 2 Run the RMV BTSBRD command to remove the UCIU.


RMV BTSBRD: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=0;
//Remove the UCIU in slot 0.

----End

Rollback on the LTE Side


Remove the eNodeB on the CME. (CME: Base Station > LTE > Right-click a site > Delete.)

Rollback on the UMTS Side


Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command RMV IPRT to remove routes.
1. Remove a route to the tunnel from the UTRPc to the eNodeB.
RMV IPRT: RTIDX=0;
RMV IPRT: RTIDX=1;

2. Remove a next-hop route from the UTRPc to the MME.


RMV IPRT: RTIDX=2;

3. Remove a next-hop route from the UTRPc to the S-GW.


RMV IPRT: RTIDX=3;

Step 2 Run the NodeB MML command RMV TUNNEL to remove a tunnel from the UTRPc to the
eNodeB.
RMV TUNNEL: SCN=0, SSRN=0, SSN=4, TUNNELID=1, DCN=0, DSRN=1, DSN=7;

----End

7.23 Reconstruction from Main-Control-Board-based Co-


Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the UG
Multimode Base Station Side to UTRPc-based Co-
Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the
Separate-MPT UG+L/UG+T Multimode Base Station Side
This section describes how to reconstruct the transmission mode from main-control-board-based
IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base
station side to UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the
separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 229


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.23.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
Figure 7-43 shows the network topologies before and after reconstruction.

Figure 7-43 Network topologies before and after reconstruction

l Requirements for the license


The following license has been activated:

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 230


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

NE License Abbreviation Code Sales Unit


Control Item
Description

eNodeB IP-Based LLT1IPMCT0 81201528 Per eNodeB


Multi-mode 1
Co-
Transmission
on BS side
(eNodeB)

7.23.2 Data Preparation


Figure 7-44 shows an example of reconstruction from main-control-board-based IP co-
transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station
side to UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-
MPT UG+L multimode base station side.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 231


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-44 Example of reconstruction from main-control-board-based IP co-transmission


through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side to UTRPc-
based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L
multimode base station side

Table 7-25 describes the IP address plan.

Table 7-25 IP address plan

Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the BSC 10.10.10.10/32 -

Port IP address of the BSC 21.21.21.1/24 -

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 232


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the 15.15.15.15/32 -


RNC

Port IP address of the RNC 11.11.11.11/24 -

Port IP address of the U2000 60.60.60.60/24 -

IP address of the port on the 21.21.21.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
BSC

IP address of the port on the 11.11.11.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
RNC

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 When DHCP relay is enabled


router that is connected to the for the NodeB, the IP address
NodeB of the DHCP server is
10.10.10.10, which is the
device IP address of the BSC.

IP address of FE port 1 on the 20.20.20.188/24 UMTS: device IP address


UTRPc of the NodeB during configuration on the
CME. This IP address is
configured on the co-
transmission port.

OM IP address of the NodeB 30.30.30.1/24 UMTS: management plane


IP address. This is a logical IP
address and is configured on
the main control board.

Signaling/service IP address 32.32.32.1/24 UMTS: control plane/user


of the NodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the main
control board.

IP address of the BTS 35.35.35.188/24 GSM: communication IP


address of the BTS. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the BTS main
control board.

OM IP address of the 31.31.31.188/24 LTE: management plane IP


eNodeB address. This is a logical IP
address and is configured on
the main control board.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 233


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

Signaling/service IP address 33.33.33.188/24 LTE: control plane/user


of the eNodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the eNodeB
main control board.

IP address of the MME 40.40.40.40/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


SCTP link

IP address of the S-GW 50.50.50.50/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


IP path

ESN of the BTS abcdefghijklmn -

7.23.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure

Reconstruction Preparations
1. Check the system.
l Perform a health check on the system to check whether network KPIs are normal and
whether major alarms were reported. If network KPIs are abnormal or major alarms
were reported, record them for KPI or alarm comparison before and after reconstruction.
l Run the BSC MML command DSP BTSVER or NodeB MML command LST VER
to check the software version for a BTS or NodeB. Multimode base stations of
V100R007C00 and later support IP-based co-transmission through backplane
interconnection.
2. Get ready boards and obtain software versions.
l Get ready the UTRPc, UCIU, optical modules, and eNodeB hardware. The main control
board for the eNodeB is UMPT_L. Optical modules on the UCIU and UMPT_L must
meet specifications. For details about the specifications of optical modules, see "BBU
Cascading" in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide.
l Obtain the software versions of the MBSC, U2000, CME, and multimode base station.
3. Back up data.
l Back up the measurement results of original performance counters reported one week
before reconstruction.
l Back up BTS data configurations before reconstruction on the CME. (CME: Main
View > Right-click a site > Export MML for Creating BTS.)
l Run the NodeB MML command BKP CFGFILE to back up the NodeB configuration
file before reconstruction. The configuration file is in .xml format. Then, run the NodeB
MML command ULD CFGFILE to upload the configuration file to the local PC.
(CME: UMTS Application > Physical NodeB Management > Export Configuration
Files.)
4. Make the reconfiguration scripts.
l Reconfiguration on the GSM side has the following scripts:

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 234


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

IP rehoming scripts. For details, see Reconfiguration on the GSM Side.


Scripts for reconstruction. For details, see Initial Configuration on the GSM
Side in section 7.15 UTRPc-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane
Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG+T Multimode Base Station
Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.
l For details about reconfiguration on the UMTS side, see Reconfiguration on the
UMTS Side.
l For details about reconfigurations on the eNodeB side, see Reconfiguration on the
GSM Side.
5. Make the rollback scripts.
l For details about rollback scripts on the UMTS side, see Rollback on the UMTS
Side.
l For details about rollback scripts on the GSM side, see Rollback on the GSM Side.
l For details about rollback scripts on the eNodeB side, see Rollback on the LTE
Side.
6. Prepare for automatic deployment.
l If the USB + U2000 based deployment is to be applied, prepare a commissioning USB
flash drive for the reconstructed UGL multimode base station, and prepare another
commissioning USB flash drive for the UG multimode base station before the
reconstruction. The second USB flash drive is used for the automatic deployment in
case that the reconstruction fails.
l If the U2000-based deployment is to be applied, upload the following files to the U2000
and enable the DHCP relay function for the router that is connected to the NodeB:
New configuration files for the NodeB and eNodeB
NodeB configuration file backed up before the reconstruction

Reconstruction Procedure
Step 1 Upgrade the software.

If the software version of the multimode base station does not meet the reconstruction
requirements, upgrade the software before reconstruction.

Step 2 Reconstruct hardware and modify data configurations.


1. Run the ADD BRD command to add a UTRPc. (CME: Main View > Right-click a site >
Device Panel > BBU3900 > Right-click a slot > ADD UTRP > Right-click the UTRP >
ADD UTRPc)
ADD BRD: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, BT=UTRP, SBT=UTRPc;

2. Run the BTS MML command ADD BTSBRD to add a UCIU. (CME: Root > Right-click
a site > Device Panel > Right-click a slot > ADD UCIU.)
ADD BTSBRD: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=0, BT=UCIU;

3. Insert the UCIU and UTRPc into appropriate slots on the NodeB. Meanwhile, the UCIU
and UTRPc software is upgraded automatically. Then, run the DSP BRD command to
check whether the UTRPc is operating normally, run the DSP BRDVER command to check
whether the UTRPc is of the correct version, and run the DSP BTSBRD command to check
whether the UCIU is operating normally and of the correct version.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 235


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

DSP BRD: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4;


DSP BRDVER: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4;
DSP BTSBRD: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=0;

4. Download the NodeB configuration file in .xml format from the U2000 to the NodeB by
choosing Software > NE File Transfer > From OSS Client to NE.
5. Execute the BSC IP rehoming MML command scripts.
6. Get ready the eNodeB configuration file and the eNodeB deployment list on the U2000.
NOTE

BTS and NodeB services are interrupted when steps 5 to 10 are performed. Before performing the
following steps, power off the GTMUb, and power on it after the NodeB is deployed. This is because
the IP rehoming scripts take effect only after the BTS resets. In addition, the IP rehoming scripts are
effective within specified time.
7. Run the U2000 MML command SET CFGFILEENB to activate the NodeB configuration
file.
SET CFGFILEENB: FLAG=ENABLE, RSTMODE=IMMEDIATELY;

8. Instruct field engineers to remove the GTMUb, and remove the Ethernet cable from the
WMPT/UMPT_U and connect the cable to the port on the UTRPc.
9. Deactivate the BTS on the BSC, and execute the scripts for reconstruction to reactivate the
BTS.
10. Check that the NodeB maintenance links are normal on the U2000. After the NodeB is
automatically deployed, install and power on the GTMUb of the BTS to make the BTS
rehoming scripts take effect.
11. Wait for 10 minutes, and check that services processed on the BTS and NodeB are normal
on the U2000.
12. Install the eNodeB and connect the cable between the UMPT_L and the UCIU on the
eNodeB. Then, power on the BBU subrack of the eNodeB to deploy the eNodeB.

Step 3 Verify services after reconstruction. For details, see section 7.15.6 Activation Observation.

Step 4 Perform the rollback operation if reconstruction fails.


l Execute the rollback scripts. For details about the rollback scripts, see section 7.23.6
Rollback
l Restore the hardware configuration and network topology to those before reconstruction.

----End

7.23.4 Precautions
None

7.23.5 Reconfiguration

Reconfiguration on the UMTS Side


For details, see Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side in section 7.15 UTRPc-based Co-
Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG+T
Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 236


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Reconfiguration on the GSM Side


IP rehoming scripts:

Step 1 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSIPPARA to import the communication IP address of
the BTS.
IMP BTSIPPARA: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, IPPHYTRANSTYPE=IP_OVER_FE/GE,
BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188", BSCIP="10.10.10.10";

Step 2 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSDEVIP to import the device IP address of the BTS.
IMP BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0,
SRN=0, SN=6, IPIDX=0, IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0";

Step 3 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSTUNNEL to import the configuration of a tunnel from
the GTMUb to the UTRPc.
IMP BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6,
TN=0, DSTCN=0, DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=4;

Step 4 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSIPRT to import the configuration of a route to the
tunnel from the BTS to the BSC.
IMP BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL,
IFNO=0;

Step 5 Run the BSC MML command ACT BTSIMPDATA to activate the IP rehoming data.
ACT BTSIMPDATA: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;

----End

Reconfiguration on the LTE Side


For details, see Initial Configuration on the LTE Side in section 7.15 UTRPc-based Co-
Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG+T
Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.

7.23.6 Rollback
Rollback on the GSM Side
Step 1 Run the BSC MML command DEA BTS to deactivate the BTS. (CME: Base Station > GSM
> Right-click a site > Deactivate Site.)
DEA BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;

Step 2 Run the BSC MML command RMV IPPATH to remove an IP path. (CME: Controller >
Transmission View > GSM > Abis > Abis Configuration Express > IP Transport > IP
Path.)
RMV IPPATH: ANI=1017, PATHID=0;
//Remove the IP path between the BTS and the BSC.

Step 3 Run the BSC MML command RMV ADJNODE to remove an adjacent node. (CME:
Controller > Transmission View > GSM > Abis > Abis Configuration Express > IP
Transport > Adjacent Node.)
RMV ADJNODE: ANI=1017;
//Remove an Abis adjacent node.

Step 4 Run the BSC MML command RMV BTS to remove the BTS. (CME: Base Station > GSM >
Right-click a site > Delete Site.)

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 237


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

RMV BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;

Step 5 Execute the configuration scripts that are backed up before reconstruction. (CME: Script
Executor> Project > Load Project > Activate Project.)

----End

Rollback on the UMTS Side


If the transmission link between the NodeB and the U2000 is normal, download the backed up
original configuration files from the U2000 to the NodeB.

If the transmission link between the NodeB and the U2000 is disconnected, the NodeB performs
automatic deployment by using the backed up original configuration files.

Rollback on the LTE Side


Remove the eNodeB on the CME. (CME: Base Station > LTE > Right-click a site > Delete.)

7.24 Reconstruction from Main-Control-Board-Panel-


Interconnection Co-Transmission on the Separate-MPT UG
Multimode Base Station Side to Main-Control-Board-
Panel-Interconnection Co-Transmission on the Separate-
MPT UG+L/UG+T Multimode Base Station Side
This section describes how to reconstruct the transmission mode from main-control-board-based
IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the UG multimode base station side to
main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the UGL
multimode base station side.

7.24.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
Figure 7-45 shows the network topologies before and after reconstruction. After the
reconstruction, UCIU+UMPT interconnection is used.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 238


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-45 Network topologies before and after reconstruction (UCIU+UMPT


interconnection)

Figure 7-46 shows the network topologies before and after reconstruction. After the
reconstruction, UMPT+UMPT interconnection is used.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 239


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-46 Network topologies before and after reconstruction (UMPT+UMPT


interconnection)

l Requirements for the license


The following license has been activated:
NE License Abbreviation Code Sales Unit
Control Item
Description

eNodeB IP-Based LLT1IPMCT0 81201528 Per eNodeB


Multi-mode 1
Co-
Transmission
on BS side
(eNodeB)

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 240


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.24.2 Data Preparation


Figure 7-47 shows an example of reconstruction from main-control-board-based IP co-
transmission through panel interconnection on the UG multimode base station side to main-
control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the UG+L
multimode base station side. After the reconstruction, UCIU+UMPT interconnection is used.

Figure 7-47 Example of reconstruction from main-control-board-based IP co-transmission


through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side to main-
control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT
UGL multimode base station side (UCIU+UMPT interconnection)

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 241


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Table 7-26 describes the IP address plan.

Table 7-26 IP address plan

Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the BSC 10.10.10.10/32 -

Port IP address of the BSC 21.21.21.1/24 -

Device IP address of the 15.15.15.15/32 -


RNC

Port IP address of the RNC 11.11.11.11/24 -

Port IP address of the U2000 60.60.60.60/24 -

IP address of the port on 21.21.21.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
BSC

IP address of the port on 11.11.11.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
RNC

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 When DHCP relay is enabled


router that is connected to the for the NodeB, the IP address
NodeB of the DHCP server is
10.10.10.10, which is the
device IP address of the BSC.

IP address of FE port 1 on the 20.20.20.188/24 UMTS: device IP address


UMPT_U of the NodeB during configuration on the
CME. This IP address is
configured on the co-
transmission port.

OM IP address of the NodeB 30.30.30.1/24 UMTS: management plane


IP address. This is a logical IP
address and is configured on
the main control board.

Signaling/service IP address 32.32.32.1/24 UMTS: control plane/user


of the NodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the main
control board.

IP address of the BTS 35.35.35.188/24 GSM: communication IP


address of the BTS. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the BTS main
control board.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 242


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

OM IP address of the 31.31.31.188/24 LTE: management plane IP


eNodeB address. This is a logical IP
address and is configured on
the main control board.

Signaling/service IP address 33.33.33.188/24 LTE: control plane/user


of the eNodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the eNodeB
main control board.

IP address of the MME 40.40.40.40/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


SCTP link

IP address of the S-GW 50.50.50.50/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


IP path

ESN of the BTS abcdefghijklmn -

NOTE

The IP address plan for IP co-transmission in UCIU+UMPT interconnection is the same as that in UMPT
+UMPT interconnection.

7.24.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure

Reconstruction Preparations
1. Check the system.
l Perform a health check on the system to check whether network KPIs are normal and
whether major alarms were reported. If network KPIs are abnormal or major alarms
were reported, record them for KPI or alarm comparison before and after reconstruction.
l Run the BSC MML command DSP BTSVER or NodeB MML command LST VER
to check the software version for a BTS or NodeB. Multimode base stations of
V100R007C00 and later support IP-based co-transmission through backplane
interconnection.
2. Get ready boards and obtain software versions.
l Get ready the UCIU, optical modules, and eNodeB hardware. The main control board
for the eNodeB is UMPT_L. Optical modules on the UCIU, UMPT_U, and UMPT_L
must meet specifications. For details about the specifications of optical modules, see
"BBU Cascading" in the3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide.
l Obtain the software versions of the MBSC, U2000, CME, and multimode base station.
3. Back up data.
l Back up the measurement results of original performance counters reported one week
before reconstruction.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 243


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

l Back up BTS data configurations before reconstruction on the CME. (CME: Main
View > Right-click a site > Export MML for Creating BTS.)
l Run the NodeB MML command BKP CFGFILE to back up the NodeB configuration
file before reconstruction. The configuration file is in .xml format. Then, run the NodeB
MML command ULD CFGFILE to upload the configuration file to the local PC.
(CME: UMTS Application > Physical NodeB Management > Export Configuration
Files.)
4. Make the reconfiguration scripts.
l Reconfiguration on the GSM side has the following scripts:
IP rehoming scripts. For details, see Reconfiguration on the GSM Side..
Scripts for reconstruction. For details, see "Initial Configuration on the GSM Side"
in section "Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane
Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG+T Multimode Base Station Side.".
l For details about reconfiguration on the UMTS side, see Reconfiguration on the
UMTS Side.
l For details about reconfigurations on the LTE side, see Reconfiguration on the LTE
Side.
5. Make the rollback scripts.
l For details about rollback scripts on the UMTS side, see Rollback on the GSM Side.
l For details about rollback scripts on the GSM side, see Rollback on the UMTS Side.
l For details about rollback scripts on the LTE side, see Rollback on the LTE Side.
6. Prepare for automatic deployment.
l If the USB + U2000 based deployment is to be applied, prepare a commissioning USB
flash drive for the reconstructed GUL multimode base station, and prepare another
commissioning USB flash drive for the GU multimode base station before the
reconstruction. The second USB flash drive is used for the automatic deployment in
case that the reconstruction fails.
l If the U2000-based deployment is to be applied, upload the following files to the U2000
and enable the DHCP relay function for the router that is connected to the NodeB:
New configuration files for the NodeB and eNodeB
NodeB configuration file backed up before the reconstruction

Reconstruction Procedure
Step 1 Upgrade the software.

If the multimode base station software version does not meet the reconstruction requirements,
upgrade the software before reconstruction.

Step 2 Reconstruct hardware and modify data configurations.


1. Run the BTS MML command ADD BTSBRD to add a UCIU. (CME: Root > Right-click
a site > Device Panel > Right-click a slot > ADD UCIU.)
ADD BTSBRD: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=0, BT=UCIU;

2. Insert the UCIU into appropriate slots on the NodeB. Meanwhile, the UCIU software is
upgraded automatically. Run the DSP BTSBRD command to check whether the UCIU is
operating normally and of the correct version.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 244


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

DSP BTSBRD: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=0;

3. Download the NodeB configuration file in .xml format from the U2000 to the NodeB by
choosing Software > NE File Transfer > From OSS Client to NE.
4. Execute the BSC IP rehoming MML command scripts.
5. Get ready the eNodeB configuration file and the eNodeB deployment list on the U2000.
NOTE

BTS and NodeB services are interrupted when steps 5 to 10 are performed. Before performing the
following steps, power off the GTMUb, and power on it after the NodeB is deployed. This is because
the IP rehoming scripts take effect only after the BTS resets. In addition, the IP rehoming scripts are
effective within specified time.
6. Run the U2000 MML command SET CFGFILEENB to activate the NodeB configuration
file.
SET CFGFILEENB: FLAG=ENABLE, RSTMODE=IMMEDIATELY;

7. Instruct field engineers to remove the GTMUb.


8. Deactivate the BTS on the BSC, and execute the scripts for reconstruction to reactivate the
BTS.
9. Check that the NodeB maintenance links are normal on the U2000. After the NodeB is
automatically deployed, install and power on the GTMUb of the BTS to make the BTS
rehoming scripts take effect.
10. Wait for 10 minutes, and check that services processed on the BTS and NodeB are normal
on the U2000.
11. Install the eNodeB and connect the cable between the UMPT_L and the UCIU on the
eNodeB. Then, power on the BBU subrack of the eNodeB to deploy the eNodeB.

Step 3 Verify services after reconstruction. For details, see section 7.16.6 Activation Observation

Step 4 Perform the rollback operation if reconstruction fails.

----End

l Execute the rollback scripts. For details about the rollback scripts, see section 7.24.6
Rollback.
l Restore the hardware configuration and network topology to those before reconstruction.

7.24.4 Precautions
None

7.24.5 Reconfiguration

Reconfiguration on the UMTS Side


For details, "Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side" in section "Main-Control-Board-based
Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG+T
Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode."

Reconfiguration on the GSM Side


IP rehoming scripts:

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 245


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Step 1 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSIPPARA to import the communication IP address of
the BTS.
IMP BTSIPPARA: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, IPPHYTRANSTYPE=IP_OVER_FE/GE,
BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188", BSCIP="10.10.10.10";

Step 2 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSDEVIP to import the device IP address of the BTS.
IMP BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0,
SRN=0, SN=6, IPIDX=0, IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0";

Step 3 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSTUNNEL to import the configuration of a tunnel from
the GTMUb to the UMPT_U.
IMP BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6,
TN=0, DSTCN=0, DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=7;

Step 4 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSIPRT to import the configuration of a route to the
tunnel from the BTS to the BSC.
IMP BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL,
IFNO=0;

Step 5 Run the BSC MML command ACT BTSIMPDATA to activate the IP rehoming data.
ACT BTSIMPDATA: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;

----End

Reconfiguration on the LTE Side


For details, see "Initial Configuration on the LTE Side" in section "Main-Control-Board-based
Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG+T
Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode. "

7.24.6 Rollback

Rollback on the GSM Side


Step 1 Run the BSC MML command DEA BTS to deactivate the BTS. (CME: Base Station > GSM
> Right-click a site > Deactivate Site.)
DEA BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;

Step 2 Run the BSC MML command RMV IPPATH to remove an IP path. (CME: Controller >
Transmission View > GSM > Abis > Abis Configuration Express > IP Transport > IP
Path.)
RMV IPPATH: ANI=1017, PATHID=0;
//Remove the IP path between the BTS and the BSC.

Step 3 Run the BSC MML command RMV ADJNODE to remove an adjacent node. (CME:
Controller > Transmission View > GSM > Abis > Abis Configuration Express > IP
Transport > Adjacent Node.)
RMV ADJNODE: ANI=1017;
//Remove an Abis adjacent node.

Step 4 Run the BSC MML command RMV BTS to remove the BTS. (CME: Base Station > GSM >
Right-click a site > Delete Site.)
RMV BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 246


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Step 5 Execute the configuration scripts that are backed up before reconstruction. (CME: Script
Executor> Project > Load Project > Activate Project.)

----End

Rollback on the UMTS Side


If the transmission link between the NodeB and the U2000 is normal, download the backed up
original configuration files from the U2000 to the NodeB.

If the transmission link between the NodeB and the U2000 is disconnected, the NodeB performs
automatic deployment by using the backed up original configuration files.

Rollback on the LTE Side


Remove the eNodeB on the CME. (CME: Base Station > LTE > Right-click a site > Delete.)

7.25 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through


Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode
Base Station Side in IP over E1/T1 Mode

7.25.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
Figure 7-48 shows the main-control-board-based co-transmission through panel
interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side in IP over E1/T1
mode. In this scenario, an outbound E1/T1 port on the WMPT of the NodeB serves as the
co-transmission port of the UG multimode base station and is connected to the MBSC. The
GTMU of the BTS is interconnected to the WMPT of the NodeB through FE ports.

Figure 7-48 Main-control-board-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on


the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side in IP over E1/T1 mode

l Requirement for other features


The following features have been enabled:
GBFD-118601 Abis over IP
WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 247


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

l Requirements for the license


The license is not required.

7.25.2 Data Preparation

(Example) Key Data Preparation


Figure 7-49 shows an example of network topology for main-control-board-based co-
transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station
side in IP over E1/T1 mode.

Figure 7-49 Example of network topology for main-control-board-based co-transmission


through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side in IP over
E1/T1 mode

Table 7-27 describes the IP address plan.

Table 7-27 IP address plan

Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the BSC 10.10.10.10/32 -

Port IP address of the BSC 21.21.21.1/24 -

Device IP address of the 11.11.11.11/32 -


RNC

Port IP address of the RNC 23.23.23.1/24 -

IP address of the port on the 21.21.21.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
BSC

IP address of the port on the 23.23.23.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
RNC

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 248


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

IP address of FE port 1 on the 30.30.30.1/24 UMTS: device IP address


NodeB (FE port 1 is used for during configuration on the
interconnecting the NodeB to CME
the BTS.)

IP address of FE port 1 on the 20.20.20.188/24 UMTS: device IP address


NodeB during configuration on the
CME

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 -


router that is connected to the
NodeB

IP address of FE port 0 on the 30.30.30.188/24 GSM: device IP address


BTS (FE port 0 is used for during configuration on the
interconnecting the BTS to CME
the NodeB.)

NOTE

IP addresses of two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS must be on the same network
segment.
Data configurations at the data link layer, such as the duplex mode and rate, must be consistent between
the two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS.

Data Preparation on the GSM Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

BTSIPRT Forward Route NEXTHOP Forward Route


Address Address

IPRT Forward route NEXTHOP Forward route


address address

Data Preparation on the UMTS Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

ETHPORT Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 249


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port No. PN Port No.

Maximum MTU Maximum


Transmission Unit Transmission Unit

Speed SPEED Speed

Duplex DUPLEX Duplex

DEVIP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

IP Address IP IP Address

Mask MASK Mask

IPRT Route Index VRFIDX Route Index

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE -

Port Type IFT Carrier Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Link No.

DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP


Address Address

DHCPRELAYSWI DHCP Relay Switch ES DHCP Switch


TCH

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 250


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.25.3 Precautions
None

7.25.4 Hardware Adjustment


When main-control-board-based IP over E1/T1 co-transmission is implemented through panel
interconnection, no additional hardware is required, but the Ethernet cables between main control
board panels are required. Table 7-28 describes the panel interconnection modes.

Table 7-28 Main control board panel interconnection modes

Base Station Mode Panel Interconnection Mode

UG Mode 1: An outbound FE optical port on the


WMPT is connected to the GTMU.
For example, the outbound E1/T1 port on the
WMPT is connected to the transmission
device, and the optical port (FE 1) on the
WMPT is connected to the optical port (FE 1)
on the GTMU.
Mode 2: An outbound FE electrical port on
the WMPT is connected to the GTMU.
For example, the outbound E1/T1 port on the
WMPT is connected to the transmission
device, and the electrical port (FE 0) on the
WMPT is connected to the electrical port (FE
0) on the GTMU.

7.25.5 Initial Configuration

Initial Configuration on the GSM Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 When configuring a route from the BTS to the BSC, change the next-hop address of the route
from the IP address of the directly connected router to the IP address of the interconnection port
on the WMPT. The BSC MML command for configuring the route from the BTS to the BSC is
ADD BTSIPRT.

Step 2 (Optional)When configuring a route to the DHCP relay of the BTS on the BSC side, change the
destination IP address of the route to the port IP address of the NodeB. If the NodeB has multiple

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 251


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

port IP addresses, configure routes to all port IP addresses. The BSC MML command for
configuring the route to the DHCP relay of the BTS is ADD IPRT.

----End
l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GSM Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:
l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command SET ETHPORT to set the attributes of the Ethernet port on
the WMPT that is used for interconnecting to the GTMU.
SET ETHPORT: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PN=0, SPEED=AUTO, DUPLEX=AUTO;
//Set the parameters for the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used
for interconnecting the WMPT to the GTMU.

Step 2 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the device IP address of the Ethernet port
on the WMPT that is used for interconnecting to the GTMU. In this step, ensure that IP addresses
of two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS are on the same network segment.
ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0, IP="30.30.30.1",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Set the IP address of the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used
for interconnecting the WMPT to the GTMU and ensure that the IP address is on the
same network segment as the IP address of the interconnection port on the GTMU.

Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC
through the NodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address
of the router that is directly connected to the NodeB.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1", PREF=60;

Step 4 (Optional) Add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB.
The downlink route is required only if the logical IP address is used by the BTS. If the physical
port IP address is used by the BTS and the IP addresses of the panel interconnection ports on
the NodeB and the BTS are on the same network segment as the port IP address of the BTS, the
downlink route from the NodeB to the BTS is not required.
Step 5 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP
relay.
When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP,
the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the NodeB.
SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE;
//Enable DHCP relay for the NodeB.

Step 6 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the
DHCP server.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 252


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP,
the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to
be added on the NodeB. For the BTS, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP address of the
BSC. If the data plan shows that the IP-based Abis interface board on the BSC side uses the
device IP address, set the IP address of the DHCP server to the device IP address.
ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="10.10.10.10";
//Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the BTS.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side.For
instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

7.25.6 Activation Observation


After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature
is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer
device.

UMTS Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step
on the NodeB side to verify whether the transmission link between the NodeB and the BSC/
RNC is normal:

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP link between the NodeB and the BSC/
RNC. If the IP address can be pinged, the IP link is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="11.11.11.11",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;

----End

GSM Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the BTS and activated, perform the following step on
the BSC side to verify whether the transmission link between the BSC and the BTS is normal:

Step 1 Run the BSC MML command PING IP to ping the IP link between the GTMU on the BTS and
the BSC. If the IP address can be pinged, the IP link is normal.
PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="30.30.30.188", CONTPING=NO;

----End

7.26 UTRP4-based Co-Transmission Through Panel


Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base
Station Side in IP over E1/T1 Mode

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 253


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.26.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
Figure 7-50 shows the UTRP4-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on
the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side in IP over E1/T1 mode. In this scenario,
an outbound E1/T1 port on the UTRP4 of the NodeB serves as the co-transmission port of
the UG multimode base station and is connected to the MBSC. The GTMU of the BTS is
interconnected to the WMPT of the NodeB through FE ports.

Figure 7-50 UTRP4-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-


MPT UG multimode base station side in IP over E1/T1 mode

l Requirement for other features


The following features have been enabled:
GBFD-118601 Abis over IP
WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l Requirements for the license
The license is not required.

7.26.2 Data Preparation


(Example) Key Data Preparation
Figure 7-51 shows an example of network topology for UTRP4-based co-transmission through
panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side in IP over E1/T1
mode.

Figure 7-51 Example of network topology for UTRP4-based co-transmission through panel
interconnection on the separate-MPT UG dual mode base station side in IP over E1/T1 mode

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 254


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Table 7-29 describes the IP address plan.

Table 7-29 IP address plan

Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the BSC 10.10.10.10/32 -

Port IP address of the BSC 21.21.21.1/24 -

Device IP address of the 11.11.11.11/32 -


RNC

Port IP address of the RNC 23.23.23.1/24 -

IP address of the port on the 21.21.21.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
BSC

IP address of the port on the 23.23.23.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
RNC

IP address of FE port 1 on the 30.30.30.1/24 UMTS: device IP address


NodeB (FE port 1 is used for during configuration on the
interconnecting the NodeB to CME
the BTS.)

IP address of the E1 port on 20.20.20.188/24 UMTS: device IP address


the NodeB during configuration on the
CME

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 -


router that is connected to the
NodeB

IP address of FE port 0 on the 30.30.30.188/24 GSM: device IP address


BTS (FE port 0 is used for during configuration on the
interconnecting the BTS to CME
the NodeB.)

NOTE

IP addresses of two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS must be on the same network
segment.
Data configurations at the data link layer, such as the duplex mode and rate, must be consistent between
the two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 255


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Data Preparation on the GSM Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

BTSIPRT Forward Route NEXTHOP Forward Route


Address Address

IPRT Forward route NEXTHOP Forward route


address address

Data Preparation on the UMTS Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

ETHPORT Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port No. PN Port No.

Maximum MTU Maximum


Transmission Unit Transmission Unit

Speed SPEED Speed

Duplex DUPLEX Duplex

DEVIP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

IP Address IP IP Address

Mask MASK Mask

IPRT Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 256


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE -

Port Type IFT Carrier Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Link No.

DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP


Address Address

DHCPRELAYSWI DHCP Relay Switch ES DHCP Switch


TCH

7.26.3 Precautions
None

7.26.4 Hardware Adjustment


When UTRP4-based IP over E1/T1 co-transmission is implemented through panel
interconnection, additional UTRP4 hardware is required, and the Ethernet cables between the
WMPT and the GTMU are required. Table 7-30 describes the panel interconnection modes.

Table 7-30 Panel interconnection modes

Base Station Mode Panel Interconnection Mode

UG Mode 1: An outbound FE optical port on the WMPT is connected to


the GTMU.
For example, the outbound E1/T1 port on the UTRP4 of the NodeB
is connected to the transmission device, and the optical port (FE 1)
on the WMPT is connected to the optical port (FE 1) on the GTMU.
Mode 2: An outbound FE electrical port on the WMPT is connected
to the GTMU.
For example, the outbound E1/T1 port on the UTRP4 of the NodeB
is connected to the transmission device, and the electrical port (FE 0)
on the WMPT is connected to the electrical port (FE 0) on the GTMU.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 257


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.26.5 Initial Configuration

Initial Configuration on the GSM Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 When configuring a route from the BTS to the BSC, change the next hop of the route from the
IP address of the directly connected router to the IP address of the interconnection port on the
WMPT. The BSC MML command for configuring the route from the BTS to the BSC is ADD
BTSIPRT.

Step 2 (Optional)When configuring a route to the DHCP relay of the BTS on the BSC side, change the
destination IP address of the route to the port IP address of the NodeB. If the NodeB has multiple
port IP addresses, configure routes to all port IP addresses. The BSC MML command for
configuring the route to the DHCP relay of the BTS is ADD IPRT.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GSM Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command SET ETHPORT to set the attributes of the Ethernet port on
the WMPT that is used for interconnecting to the GTMU.
SET ETHPORT: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PN=0, SPEED=AUTO, DUPLEX=AUTO;
//Set the parameters for the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used
for interconnecting the WMPT to the GTMU.

Step 2 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the device IP address of the Ethernet port
on the WMPT that is used for interconnecting to the GTMU. In this step, ensure that IP addresses
of two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS are on the same network segment.
ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0, IP="30.30.30.1",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
// Set the IP address of the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used
for interconnecting the WMPT to the GTMU and ensure that the IP address is on the
same network segment as the IP address of the interconnection port on the GTMU.

Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC
through the NodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address
of the router that is directly connected to the NodeB.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 258


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SN=4, SBT=E1_COVERBOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",


DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1", PREF=60;

Step 4 (Optional) Add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB.
The downlink route is required only if the logical IP address is used by the BTS. If the physical
port IP address is used by the BTS and the IP addresses of the panel interconnection ports on
the NodeB and the BTS are on the same network segment as the port IP address of the BTS, the
downlink route from the NodeB to the BTS is not required.
Step 5 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP
relay.
When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP,
the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the NodeB.
SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE;
//Enable DHCP relay for the NodeB.

Step 6 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the
DHCP server.
When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP,
the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to
be added on the NodeB. For the BTS, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP address of the
BSC. If the data plan shows that the IP-based Abis interface board on the BSC side uses the
device IP address, set the IP address of the DHCP server to the device IP address.
ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="10.10.10.10";
//Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the BTS.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

7.26.6 Activation Observation


After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature
is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer
device.

UMTS Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step
on the NodeB side to verify whether the transmission link between the NodeB and the BSC/
RNC is normal:

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP link between the NodeB and the BSC/
RNC. If the IP address can be pinged, the IP link is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="11.11.11.11",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;

----End

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 259


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

GSM Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the BTS and activated, perform the following step on
the BSC side to verify whether the transmission link between the BSC and the BTS is normal:

Step 1 Run the BSC MML command PING IP to ping the IP link between the GTMU on the BTS and
the BSC. If the IP address can be pinged, the IP link is normal.
PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="30.30.30.188", CONTPING=NO;

----End

7.27 GTMU-based TDM Co-Transmission on the Separate-


MPT GU Multimode Base Station Side

7.27.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
Figure 7-52 shows the GTMU-based TDM co-transmission on the separate-MPT GU
multimode base station side. In this scenario, an outbound E1/T1 port on the GTMU serves
as the co-transmission port of the separate-MPT GU multimode base station and is
connected to the BSC and RNC. The WMPT is interconnected to the GTMU through the
backplane.

Figure 7-52 GTMU-based TDM co-transmission on the separate-MPT GU multimode base


station side

l Requirement for other features


The following features have been enabled:
WRFD-050302 Fractional ATM Function on Iub Interface
WRFD-050411 Fractional IP Function on Iub Interface

7.27.2 Precautions
In Figure 7-52, this scenario only supports the WMPT.

7.27.3 Hardware Adjustment


No additional hardware is required.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 260


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.27.4 Initial Configuration

Initial Configuration on the GSM Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the MML command ADD BTSCONNECT to add a connection between a GTMU port and
the NodeB. Set Dest Node Type to OTHER.
ADD BTSCONNECT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=255, INPN=1, INCN=0, INSRN=0, INSN=6,
DESTNODE=OTHER;

Step 2 Run the MML command ADD BTSTOPCONFIG to configure the TOP switching parameters.
l Set Port Subrack No. and Port Slot No. to numbers of the subrack and slot where the BTS
port connected to the NodeB interface board is located. Set TOP Board Subrack No. and
TOP Board Slot No. to numbers of the subrack and slot where the NodeB interface board is
located.
l Set Port Type to TOPEXTOUTPORT.
l Set TS Mask to the timeslot of the NodeB backplane.
ADD BTSTOPCONFIG: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=255, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, E1T1PORTNO=16,
TOPBOARDCN=0, TOPBOARDSRN=0, TOPBOARDSLOTNO=7, PORTTYPE=TOPEXTOUTPORT,
ORIPORT=1,
TSMASK=TS1-1&TS2-1&TS3-1&TS4-1&TS5-1&TS6-1&TS7-1&TS8-1&TS9-1&TS10-1&TS11-1&TS12
-1&TS13-1&TS14-1&TS15-1&TS16-1&TS17-1&TS18-1&TS19-1&TS20-1&TS21-1&TS22-1&TS23-1
&TS24-1&TS25-1&TS26-1&TS27-1&TS28-1&TS29-1&TS30-1&TS31-1;

NOTE

When E1 transmission resources on the BTS side are shared by the NodeB, set Port Type to
TOPEXTOUTPORT.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "" section. For instructions on how to perform
the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.

Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Run the MML command ADD BACKE1T1 to add a backplane E1/T1 link.
l Set Subrack No. and Slot No. to numbers of the subrack and slot that house the Iub interface
board.
l Set Subboard Type to BACK_BOARD.
l Set Destination Slot No. to the number of the slot that houses the GTMU.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 261


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

NOTE

Similar to a common E1, the backplane E1 can be configured with the upper-layer bearer. It, however,
does not support the configuration of the operating work mode and loopback mode, and online and offline
tests. The upper-layer link bearer of the backplane E1 can be UNILNK/IMALNK/FRAATMLNK/PPLNK/
MPLNK. You need to configure the link bearer according to actual networking mode.

----End

7.27.5 Activation Observation


GSM Side
Run the MML command STR BTSE1T1TST to check whether the communication on the E1/
T1 port on the GTMU is normal.
STR BTSE1T1TST: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=100, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, PN=0, SW=OFF;

UMTS Side
Run the MML command STR E1T1ONLTST to check whether the communication on the E1/
T1 port on the WMPT is normal.
STR E1T1ONLTST: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SBT=E1_COVERBOARD, PN=0, SW=ON;

7.28 Co-Transmission on the Co-MPT GU/GL/UL/GT/UT/


LT Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode

7.28.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
The UMPT_GU, UMPT_GL, or UMPT_UL of a multimode base station provides an FE/GE
port as the co-transmission port to connect the base station to the MBSC, MME, and S-
GW. Figure 7-53 shows the network topology for co-transmission on the co-MPT GU
multimode base station side.

Figure 7-53 Network topology for co-transmission on the co-MPT GU multimode base station
side in IP over FE/GE mode

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 262


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

l Requirement for other features


The following features have been enabled:
GBFD-118601 Abis over IP
WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l Requirements for the license
The license is not required.

7.28.2 Data Preparation

(Example) Key Data Preparation


Figure 7-54 shows an example of network topology for co-transmission on the co-MPT GU
multimode base station side.

Figure 7-54 Example of network topology for co-transmission on the co-MPT GU multimode
base station side in IP over FE/GE mode

Table 7-31 describes the IP address plan.

Table 7-31 IP address plan

Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the BSC 10.10.10.10/32 -

Port IP address of the BSC 21.21.21.1/24 -

IP address of the port on the 21.21.21.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
BSC

IP address of the port on the 11.11.11.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
RNC

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 263


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 -


router that is connected to the
UMPT_GU

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.188/24 Device IP address during


UMPT_GU configuration on the CME.
This IP address is configured
on the co-transmission port.

OM IP address 30.30.30.1/32 GSM: management plane IP


address. This is a logical IP
address and is configured on
the UMPT_GU.
NOTE
In this scenario, only one OM
IP address is configured
because the multimode base
station is configured with one
OM channel.

Signaling/service IP address 32.32.32.1/24 UMTS: control plane/user


of the NodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the
UMPT_GU.

Device IP address of the 15.15.15.15/24 -


RNC

Port IP address of the RNC 11.11.11.11/24 -

IP address of the U2000 60.60.60.60/24 GSM: peer IP address for the


OM channel

Signaling/service IP address 35.35.35.188/24 GSM: control plane/user


of the BTS plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the
UMPT_GU.

ESN abcdefghijklmn -

Data Preparation
MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

ETHPORT Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 264


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port No. PN Port No.

Maximum MTU Maximum


Transmission Unit Transmission Unit

Speed SPEED Speed

Duplex DUPLEX Duplex

DEVIP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

IP Address IP IP Address

Mask MASK Mask

IPRT Route Index VRFIDX Route Index

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE -

Port Type IFT Carrier Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Link No.

VLANMAP VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

Next Hop IP NEXTHOPIP Next Hop IP

Mask MASK Mask

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 265


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

VLAN Mode VLANMODE VLAN Mode

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

Set VLAN Priority SETPRIO Set VLAN Priority

VLANCLASS VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

Traffic Type TRAFFIC Traffic Type

User Data Service SRVPRIO User Data Service


Priority Priority

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

7.28.3 Precautions
None

7.28.4 Hardware Adjustment


No additional hardware is required.

7.28.5 Initial Configuration


NOTE

In this scenario, the GU multimode base station is configured with only one UMPT_GU. As a result, the
initial configuration is for multimode base station as a whole instead of for the UMTS and GSM sides
separately.

For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the ADD DEVIP command to add the IP address of the NodeB.
ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="32.32.32.1",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add the signaling/service IP address of the NodeB.

Step 2 Run the ADD DEVIP command to add the IP address of the BTS.
ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="35.35.35.188",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add the signaling/service IP address of the BTS.

Step 3 Run the ADD IPRT command to add an uplink route from the multimode base station to the
RNC. Set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and then set Next Hop IP to the IP address of the directly
connected router.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 266


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="15.15.15.15",


DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the multimode base station to the RNC on the UMPT_GU in slot 7.

Step 4 Run the ADD IPRT command to add an uplink route from the multimode base station to the
BSC.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the multimode base station to the BSC on the UMPT_GU in slot 7.

Step 5 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data
for the BTS and NodeB:
l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the
uplink route from the multimode base station to the BSC added in step 3 must be different
from the uplink route from the multimode base station to the RNC in step 4. For example,
you can set the next-hop address of the uplink route from the multimode base station to the
BSC to 20.20.20.101, which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink
route from the multimode base station to the RNC. Run the ADD VLANMAP command to
add VLAN mapping.
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK=255.255.255.255,
VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;

l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires
differentiated DSCP values for the BTS and NodeB. For details about DSCP values for the
BTS and NodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-Transmission
Feature Parameter Description.
1. Run the ADD VLANCLASS command.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=34, VLANID=12;
//Set VLANID to 12 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 34.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, IVLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value
in DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where
VLAN data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value
is not set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the
VLAN field. In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.

2. Run the ADD VLANMAP command.


ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=
VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
//Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.

----End
l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation section. For instructions
on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation
Guide.

7.28.6 Activation Observation


After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature
is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer
device.
After the configuration file is delivered to the multimode base station and activated, perform the
following steps on the multimode base station side to verify whether the transmission link
between the multimode base station and the MBSC is normal:

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 267


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Step 1 Run the PING command to ping the IP address of the RNC. If the IP address can be pinged, the
transmission link is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="32.32.32.1", DSTIP="15.15.15.15",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;

Step 2 Run the PING command to ping the IP address of the BSC.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="35.35.35.1", DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;

----End

NOTE

In this scenario, the GU multimode base station is configured with only one UMPT_GU. As a result, the
activation observation is for multimode base station as a whole instead of for the UMTS and GSM sides
separately.

7.29 Co-Transmission on the Co-MPT GUL/GUT/GLT/ULT/


GULT Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode

7.29.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
The UMPT_GUL of a multimode base station provides an FE/GE port as the co-
transmission port to connect the base station to the MBSC, MME, and S-GW. Figure
7-55 shows the network topology for co-transmission on the co-MPT GUL multimode base
station side.

Figure 7-55 Network topology for co-transmission on the co-MPT GUL multimode base
station side in IP over FE/GE mode

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 268


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

l Requirement for other features


The following features have been enabled:
GBFD-118601 Abis over IP
WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l Requirements for the license
The license is not required.

7.29.2 Data Preparation

(Example) Key Data Preparation


Figure 7-56 shows an example of network topology for co-transmission on the co-MPT GUL
multimode base station side.

Figure 7-56 Example of network topology for co-transmission on the co-MPT GUL multimode
base station side in IP over FE/GE mode

Table 7-32 describes the IP address plan.

Table 7-32 IP address plan

Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the BSC 10.10.10.10/32 -

Port IP address of the BSC 21.21.21.1/24 -

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 269


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

IP address of the port on the 21.21.21.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
BSC

IP address of the port on the 11.11.11.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
RNC

P address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 -


router that is connected to the
UMPT_GUL

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.188/24 Device IP address during


UMPT_GUL configuration on the CME.
This IP address is configured
on the co-transmission port.

OM IP address 30.30.30.1/24 GSM: Management plane IP


address. This is a logical IP
address and is configured on
the UMPT_GUL.
NOTE
In this scenario, only one OM
IP address is configured
because the multimode base
station is configured with one
OM channel.

Signaling/service IP address 32.32.32.1/24 UMTS: control plane/user


of the NodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the
UMPT_GUL.

Device IP address of the 15.15.15.15/24 -


RNC

Port IP address of the RNC 11.11.11.11/24 -

IP address of the U2000 60.60.60.60/24 GSM: Peer IP address for the


OM channel

Signaling/service IP address 35.35.35.188/24 GSM: control plane/user


of the BTS plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the
UMPT_GUL.

IP address of the MME 40.40.40.40/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


SCTP link

IP address of the S-GW 50.50.50.50/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


IP path

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 270


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

Signaling/service IP address 33.33.33.188/24 LTE: control plane/user


of the eNodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the
UMPT_GUL.

ESN abcdefghijklmn -

Data Preparation
MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

ETHPORT Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port No. PN Port No.

Maximum MTU Maximum


Transmission Unit Transmission Unit

Speed SPEED Speed

Duplex DUPLEX Duplex

DEVIP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

IP Address IP IP Address

Mask MASK Mask

IPRT Route Index VRFIDX Route Index

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 271


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE -

Port Type IFT Carrier Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Link No.

VLANMAP VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

Next Hop IP NEXTHOPIP Next Hop IP

Mask MASK Mask

VLAN Mode VLANMODE VLAN Mode

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

Set VLAN Priority SETPRIO Set VLAN Priority

VLANCLASS VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

Traffic Type TRAFFIC Traffic Type

User Data Service SRVPRIO User Data Service


Priority Priority

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

7.29.3 Precautions
None

7.29.4 Hardware Adjustment


No additional hardware is required.

7.29.5 Initial Configuration


NOTE

In this scenario, the GUL multimode base station is configured with only one UMPT_GUL. As a result,
the initial configuration is for the multimode base station as a whole instead of for the GSM, UMTS, and
LTE sides separately.

For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 272


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the ADD DEVIP command to add the IP address of the NodeB.
ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="32.32.32.1",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add the signaling/service IP address of the NodeB.

Step 2 Run the ADD DEVIP command to add the IP address of the BTS.
ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=2, IP="35.35.35.188",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add the signaling/service IP address of the BTS.

Step 3 Run the ADD DEVIP command to add the IP address of the eNodeB.
ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=3, IP="33.33.33.188",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add the signaling/service IP address of the eNodeB.

Step 4 Run the ADD IPRT command to add an uplink route from the multimode base station to the
RNC. Set Route Type to Next Hop and then set Next Hop IP to the IP address of the directly
connected router.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="15.15.15.15",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the multimode base station to the RNC on the UMPT_GUL in slot
7.

Step 5 Run the ADD IPRT command to add an uplink route from the multimode base station to the
BSC.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the multimode base station to the BSC on the UMPT_GUL in slot
7.

Step 6 Run the ADD IPRT command to add an uplink route from the multimode base station to the
MME and SGW.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.0", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the multimode base station to the MME on the UMPT_GUL in slot 7
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=3, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.0", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the multimode base station to the SGW on the UMPT_GUL in slot 7

Step 7 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data
for the BTS, NodeB, and eNodeB:
l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the
uplink route from the multimode base station to the BSC added in step 3, the uplink route
from the multimode base station to the RNC added in step 4, and the uplink route from the
multimode base station to the MME and SGW in step 5 must be different from each other.
For example, you can set the next-hop address of the uplink route from the multimode base
station to the BSC to 20.20.20.101, which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1)
of the uplink route from the multimode base station to the RNC and the next-hop IP address
(20.20.20.10) of the uplink route from the multimode base station to the MME and SGW.
Run the ADD VLANMAP command to add VLAN mapping.
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK=255.255.255.255,
VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.10", MASK=255.255.255.255,

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 273


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=20, SETPRIO=DISABLE;


ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN,
VLANID=20, SETPRIO=DISABLE;

l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires
differentiated DSCP values for the BTS, NodeB, and eNodeB. For details about DSCP values
for the BTS, NodeB and eNodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-
Transmission Feature Parameter Description.

1. Run the ADD VLANCLASS command.


ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=34, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 12 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 34.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=26, VLANID=32;
//Set VLANID to 32 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 26.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in
DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN
data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not
set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field.
In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA

2. Run the ADD VLANMAP command.


ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=
VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
//Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.

----End

7.29.6 Activation Observation


After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature
is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer
device.

After the configuration file is delivered to the multimode base station and activated, perform the
following steps on the multimode base station side to verify whether the transmission link
between the multimode base station and the base station controller is normal:

Step 1 Run the PING command to ping the IP address of the RNC. If the IP address can be pinged, the
transmission link is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="32.32.32.1", DSTIP="15.15.15.15",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;

Step 2 Run the PING command to ping the IP address of the BSC.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="35.35.35.1", DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;

Step 3 Run the PING command to ping the IP address of the MME.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="40.40.40.40",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;

Step 4 Run the PING command to ping the IP address of the SGW.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="50.50.50.50",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;

----End

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 274


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

NOTE

In this scenario, the GUL multimode base station is configured with only one UMPT_GUL. As a result,
the activation observation is for multimode base station as a whole instead of for the GSM, UMTS, and
LTE sides separately.

7.30 Co-Transmission on the Hybrid-MPT GUL Multimode


Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode

7.30.1 Deployment Requirements

l Deployment objective
The UMPT_UL of a multimode base station provides an FE/GE port as the co-transmission
port to connect the base station to the MBSC, MME, and S-GW. The GTMUb and
UMPT_UL are connected through the backplane.Figure 7-57 shows the network topology
for co-transmission on the hybrid-MPT GUL multimode base station side.

Figure 7-57 Network topology for co-transmission on the hybrid-MPT GUL multimode base
station side in IP over FE/GE mode

l Requirement for other features


The following features have been enabled:
GBFD-118601 Abis over IP

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 275


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface


l Requirements for the license
The license is not required.

7.30.2 Data Preparation

(Example) Key Data Preparation


Figure 7-58 shows an example of network topology for co-transmission on the hybrid-MPT
GUL multimode base station side.

Figure 7-58 Example of network topology for co-transmission on the hybrid-MPT GUL
multimode base station side in IP over FE/GE mode

Table 7-33 describes the IP address plan.

Table 7-33 IP address plan

Item Instance Remarks

Device IP address of the BSC 10.10.10.10/32 -

Port IP address of the BSC 21.21.21.1/24 -

IP address of the port on the 21.21.21.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
BSC

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 276


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

IP address of the port on the 11.11.11.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
RNC

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 -


router that is connected to the
UMPT_UL

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.188/24 Device IP address during


UMPT_UL configuration on the CME.
This IP address is configured
on the co-transmission port.

OM IP address 30.30.30.1/24 UMTS&LTE: Management


plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the
UMPT_UL.
NOTE
In this scenario, only one OM
IP address is configured
because the co-MPT UL
multimode base station is
configured with one OM
channel.

Signaling/service IP address 32.32.32.1/24 UMTS: control plane/user


of the NodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the
UMPT_UL.

Device IP address of the 15.15.15.15/24 -


RNC

Port IP address of the RNC 11.11.11.11/24 -

IP address of the U2000 60.60.60.60/24 UMTS&LTE: Peer IP


address for the OM channel

Signaling/service IP address 35.35.35.188/24 GSM: control plane/user


of the BTS plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the
UMPT_UL.

IP address of the MME 40.40.40.40/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


SCTP link

IP address of the S-GW 50.50.50.50/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


IP path

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 277


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item Instance Remarks

Signaling/service IP address 33.33.33.188/24 LTE: control plane/user


of the eNodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the
UMPT_UL.

ESN abcdefghijklmn -

Data Preparation on the GBTS Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

BTSTUNNEL Index Type IDTYPE -

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Source Cabinet No. SRCCN Source Cabinet No.

Source Subrack No. SRCSRN Source Subrack No.

Source Slot No. SRCSN Source Slot No.

BTS Tunnel No. TN BTS Tunnel No.

Destination Cabinet DSTCN Destination Cabinet


No. No.

Destination Subrack DSTSRN Destination Subrack


No. No.

Destination Slot No. DSTSN Destination Slot No.

BTSDEVIP Index Type IDTYPE -

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

Port Cabinet No. CN Port Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

IP Address IP IP Address

IP Mask MASK IP Mask

BTSIP Index Type IDTYPE -

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 278


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

BTS Name BTSNAME BTS Name

BTS BTSCOMTYPE BTS


Communication Communication
Type Type

BTS IP BTSIP BTS IP

BSC IP BSCIP BSC IP

BTS MultiIP Switch BTSMUTIP BTS MultiIP Switch

BTSIPRT Index Type IDTYPE -

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Route Index RTIDX Route Index

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP


Address Address

Destination Address DSTMASK Destination Address


Mask Mask

Route Type RTTYPE Route Type

Port Cabinet No. CN Port Cabinet No.

Port Subrack No. SRN Port Subrack No.

Port Slot No. SN Port Slot No.

Interface Type ITFType Interface Type

Outgoing Interface IFNO Outgoing Interface


No. No.

BTSESN BTS Index Type IDTYPE -

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

OM Bear Board OMBEARBOARD OM Bear Board

IPRT Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP


address address

Destination address DSTMASK Destination address


mask mask

Forward route NEXTHOP Forward route


address address

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 279


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Data Preparation on the Co-MPT UL Multimode Base Station Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

TUNNEL Source Cabinet No. SCN Source Cabinet No.

Source Subrack SSRN Source Subrack


No. No.

Source Slot No. SSN Source Slot No.

Tunnel No. TUNNELID Tunnel No.

Destination DCN Destination


Cabinet No. Cabinet No.

Destination DSRN Destination


Subrack No. Subrack No.

Destination Slot DSN Destination Slot


No. No.

DEVIP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

IP Address IP IP Address

Mask MASK Mask

IPRT Route Index VRFIDX Route Index

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE -

Port Type IFT Carrier Type

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 280


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Link No.

DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP


Address Address

DHCPRELAYSWITC DHCP Relay ES DHCP Switch


H Switch

VLANMAP VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

Next Hop IP NEXTHOPIP Next Hop IP

Mask MASK Mask

VLAN Mode VLANMODE VLAN Mode

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

Set VLAN Priority SETPRIO Set VLAN Priority

VLANCLASS VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

Traffic Type TRAFFIC Traffic Type

User Data Service SRVPRIO User Data Service


Priority Priority

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

7.30.3 Precautions
None

7.30.4 Hardware Adjustment


No additional hardware is required.

7.30.5 Initial Configuration

Initial Configuration on the GBTS Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 281


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Step 1 Run the MML command ADD BTSTUNNEL to add a tunnel from the GTMUb to the
UMPT_UL.
ADD BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6, TN=0, DSTCN=0,
DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=7;
//Add a tunnel from the GTMUb in slot 6 to the UMPT_UL in slot 7.

Step 2 Run the MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the BSC to co-MPT multimode base
station.

A route to the DHCP relay of the GBTS is configured on the BSC side. The co-MPT multimode
base station functions as the DHCP relay.
ADD IPRT: SRN=0, SN=16, DSTIP="20.20.20.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255",
NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", PRIORITY=HIGH, REMARK="relay";

Step 3 Run the MML command ADD BTSDEVIP to add the IP address of the GTMUb.
ADD BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6,
IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0";
//PT must be set to LOOPINTERFACE.

Step 4 Run the MML command SET BTSIP to set the communication IP address of the GBTS.

Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the GBTS uses the logical IP
address. Specifically, set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP. In non-co-transmission scenarios,
BTSCOMTYPE is optional.
SET BTSIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188",
BSCIP="10.10.10.10", BTSMUTIP=NO;
//Set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP.

Step 5 Run the MML command ADD BTSIPRT to add a route from the GBTS to the BSC.

Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set RTTYPE to OUTIF, ITFType to TUNNEL, and


IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 1.
ADD BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, RTIDX=1, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL,
IFNO=0;

Step 6 Run the MML command ADD BTSESN to add the ESN of the GBTS.
ADD BTSESN: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, MAINDEVTAB="abcdefghijklmn",
OMBEARBOARD=BACKBOARD;
//OMBEARBOARD must be set to BACKBOARD.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GBTS Side. For
instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Initial Configuration on the Co-MPT UL Multimode Base Station Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial
Configuration Guide, perform the following steps:

l Using MML Commands

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 282


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Step 1 Run the MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UMPT_UL to the GTMUb.
ADD TUNNEL: SSN=7, DSN=6, TUNNELTYPE=DL;
//Add a tunnel from the UMPT_UL in slot 7 to the GTMUb in slot 6.

Step 2 Run the ADD DEVIP command to add the IP address of the NodeB.
ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="32.32.32.1",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add the signaling/service IP address of the NodeB.

Step 3 Run the ADD DEVIP command to add the IP address of the eNodeB.
ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="33.33.33.188",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add the signaling/service IP address of the eNodeB

Step 4 Run the ADD IPRT command to add an uplink route from the co-MPT UL multimode base
station to the RNC. Set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and then set Next Hop IP to the IP address of
the directly connected router.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="15.15.15.15",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the multimode base station to the RNC on the UMPT_UL in slot 7.

Step 5 Run the ADD IPRT command to add an uplink route from the co-MPT UL multimode base
station to the MME and SGW.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.0", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the multimode base station to the MME on the UMPT_UL.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.0", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the multimode base station to the SGW on the UMPT_UL.

Step 6 Run the ADD IPRT command to add an uplink route from the GBTS to the BSC through the
co-MPT UL multimode base station. Set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and then set Next Hop IP to
the IP address of the directly connected router.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=3, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the GBTS to the BSC through the co-MPT UL multimode base station
on the UMPT_UL in slot 7.

Step 7 Run the ADD IPRT command to add a downlink route from the BSC to the GBTS through the
co-MPT UL multimode base station.

When co-transmission for the GBTS and co-MPT UL multimode base station is implemented
through tunnels on the backplane, the downlink route from the BSC to the GBTS through the
co-MPT UL multimode base station must be configured on the co-MPT UL multimode base
station. In addition, SBT must be set to BACK_BOARD and IFT must be set to TUNNEL.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=4,CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="35.35.35.188",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a downlink route from the BSC to the GBTS through the NodeB on the UMPT_UL in
slot 7.

Step 8 Run the MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP relay.

If the GBTS is deployed using DHCP, the co-MPT UL multimode base station needs to work
as the relay. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the co-MPT UL multimode base
station.
SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE;
//Enable DHCP relay for the co-MPT UL multimode base station.

Step 9 Run the MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the DHCP server.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 283


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

If the GBTS is deployed using DHCP, the co-MPT UL multimode base station needs to work
as the relay. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to be added on the co-MPT UL
multimode base station. For the GBTS, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP address of
the BSC. If the data plan shows that the IP-based Abis interface board on the BSC side uses the
device IP address, set the IP address of the DHCP server to the device IP address.
ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="10.10.10.10";
//Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the GBTS.

Step 10 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data
for the BTS, NodeB, and eNodeB:
l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the
uplink route from the multimode base station to the BSC added in step 4, the uplink route
from the multimode base station to the RNC added in step 5, and the uplink route from the
multimode base station to the MME and SGW in step 6 must be different from each other.
For example, you can set the next-hop address of the uplink route from the multimode base
station to the BSC to 20.20.20.101, which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1)
of the uplink route from the multimode base station to the RNC and the next-hop IP address
(20.20.20.10) of the uplink route from the multimode base station to the MME and SGW.
Run the ADD VLANMAP command to add VLAN mapping.
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK=255.255.255.255,
VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.10", MASK=255.255.255.255,
VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=20, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255,
VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=20, SETPRIO=DISABLE;

l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires
differentiated DSCP values for the BTS, NodeB, and eNodeB. For details about DSCP values
for the BTS, NodeB and eNodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-
Transmission Feature Parameter Description.
1. Run the ADD VLANCLASS command.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=34, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 12 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 34.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=26, VLANID=32;
//Set VLANID to 32 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 26.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22;
// Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in
DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN
data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not
set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field.
In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.

2. Run the ADD VLANMAP command.


ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=
VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
//Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation on the Co-MPT UL
Multimode Base Station Side" section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single
configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 284


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.30.6 Activation Observation


After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature
is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer
device.

After the configuration file is delivered to the multimode base station and activated, perform the
following steps on the multimode base station side to verify whether the transmission link
between the multimode base station and the base station controller is normal:

Step 1 Run the Ping command on the BSC to ping the IP address of the GTMUb on the BSC side.
PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="35.35.35.188",
NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;

Step 2 Run the Ping command on the multimode base station to ping the IP address of the RNC. If the
IP address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="32.32.32.1", DSTIP="15.15.15.15",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;

Step 3 Run the Ping command on the multimode base station to ping the IP address of the MME.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="40.40.40.40",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;

Step 4 Run the Ping command on the multimode base station to ping the IP address of the SGW.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="50.50.50.50",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;

----End

7.31 Main-control-board -based Co-Transmission Through


Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LGU/TGU
Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode

7.31.1 Deployment Requirements


l Deployment objective
Figure 7-59 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane
interconnection on the separate-MPT LGU multimode base station side. In this scenario,
an FE/GE port on the UMPT_L of the eNodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the
separate-MPT LGU multimode base station and is connected to the MBSC and MME/S-
GW. The GTMUb and UMPT_L are interconnected by using backplanes through the
UCIU. The WMPT and UMPT_L are interconnected by using backplanes through the
UCIU.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 285


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-59 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane


interconnection on the separate-MPT LGU multimode base station side

Figure 7-60 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane


interconnection on the separate-MPT LGU multimode base station side. In this scenario, an FE/
GE port on the UMPT_L of the eNodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the separate-MPT
LGU multimode base station and is connected to the MBSC and MME/S-GW. The GTMUb and
UMPT_L in one BBU are interconnected by using backplanes. The UMPT_U and UMPT_L are
interconnected by using backplanes through the UCIU.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 286


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-60 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection


on the separate-MPT LGU multimode base station side (UCIU+UMPT interconnection)

Figure 7-61 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane


interconnection on the separate-MPT LGU multimode base station side. In this scenario, an FE/
GE port on the UMPT_L of the eNodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the separate-MPT
LGU multimode base station and is connected to the MBSC and MME/S-GW. The GTMUb and
UMPT_L in one BBU are interconnected by using backplanes. The UMPT_U and UMPT_L are
interconnected by using interconnection cables.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 287


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 7-61 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection


on the separate-MPT LGU multimode base station side (UMPT+UMPT interconnection)

This document provides only the engineering guidelines for the scenario shown in Figure
7-61. The engineering guidelines for the scenario shown in Figure 7-61 is similar to those for
the scenario shown in Figure 7-59.

l Requirement for other features


The following features have been enabled:
GBFD-118601 Abis over IP
WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l Requirements for the license
The following license has been activated:

NE License Control Abbreviation Code Sales Unit


Item

eNodeB IP-Based Multi- LLT1IPMCT01 81201528 Per eNodeB


mode Co-
Transmission on
BS side(eNodeB)

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 288


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.31.2 Data Preparation

Key Data Preparation


Figure 7-62 shows an example of the network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-
transmission through backplane interconnection on the LGU MBTS side.

Figure 7-62 Example of the network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-transmission


through backplane interconnection on the LGU MBTS side

Table 7-34 describes the data plan.

Table 7-34 Data plan

Item IP Address Remarks

Device IP address of the BSC 10.10.10.10/32 -

Port IP address of the BSC 21.21.21.1/24 -

Device IP address of the 15.15.15.15/32 -


RNC

Port IP address of the RNC 11.11.11.11/24 -

IP address of the port on the 11.11.11.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
RNC

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 289


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

Item IP Address Remarks

IP address of the port on the 21.21.21.254/24 -


router that is connected to the
BSC

IP address of the port on the 20.20.20.1/24 -


router that is connected to the
UMPT_L

OM IP address of the NodeB 30.30.30.1/24 UMTS: management plane


IP address. This IP address is
configured on the main
control board.

Signaling/service IP address 32.32.32.1/24 UMTS: control plane/user


of the NodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the main
control board.

IP address of FE port 1 on the 20.20.20.188/24 LTE: device IP address


UMPT_L of the eNodeB during configuration on the
CME. This IP address is
configured on the co-
transmission port.

IP address of the MME 40.40.40.40/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


SCTP link

IP address of the S-GW 50.50.50.50/24 LTE: peer IP address for the


IP path

IP address of the U2000 60.60.60.60/24 UMTS/LTE: peer IP address


for the OM channel

OM IP address of the 31.31.31.188/24 LTE: management plane IP


eNodeB address. This is a logical IP
address and is configured on
the main control board.

Signaling/service IP address 33.33.33.188/24 LTE: control plane/user


of the eNodeB plane IP address. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the main
control board.

IP address of the BTS 35.35.35.188/24 GSM: communication IP


address of the BTS. This is a
logical IP address and is
configured on the BTS main
control board.

BTS ESN abcdefghijklmn -

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 290


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

NOTE

In this scenario, the GTMUb and WMPT do not need to be configured with Ethernet port attributes such
as duplex mode and rate because the GTMUb and WMPT communicate with the UMPT_L through the

Data Preparation on the GSM Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

BTSBRD Index Type IDTYPE Index Type

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Board Type BT Board Type

BTSCTRLLNK Index Type IDTYPE Index Type

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

BTS Name BTSNAME BTS Name

Link No. LN Link No.

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Upper Node Cabinet UPCN Upper Node Cabinet


No. No.

Upper Node Subrack UPSRN Upper Node Subrack


No. No.

Upper Node Slot No. UPSN Upper Node Slot No.

Upper Node Port No. UPPT Upper Node Port No.

BTSTUNNEL BTS Index Type IDTYPE BTS Index Type

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Source Cabinet No. SRCCN Source Cabinet No.

Source Subrack No. SRCSRN Source Subrack No.

Source Slot No. SRCSN Source Slot No.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 291


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

BTS Tunnel No. TN BTS Tunnel No.

Destination Cabinet DSTCN Destination Cabinet


No. No.

Destination Subrack DSTSRN Destination Subrack


No. No.

Destination Slot No. DSTSN Destination Slot No.

BTSDEVIP BTS Index Type IDTYPE BTS Index Type

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

Port Cabinet No. CN Port Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

IP Address IP IP Address

IP Mask MASK IP Mask

BTSIP BTS Index Type IDTYPE BTS Index Type

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

BTS Name BTSNAME BTS Name

BTS BTSCOMTYPE BTS


Communication Communication
Type Type

BTS IP BTSIP BTS IP

BSC IP BSCIP BSC IP

BTS MultiIP Switch BTSMUTIP BTS MultiIP Switch

BTSIPRT Index Type IDTYPE -

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

Route Index RTIDX Route Index

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP


Address Address

Destination Address DSTMASK Destination Address


Mask Mask

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 292


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Route Type RTTYPE Route Type

Port Cabinet No. CN Port Cabinet No.

Port Subrack No. SRN Port Subrack No.

Port Slot No. SN Port Slot No.

Interface Type ITFType Interface Type

Outgoing Interface IFNO Outgoing Interface


No. No.

BTSESN BTS Index Type IDTYPE -

BTS Index BTSID BTS Index

OM Bear Board OMBEARBOARD OM Bear Board

IPRT Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP


address address

Destination address DSTMASK Destination address


mask mask

Forward route NEXTHOP Forward route


address address

Data Preparation on the UMTS Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

CTRLLNK Local Link No. LN Local Link No.

Local Cabinet No. CN Local Cabinet No.

Local Subrack No. SRN Local Subrack No.

Local Slot No. SN Local Slot No.

Upper Cabinet No. UPCN Upper Cabinet No.

Upper Subrack No. UPSRN Upper Subrack No.

Upper Slot No. UPSN Upper Slot No.

Upper Port No. UPPT Upper Port No.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 293


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

TUNNEL Source Cabinet No. SCN Source Cabinet No.

Source Subrack No. SSRN Source Subrack No.

Source Slot No. SSN Source Slot No.

Tunnel No. TUNNELID Tunnel No.

Destination Cabinet DCN Destination Cabinet


No. No.

Destination Subrack DSRN Destination Subrack


No. No.

Destination Slot No. DSN Destination Slot No.

IPRT Route Index VRFIDX Route Index

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE -

Port Type IFT Carrier Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Link No.

RSCGRP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Transmission BEAR -
Resource Group
Bear Type

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Bearing Port Type PT Carrier Type

Bearing Port No. PN Link No.

Transmission RSCGRPID Transmission


Resource Group ID Resource Group ID

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 294


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Rate Unit RU Rate Unit

Tx Bandwidth TXBW Tx Bandwidth

Rx Bandwidth RXBW Rx Bandwidth

IPPath IP Path ID PATHID IP Path ID

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Carrier Type

Port No. PN Link No.

Join Transmission JNRSCGRP Join Transmission


Resource Group Resource Group

Local IP LOCALIP Local IP

Peer IP PEERIP Peer IP

DSCP DSCP DSCP

RX Bandwidth RXBW RX Bandwidth

TX Bandwidth TXBW TX Bandwidth

TX Committed Burst TXCBS TX Committed Burst


Size Size

TX Excessive Burst TXEBS TX Excessive Burst


Size Size

OMCH Local IP IP Local IP

Local Mask MASK Local Mask

Peer IP PEERIP Peer IP

Peer Mask PEERMASK Peer Mask

Bearer Type BEAR

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 295


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

Binding Route BRT Binding Route

Data Preparation on the eNodeB Side


MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter
Name ID Name

CTRLLNK Local Link No. LN Local Link No.

Local Cabinet No. CN Local Cabinet No.

Local Subrack No. SRN Local Subrack No.

Local Slot No. SN Local Slot No.

Upper Cabinet No. UPCN Upper Cabinet No.

Upper Subrack No. UPSRN Upper Subrack No.

Upper Slot No. UPSN Upper Slot No.

Upper Port No. UPPT Upper Port No.

TUNNEL Source Cabinet No. SCN Source Cabinet No.

Source Subrack No. SSRN Source Subrack


No.

Source Slot No. SSN Source Slot No.

Tunnel No. TUNNELID Tunnel No.

Destination Cabinet DCN Destination


No. Cabinet No.

Destination DSRN Destination


Subrack No. Subrack No.

Destination Slot No. DSN Destination Slot


No.

DEVIP Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Port Type PT Port Type

Port No. PN Port No.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 296


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

MO MML Parameter MML Parameter CME Parameter


Name ID Name

IP Address IP IP Address

Mask MASK Mask

IPRT Route Index VRFIDX Route Index

Cabinet No. CN Cabinet No.

Subrack No. SRN Subrack No.

Slot No. SN Slot No.

Subboard Type SBT Subboard Type

Destination IP DSTIP Destination IP

Mask DSTMASK Mask

Route Type RTTYPE Route Type

Port Type IFT Port Type

Next Hop IP NEXTHOP Next Hop IP

Port No. IFNO Port No.

DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP DHCPSVRIP DHCP Server IP


Address Address

DHCPRELAYSWITC DHCP Relay ES DHCP Relay


H Switch Switch

VLANMAP Next Hop IP NEXTHOPIP Next Hop IP

Mask MASK Mask

VLAN Mode VLANMODE VLAN Mode

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

Set VLAN Priority SETPRIO Set VLAN Priority

VLAN Priority VLANPRIO VLAN Priority

VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

VLANCLASS VLAN Group No. VLANGROUPNO VLAN Group No.

Traffic Type TRAFFIC Traffic Type

User Data Service SRVPRIO User Data Service


Priority Priority

VLAN ID VLANID VLAN ID

VLAN Priority VLANPRIO VLAN Priority

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 297


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.31.3 Precautions
None

7.31.4 Hardware Adjustment


l Unlike non-co-transmission scenario, this scenario requires that the UMPT_L be
configured on the eNodeB side. In addition, the UCIU must be configured on the BTS side.
l The UCIU in the BBU accommodating the NodeB and BTS is connected to the UMPT_L
in the BBU accommodating the eNodeB by using inter-subrack interconnection cables.
l A cable is used to connect the UMPT_L on the separate-MPT LGU multimode base station
side to the transport network.

7.31.5 Initial Configuration


(Optional) Initial Configuration on the U2000 Side
When configuring a route to the DHCP relay of the NodeB on the U2000 side, change the
destination IP address of the route to the port IP address of the eNodeB. If the eNodeB has
multiple port IP addresses, configure routes to all port IP addresses.

Initial Configuration on the GSM Side


For details about the data configurations at the data link layer and network layer, see
"Configuring a BTS" > "Configuring the Transmission Data" in the 3900 Series Base Stations
Initial Configuration.
l Using MML Commands
NOTE

In addition to configuration steps described in the 3900 Series Base Stations Initial Configuration Guide,
perform the following steps for co-transmission:

Step 1 (UCIU+UMPT interconnection) Run the ADD BTSBRD command to add a UCIU.
ADD BTSBRD: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=0, BT=UCIU;
//Add a UCIU to slot 0.

Step 2 Run the ADD BTSCTRLLNK command to add a BBU interconnection control link between
GSM and LTE.
(UCIU+UMPT interconnection)ADD BTSCTRLLNK: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, LN=0, CN=0,
SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0, UPSN=0, UPPT=0;
//Add a BBU interconnection control link between slot 7 of subrack 1 and slot 0 of
subrack 0.
(UMPT+UMPT interconnection) ADD BTSCTRLLNK: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, LN=0, CN=0,
SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0, UPSN=7, UPPT=8;
//Add a BBU interconnection control link between slot 7 of subrack 1 and slot 7 of
subrack 0.

Step 3 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSTUNNEL to add a tunnel from the GTMUb to the
UMPT_L.
ADD BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6, TN=0, DSTCN=0,
DSTSRN=1, DSTSN=7;

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 298


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

//Add a tunnel from the GTMUb in slot 6 of BBU subrack 0 to the UMPT_L in slot 7 of
BBU subrack 1.

NOTE

According to the co-transmission networking plan, modify the parameters in the following steps described
in the 3900 Series Base Stations Initial Configuration.

Step 4 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSDEVIP to add the IP address of the GTMUb.
ADD BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6,
IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0";
//PT must be set to LOOPINTERFACE.

Step 5 Run the BSC MML command SET BTSIP to set the communication IP address of the BTS.

Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the BTS use the logical IP
address. Specifically, set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP. In non-co-transmission scenarios, set
BTSCOMTYPE to an appropriate value based on the actual situations.
SET BTSIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188",
BSCIP="10.10.10.10", BTSMUTIP=NO;
//Set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP and BTSIP to an appropriate value.

Step 6 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSIPRT to add a route from the BTS to the BSC.

Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set RTTYPE to OUTIF, ITFType to TUNNEL, and


IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 3.
ADD BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, RTIDX=1, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL,
IFNO=0;

Step 7 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSESN to add the ESN of the BTS.
ADD BTSESN: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, MAINDEVTAB="abcdefghijklmn",
OMBEARBOARD=BACKBOARD;
//OMBEARBOARD must be set to BACKBOARD.

Step 8 (Optional) Run the BSC MML command ADD IPRT to add a route to the DHCP relay of the
BTS. In this step, set DSTIP to the port IP address of the eNodeB.
ADD IPRT: SRN=0, SN=16, DSTIP="20.20.20.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255",
NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", PRIORITY=HIGH, REMARK="relay;

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the"Data Preparation on the GSM Side" section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series
Base Stations Initial Configuration.

l Using MML Commands

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 299


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

NOTE

In addition to the configuration steps described in the 3900 Series Base Stations Initial Configuration,
perform the following steps for co-transmission.

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command ADD CTRLLNK to add a control link between BBUs.
(UCIU+UMPT interconnection) ADD CTRLLNK: LN=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0,
UPSN=0, UPPT=0;
//Add a control link from the board in slot 7 of BBU subrack 1 to the board in slot
0 of BBU subrack 0.
(UMPT+UMPT interconnection) ADD BTSCTRLLNK: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, LN=0, CN=0,
SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0, UPSN=7, UPPT=8;
//Add a BBU interconnection control link between slot 7 of subrack 1 and slot 7 of
subrack 0.

Step 2 Run the NodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the WMPT to the
UMPT_L.
ADD TUNNEL: SSN=7, DSRN=1, DSN=7;
//Add a tunnel from the WMPT in slot 7 of BBU subrack 0 to the UMPT_L in slot 7 of
BBU subrack 1.

NOTE

According to the co-transmission networking plan, modify the parameters in the following steps described
in the 3900 Series Base Stations Initial Configuration.

Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to configure the IP address.

Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the IP address of the NodeB
be configured as the logical IP address. In non-co-transmission scenarios, the IP address of the
NodeB can be set as required.
ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="32.32.32.1",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add a signaling/service IP address for the NodeB.

Step 4 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the NodeB to the RNC/U2000.

Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set SBT to BACK_BOARD, RTTYPE to IF, IFT to


TUNNEL, and IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 2.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="15.15.15.15",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a route from the NodeB to the RNC.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a route from the NodeB to the U2000.

Step 5 (Optional) Run the NodeB MML command ADD RSCGRP to add a transmission resource
group.
ADD RSCGRP: SN=7, BEAR=IPV4, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, RSCGRPID=0, RU=KBPS,
TXBW=4000, RXBW=4000;
//When adding a transmission resource group set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to
TUNNEL.

Step 6 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPPATH to add an IP path.
ADD IPPATH: PATHID=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, JNRSCGRP=DISABLE,
LOCALIP="32.32.32.1", PEERIP="15.15.15.15", DSCP=22, RXBW=1000, TXBW=1000,
TXCBS=15000, TXEBS=2000, FPMUXSWITCH=DISABLE;

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 300


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

//When adding an IP path, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to TUNNEL.

Step 7 Run the NodeB MML command ADD OMCH to add an O&M channel.
ADD OMCH: IP="30.30.30.1", MASK="255.255.255.0", PEERIP="60.60.60.60",
PEERMASK="255.255.255.0", BEAR=IPV4, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, BRT=NO;
//When adding an O&M channel, set SBT to BACK_BOARD.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation on the UMTS Side" section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Initial Configuration on the eNodeB Side


For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see the 3900 Series
Base Stations Initial Configuration.

l Using MML Commands


NOTE

In addition to configuration steps described in the 3900 Series Base Stations Initial Configuration Guide,
perform the following steps for co-transmission.

Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD CTRLLNK to add a control link between BBUs.
(UCIU+UMPT interconnection)ADD CTRLLNK: LN=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0,
UPSN=0, UPPT=0;
//Add a control link from the UMPT_L in slot 7 of subrack 1 to the UCIU in slot 0
of subrack 0.
(UMPT+UMPT interconnection) ADD BTSCTRLLNK: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, LN=0, CN=0,
SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0, UPSN=7, UPPT=8;
//Add a BBU interconnection control link between slot 7 of subrack 1 and slot 7 of
subrack 0.

Step 2 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add tunnels from the UMPT_L to the
WMPT and GTMUb.
ADD TUNNEL: SSRN=1, SSN=7, DSN=7;
//Add a tunnel from the UMPT_L in slot 7 of subrack 1 to the WMPT in slot 7 of
subrack 0.
ADD TUNNEL: TUNNELID=1, SSRN=1, SSN=7, DSN=6;
//Add a tunnel from the UMPT_L in slot 7 of subrack 1 to the GTMUb in slot 6 of
subrack 0.

Step 3 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add IP addresses for the eNodeB.
ADD DEVIP: SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=0, IP="33.33.33.188",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
//Add a signaling/service IP address for the UMPT_L in slot 7.
ADD DEVIP: CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="20.20.20.188",
MASK="255.255.255.0";
/Add an IP address for Ethernet port 1 on the UMPT_L in slot 7.

Step 4 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the NodeB to the
RNC/U2000 through the eNodeB, and an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the
eNodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address of the router
that is directly connected to the eNodeB.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 301


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT= BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="15.15.15.15",


DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT= BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
//Add a route from the NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, CN=0, SRN=1, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1", PREF=60;
//Add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB.

Step 5 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a downlink route from the U2000/RNC to
the NodeB through the eNodeB, and a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the
eNodeB.

When co-transmission for the BTS, eNodeB, and NodeB is implemented through tunnels on the
UMPT_U backplane, the downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB and the
downlink route from the /U2000 must be configured on the NodeB. In addition, SBT must be
set to BACK_BOARD and IFT must be set to TUNNEL.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=3, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="30.30.30.1",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a downlink route from the U2000 to the NodeB through the eNodeB.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=4, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="32.32.32.1",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
//Add a downlink route from the RNC to the NodeB through the eNodeB.
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=5, CN=0, SRN=1, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="35.35.35.188",
DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=1;
//Add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the eNodeB.

Step 6 (Optional) Run the eNodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP
relay.

When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS, NodeB and eNodeB, the eNodeB needs to work
as the relay if the BTS and NodeB are deployed using DHCP. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to
be enabled for the eNodeB.
SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE;
//Enable DHCP relay for the eNodeB.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the
DHCP server.

When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS, NodeB and eNodeB, the eNodeB needs to work
as the relay if the BTS, NodeB is deployed using DHCP. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP
server needs to be added on the eNodeB. For the BTS, the BSC works as the DHCP server. If
the DHCP server is shared by the NodeB and eNodeB, the IP address of the DHCP server is the
IP address of the U2000.
ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="60.60.60.60";
//Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the NodeB.
ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="10.10.10.10";
// Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the GBTS.

Step 8 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data
for the BTS, NodeB, and eNodeB:
l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the
uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB and the uplink route from the

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 302


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB added in step 4 must be different from the uplink
route for the eNodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the uplink route from
the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB to 20.20.20.101, and set the next-hop address of the
uplink route from the NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB to 20.20.20.201, which is
different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route for the eNodeB. To add
VLAN mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP.
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK="255.255.255.0",
VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.201", MASK="255.255.255.0",
VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=32, SETPRIO=DISABLE;

l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires
differentiated DSCP values for the BTS, NodeB, and eNodeB. For details about DSCP values
for the BTS, NodeB, and eNodeB, see the Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station
Co-Transmission Feature Parameter Description.
1. Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. In VLAN group
mode, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the eNodeB. If
differentiated data needs to be configured for the eNodeB and BTS and
TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 40 on the eNodeB.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=26 VLANID=32;
//Set VLANID to 32 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 26. In VLAN group
mode, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the NodeB. If
differentiated data needs to be configured for the eNodeB and NodeB and
TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 26 on the eNodeB.
ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22;
//Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value
in DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where
VLAN data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value
is not set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the
VLAN field. In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.

2. Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP.


ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK="255.255.255.0",
VLANMODE=VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1;
//Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.

----End

l Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation on the LTE Side" section.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

7.31.6 Activation Observation


After co-transmission is enabled on the MBTS side, check whether the feature is enabled based
on the status of the IP link between the MBTS and the peer device.

LTE Side
Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the MME/S-GW. If the IP
address can be pinged, the transmission link between the eNodeB and the MME/S-GW is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="40.40.40.40",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 303


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="50.50.50.50",


CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;

----End

UMTS Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step
on the NodeB side to check whether the transmission link between the NodeB and the RNC is
normal:

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the RNC. If the IP address can
be pinged, the transmission link is normal.
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="32.32.32.1", DSTIP="15.15.15.15",
CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;

----End

GSM Side
After the configuration file is delivered to the BTS and activated, perform the following step on
the BSC side to check whether the transmission link between the BSC and the BTS is normal:

Step 1 Run the BSC MML command PING IP to ping the IP address of the GTMUb.
PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="35.35.35.188",
NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;

----End

7.32 Performance Monitoring

7.32.1 IP Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side


None

7.32.2 IP Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side


None

7.33 Parameter Optimization

7.33.1 IP Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side


None

7.33.2 IP Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side


None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 304


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 7 Engineering Guidelines

7.34 Troubleshooting

7.34.1 IP Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side


None

7.34.2 IP Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side


An alarm will be reported on the eNodeB, BTS, or NodeB side if a fault exists.

The following alarms may be reported on the eNodeB side:

l ALM-25880 Ethernet Link Fault


l ALM-25881 MAC Excessive Frame Error Rate
l ALM-25885 IP Address Conflict
l ALM-25888 SCTP Link Fault
l ALM-25886 IP Path Fault
l ALM-29201 S1 Interface Fault
l ALM-29240 Cell Unavailable

The following alarms may be reported on the NodeB side:

l ALM-25880 Ethernet Link Fault


l ALM-25881 MAC Excessive Frame Error Rate
l ALM-25885 IP Address Conflict
l ALM-25888 SCTP Link Fault/ALM-1851 SCTP Link Down
l ALM-25835 NCP Fault/ALM-2010 NCP Faulty Alarm
l ALM-25836 CCP Fault/RNC: ALM-2011 CCP Faulty Alarm
l ALM-28203 Local Cell Unusable/ALM-2006 Cell Unavailable Alarm

The following alarms may be reported on the BTS side:

l ALM-25880 Ethernet Link Fault


l ALM-25881 MAC Excessive Frame Error Rate
l ALM-25885 IP Address Conflict
l ALM-28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
l ALM-21512 LAPD Link Fault
l ALM-21805 ESL Link Fault
l ALM-21801 GSM Cell out of Service

If any of preceding alarm is reported on the transmission port on the eNodeB, BTS, or NodeB
side, handle the alarm according to the alarm reference.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 305


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

8 Parameters

Table 8-1 Parameter description

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

CN BTS3900, ADD None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 ETHPORT cates the cabinet
WCDMA, DSP ETHPORT number of the
BTS3900 LTE board where the
RMV Ethernet port is
ETHPORT located.
RST ETHPORT GUI Value
SET ETHPORT Range:0~7
LST ETHPORT Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~7
Default Value:0

SRN BTS3900, ADD None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 ETHPORT cates the
WCDMA, DSP ETHPORT subrack number
BTS3900 LTE of the board
RMV where the
ETHPORT Ethernet port is
RST ETHPORT located.
SET ETHPORT GUI Value
LST ETHPORT Range:0~1
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~1
Default Value:0

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 306


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

SN BTS3900, ADD None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 ETHPORT cates the slot
WCDMA, DSP ETHPORT number of the
BTS3900 LTE board where the
RMV Ethernet port is
ETHPORT located.
RST ETHPORT GUI Value
SET ETHPORT Range:0~7
LST ETHPORT Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~7
Default
Value:None

SBT BTS3900, ADD None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 ETHPORT cates the type of
WCDMA, DSP ETHPORT sub-board on the
BTS3900 LTE board where the
RMV Ethernet port is
ETHPORT located.
RST ETHPORT GUI Value
SET ETHPORT Range:BASE_B
LST ETHPORT OARD(Base
Board),
ETH_COVERB
OARD(Ethernet
Cover Board)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:BASE_B
OARD,
ETH_COVERB
OARD
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 307


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

PN BTS3900, ADD None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 ETHPORT cates the number
WCDMA, DSP ETHPORT of the Ethernet
BTS3900 LTE port.
RMV
ETHPORT GUI Value
Range:0~5
RST ETHPORT
Unit:None
SET ETHPORT
Actual Value
LST ETHPORT Range:0~5
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 308


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

MTU BTS3900, ADD WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 ETHPORT Introduction on cates the
WCDMA, SET ETHPORT Iub Interface maximum IP
BTS3900 LTE packet size
DSP ETHPORT (including the IP
LST ETHPORT header) at the
Ethernet port.
For the UMPT,
LMPT, and
UTRPc, the
value of this
parameter
ranges from 46
to 1800. For the
WMPT, UQEC,
and UEOC, the
value of this
parameter
ranges from 46
to 1500. If this
parameter is set
to a value greater
than the
maximum
allowed value,
the maximum
allowed value
takes effect. A
value greater
than or equal to
776 is
recommended,
because
broadcast
packets, such as
DHCP packets,
may experience
reception or
transmission
failures if the
maximum
transmission
unit is smaller
than 776. If the
Ethernet port is
added to an
Ethernet trunk,
this parameter

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 309


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

becomes
invalid. The
actual maximum
transmission
unit depends on
the value set for
the Ethernet
trunk.
GUI Value
Range:46~1800
Unit:byte
Actual Value
Range:46~1800
Default Value:
1500

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 310


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

SPEED BTS3900, ADD WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 ETHPORT Introduction on cates the speed
WCDMA, SET ETHPORT Iub Interface mode of the
BTS3900 LTE Ethernet port.
DSP This parameter
DHCPRSLT must be set to the
LST ETHPORT same value as
that of the peer
port. GE
electrical ports
of base board
support 1000
Mbit/s only
when working in
auto-negotiation
mode. If SPEED
of a GE optical
port is set to
AUTO, the port
works at 1000
Mbit/s in auto-
negotiation
mode. If SPEED
of a GE optical
port is set to
1000M, the port
works at 1000
Mbit/s in
manual
configuration
mode.
GUI Value
Range:10M
(10M), 100M
(100M), 1000M
(1000M),
AUTO
(Automatic
Negotiation)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:10M,
100M, 1000M,
AUTO
Default
Value:AUTO

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 311


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

(Automatic
Negotiation)

DUPLEX BTS3900, ADD WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 ETHPORT Introduction on cates the duplex
WCDMA, SET ETHPORT Iub Interface mode of the
BTS3900 LTE Ethernet port.
DSP
DHCPRSLT GUI Value
Range:FULL
LST ETHPORT (Full Duplex),
AUTO
(Automatic
Negotiation)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:FULL,
AUTO
Default
Value:FULL
(Full Duplex)

CN BTS3900, ADD DEVIP None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 DSP DEVIP cates the cabinet
WCDMA, number of the
BTS3900 LTE MOD DEVIP board where the
RMV DEVIP port is located.
LST DEVIP GUI Value
Range:0~7
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~7
Default Value:0

SRN BTS3900, ADD DEVIP None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 DSP DEVIP cates the
WCDMA, subrack number
BTS3900 LTE MOD DEVIP of the board
RMV DEVIP where the port is
LST DEVIP located.
GUI Value
Range:0~1
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~1
Default Value:0

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 312


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

SN BTS3900, ADD DEVIP None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 DSP DEVIP cates the slot
WCDMA, number of the
BTS3900 LTE MOD DEVIP board where the
RMV DEVIP port is located.
LST DEVIP GUI Value
Range:0~7
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~7
Default
Value:None

SBT BTS3900, ADD DEVIP None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD DEVIP cates the type of
WCDMA, sub-board on the
BTS3900 LTE RMV DEVIP board where a
DSP DEVIP port is located.
LST DEVIP GUI Value
Range:BASE_B
OARD(Base
Board),
E1_COVERBO
ARD(E1 Cover
Board),
BACK_BOAR
D(Back Board),
ETH_COVERB
OARD(Ethernet
Cover Board)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:BASE_B
OARD,
E1_COVERBO
ARD,
BACK_BOAR
D,
ETH_COVERB
OARD
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 313


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

PT BTS3900, ADD DEVIP None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD DEVIP cates the type of
WCDMA, the physical
BTS3900 LTE RMV DEVIP port. The UMTS
DSP DEVIP currently does
LST DEVIP not support
SUBIF.
GUI Value
Range:PPP(PPP
Link), MPGRP
(Multi-link PPP
Group), ETH
(Ethernet Port),
ETHTRK
(Ethernet
Trunk),
LOOPINT
(Loopback
Interface),
SUBIF(Sub-
interface)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:PPP,
MPGRP, ETH,
ETHTRK,
LOOPINT,
SUBIF
Default
Value:None

PN BTS3900, ADD DEVIP None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD DEVIP cates the number
WCDMA, of a port.
BTS3900 LTE RMV DEVIP
GUI Value
DSP DEVIP Range:0~63
LST DEVIP Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~63
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 314


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

IP BTS3900, ADD DEVIP WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD DEVIP WRFD-050411 Introduction on cates the IP
WCDMA, Iub Interface address
BTS3900 LTE RMV DEVIP configured for
Fractional IP
DSP DEVIP Function on Iub the port.
DSP Interface GUI Value
MULTICASTIP Range:Valid IP
LST DEVIP address
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:Valid IP
address
Default
Value:None

MASK BTS3900, ADD DEVIP WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 DSP DEVIP WRFD-050411 Introduction on cates the subnet
WCDMA, Iub Interface mask of the
BTS3900 LTE LST DEVIP device IP
Fractional IP
Function on Iub address
Interface configured on
the port.
GUI Value
Range:Valid
Mask address
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:Valid
Mask address
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 315


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

VRFIDX BTS3900, ADD IPRT None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD IPRT cates the index
WCDMA, of a VRF
BTS3900 LTE DSP IPRT instance. The
LST IPRT UMTS currently
supports default
routes domain
only (VRF index
is 0).
GUI Value
Range:0~7
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~7
Default Value:0

CN BTS3900, ADD IPRT None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 DSP IPRT cates the cabinet
WCDMA, number of the
BTS3900 LTE MOD IPRT board where the
LST IPRT IP route is
located.
GUI Value
Range:0~7
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~7
Default Value:0

SRN BTS3900, ADD IPRT None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 DSP IPRT cates the
WCDMA, subrack number
BTS3900 LTE MOD IPRT of the board
LST IPRT where the IP
route is located.
GUI Value
Range:0~1
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~1
Default Value:0

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 316


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

SN BTS3900, ADD IPRT None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 DSP IPRT cates the slot
WCDMA, number of the
BTS3900 LTE MOD IPRT board where the
LST IPRT IP route is
located.
GUI Value
Range:0~7
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~7
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 317


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

SBT BTS3900, ADD IPRT None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD IPRT cates the type of
WCDMA, sub-board on the
BTS3900 LTE LST IPRT board where the
IP route is
established.
GUI Value
Range:BASE_B
OARD(Base
Board),
UNCHANNEL
LED_COVERB
OARD
(Unchannelled
Cover Board),
E1_COVERBO
ARD(E1 Cover
Board),
BACK_BOAR
D(Back Board),
ETH_COVERB
OARD(Ethernet
Cover Board)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:BASE_B
OARD,
UNCHANNEL
LED_COVERB
OARD,
E1_COVERBO
ARD,
BACK_BOAR
D,
ETH_COVERB
OARD
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 318


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

DSTIP BTS3900, ADD IPRT WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD IPRT WRFD-050107 Introduction on cates the
WCDMA, Iub Interface destination IP
BTS3900 LTE DSP IPRT address of the
IP routing Based
LST IPRT Hub Node B route.
GUI Value
Range:Valid IP
address
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:Valid IP
address
Default
Value:None

DSTMASK BTS3900, ADD IPRT WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD IPRT WRFD-050107 Introduction on cates the subnet
WCDMA, Iub Interface mask for the
BTS3900 LTE DSP IPRT destination IP
IP routing Based
LST IPRT Hub Node B address of the
route.
GUI Value
Range:Valid
Mask address
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:Valid
Mask address
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 319


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

RTTYPE BTS3900, ADD IPRT WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD IPRT WRFD-050107 Introduction on cates the type of
WCDMA, Iub Interface route. If this
BTS3900 LTE DSP IPRT parameter is set
IP routing Based
LST IPRT Hub Node B to NEXTHOP,
all the IP packets
that meet the
route direction
are first
forwarded to the
specified next
hop IP address.
If this parameter
is set to IF, all
the IP packets
that meet the
route direction
are first
forwarded to the
specified egress
port.
GUI Value
Range:NEXTH
OP(Next Hop),
IF(Exit
Interface)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:NEXTH
OP, IF
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 320


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

IFT BTS3900, ADD IPRT WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD IPRT WRFD-050107 Introduction on cates the type of
WCDMA, Iub Interface port.
BTS3900 LTE LST IPRT
IP routing Based GUI Value
Hub Node B Range:PPP(PPP
Link), MPGRP
(Multi-link PPP
Group),
TUNNEL
(Tunnel), IPOA
(IP Over ATM
Interface)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:PPP,
MPGRP,
TUNNEL,
IPOA
Default
Value:PPP(PPP
Link)

DHCPSVRIP BTS3900, ADD WRFD-031101 NodeB Self- Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 DHCPSVRIP discovery Based cates the IP
WCDMA, RMV on IP Mode address of the
BTS3900 LTE DHCPSVRIP DHCP server.

LST GUI Value


DHCPSVRIP Range:Valid IP
address
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:Valid IP
address
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 321


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

ES BTS3900, SET MRFD-221501 IP-Based Multi- Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 DHCPRELAYS WRFD-031101 mode Co- cates whether to
WCDMA, WITCH Transmission on enable the
BTS3900 LTE LST BS side(NodeB) DHCP relay
DHCPRELAYS NodeB Self- switch.
WITCH discovery Based GUI Value
on IP Mode Range:DISABL
E(Disable),
ENABLE
(Enable)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:DISABL
E, ENABLE
Default
Value:DISABL
E(Disable)

VLANGROUP BTS3900, ADD WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


NO BTS3900 VLANMAP Introduction on cates the VLAN
WCDMA, MOD Iub Interface group number.
BTS3900 LTE VLANMAP GUI Value
LST Range:0~3
VLANMAP Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~3
Default Value:0

NEXTHOPIP BTS3900, ADD WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 VLANMAP Introduction on cates the next
WCDMA, MOD Iub Interface hop IP address
BTS3900 LTE VLANMAP used for
mapping the
RMV VLAN.
VLANMAP
GUI Value
LST Range:Valid IP
VLANMAP address
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:Valid IP
address
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 322


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

MASK BTS3900, ADD LBFD-003003 / VLAN Support Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 VLANMAP TDLBFD-0030 (IEEE 802.1p/q) cates the subnet
WCDMA, MOD 03 mask of the next
BTS3900 LTE VLANMAP hop IP address
used for
RMV mapping the
VLANMAP VLAN.
LST GUI Value
VLANMAP Range:Valid
Mask address
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:Valid
Mask address
Default Value:
255.255.255.25
5

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 323


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

VLANMODE BTS3900, ADD WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 VLANMAP Introduction on cates the VLAN
WCDMA, MOD Iub Interface mode. When this
BTS3900 LTE VLANMAP parameter is set
to
LST SINGLEVLAN,
VLANMAP the configured
VLAN ID and
VLAN priority
can be directly
used to label the
VLAN tag. If
this parameter is
set to
VLANGROUP,
the next hop IP
addresses are
mapped to the
VLAN groups,
and then
mapped to the
VLAN tags in
the VLAN
groups
according to the
DSCPs of the IP
packets. In
VLAN group
mode, ensure
that the VLAN
groups have
been configured
by running the
ADD
VLANCLASS
command.
Otherwise, the
configuration
does not take
effect.
GUI Value
Range:SINGLE
VLAN(Single
VLAN),
VLANGROUP
(VLAN Group)
Unit:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 324


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

Actual Value
Range:SINGLE
VLAN,
VLANGROUP
Default
Value:None

VLANID BTS3900, ADD WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 VLANMAP Introduction on cates the VLAN
WCDMA, MOD Iub Interface ID in the VLAN
BTS3900 LTE VLANMAP tag.

LST GUI Value


VLANMAP Range:1~4094
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:1~4094
Default Value:1

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 325


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

SETPRIO BTS3900, ADD WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 VLANMAP Introduction on cates whether to
WCDMA, MOD Iub Interface set the priority of
BTS3900 LTE VLANMAP a single VLAN.
When this
LST parameter is set
VLANMAP to ENABLE, the
VLAN priority
is configured by
running the
ADD
VLANMAP
command.
When this
parameter is set
to DISABLE,
the VLAN
priority is
determined by
the mapping
between DSCP
and VLAN
priority. This
mapping can be
configured by
running the SET
DSCPMAP
command. The
default mapping
between DSCP
and VLAN
priority is as
follows: If the
DSCP is within
the range from 0
to 7, the default
priority is 0; If
the DSCP is
within the range
from 8 to 15, the
default priority
is 1; If the DSCP
is within the
range from 16 to
23, the default
priority is 2; If
the DSCP is
within the range

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 326


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

from 24 to 31,
the default
priority is 3; If
the DSCP is
within the range
from 32 to 39,
the default
priority is 4; If
the DSCP is
within the range
from 40 to 47,
the default
priority is 5; If
the DSCP is
within the range
from 48 to 55,
the default
priority is 6; If
the DSCP is
within the range
from 56 to 63,
the default
priority is 7.
GUI Value
Range:DISABL
E(Disable),
ENABLE
(Enable)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:DISABL
E, ENABLE
Default
Value:ENABLE
(Enable)

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 327


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

VLANGROUP BTS3900, ADD WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


NO BTS3900 VLANCLASS Introduction on cates the VLAN
WCDMA, LST Iub Interface group that the
BTS3900 LTE VLANCLASS added VLAN
mapping
MOD belongs to.
VLANCLASS Multiple VLAN
RMV groups are used
VLANCLASS in the scenario in
which telecom
operators share
transport
resources and
use different
VLAN policies.
GUI Value
Range:0~3
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~3
Default Value:0

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 328


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

TRAFFIC BTS3900, ADD WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 VLANCLASS Introduction on cates the traffic
WCDMA, MOD Iub Interface type. Traffic of
BTS3900 LTE VLANCLASS different types is
transmitted
RMV through
VLANCLASS different
LST VLANs.
VLANCLASS OTHER data is
the data except
the user data,
signaling, high-
priority OM
data, and low-
priority OM
data. OTHER
data includes the
data of the IEEE
1588 V2 clock,
clock over IP,
and Address
Resolution
Protocol (ARP)
services.
OM_HIGH data
includes the data
of the NTP/
SNTP,
switchover
between remote
maintenance
channels, and
TCP services.
GUI Value
Range:USERD
ATA(User
Data), SIG
(Signaling
Data), OM
(Maintenance
Data), OTHER
(Other Data),
OM_HIGH
(High Level
Maintenance
Data),
OM_LOW(Low

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 329


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

Level
Maintenance
Data)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:USERD
ATA, SIG, OM,
OTHER,
OM_HIGH,
OM_LOW
Default
Value:None

SRVPRIO BTS3900, ADD WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 VLANCLASS Introduction on cates the DSCP
WCDMA, MOD Iub Interface priority of user
BTS3900 LTE VLANCLASS data.

RMV GUI Value


VLANCLASS Range:0~63

LST Unit:None
VLANCLASS Actual Value
Range:0~63
Default Value:0

VLANID BTS3900, ADD WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 VLANCLASS Introduction on cates the VLAN
WCDMA, MOD Iub Interface ID that the
BTS3900 LTE VLANCLASS service data
belongs to.
LST
VLANCLASS GUI Value
Range:1~4094
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:1~4094
Default Value:1

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 330


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

NEXTHOP BTS3900, ADD IPRT WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD IPRT WRFD-050107 Introduction on cates the IP
WCDMA, Iub Interface address of the
BTS3900 LTE DSP IPRT next hop.
IP routing Based
LST IPRT Hub Node B GUI Value
Range:Valid IP
address
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:Valid IP
address
Default Value:
0.0.0.0

IFNO BTS3900, ADD IPRT None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD IPRT cates the port
WCDMA, number.
BTS3900 LTE LST IPRT
GUI Value
Range:0~15
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~15
Default Value:0

SCN BTS3900, ADD TUNNEL MRFD-221501 IP-Based Multi- Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 DSP TUNNEL mode Co- cates the number
WCDMA, Transmission on of the source
BTS3900 LTE MOD TUNNEL BS side(NodeB) cabinet where
RMV TUNNEL the tunnel is
LST TUNNEL configured.
GUI Value
Range:0~7
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~7
Default Value:0

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 331


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

SSRN BTS3900, ADD TUNNEL MRFD-221501 IP-Based Multi- Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 DSP TUNNEL mode Co- cates the number
WCDMA, Transmission on of the source
BTS3900 LTE MOD TUNNEL BS side(NodeB) subrack where
RMV TUNNEL the tunnel is
LST TUNNEL configured.
GUI Value
Range:0~1
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~1
Default Value:0

SSN BTS3900, ADD TUNNEL MRFD-221501 IP-Based Multi- Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 DSP TUNNEL mode Co- cates the number
WCDMA, Transmission on of the source slot
BTS3900 LTE MOD TUNNEL BS side(NodeB) where the tunnel
RMV TUNNEL is configured.
LST TUNNEL GUI Value
Range:0~7
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~7
Default
Value:None

TUNNELID BTS3900, ADD TUNNEL MRFD-221501 IP-Based Multi- Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 DSP TUNNEL mode Co- cates the index
WCDMA, Transmission on of the tunnel.
BTS3900 LTE MOD TUNNEL BS side(NodeB) GUI Value
RMV TUNNEL Range:0~14
LST TUNNEL Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~14
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 332


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

DCN BTS3900, ADD TUNNEL MRFD-221501 IP-Based Multi- Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD TUNNEL mode Co- cates the number
WCDMA, Transmission on of the
BTS3900 LTE DSP TUNNEL BS side(NodeB) destination
LST TUNNEL cabinet where
the tunnel is
located.
GUI Value
Range:0~7
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~7
Default
Value:None

DSN BTS3900, ADD TUNNEL MRFD-221501 IP-Based Multi- Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD TUNNEL mode Co- cates the number
WCDMA, Transmission on of the
BTS3900 LTE DSP TUNNEL BS side(NodeB) destination slot
LST TUNNEL where the tunnel
is located.
GUI Value
Range:0~7
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~7
Default
Value:None

CN BTS3900, DSP BRDRAT None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 LST UTRP cates the cabinet
WCDMA, number of the
BTS3900 LTE MOD UTRP extension
SET BRDRAT transmission
board.
GUI Value
Range:0~7
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~7
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 333


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

SRN BTS3900, DSP BRDRAT None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 LST UTRP cates the
WCDMA, subrack number
BTS3900 LTE MOD UTRP of the extension
SET BRDRAT transmission
board.
GUI Value
Range:0~1
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~1
Default
Value:None

SN BTS3900, DSP BRDRAT None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 LST UTRP cates the slot
WCDMA, number of the
BTS3900 LTE MOD UTRP extension
SET BRDRAT transmission
board.
GUI Value
Range:0~6
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~6
Default
Value:None

DSRN BTS3900, ADD TUNNEL MRFD-221501 IP-Based Multi- Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD TUNNEL mode Co- cates the number
WCDMA, Transmission on of the
BTS3900 LTE DSP TUNNEL BS side(NodeB) destination
LST TUNNEL subrack where
the tunnel is
located.
GUI Value
Range:0~1
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~1
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 334


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

PATHTYPE BTS3900, ADD IPPATH GBFD-118601 Abis over IP Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD IPPATH GBFD-118611 Abis IP over E1/ cates the type of
WCDMA, T1 the IP path.
BTS3900 LTE LST IPPATH FIXED
indicates that
this IP path is
used to carry the
service with
specified
Quality of
Service (QoS),
that is, with a
specified DSCP.
ANY indicates
that this IP Path
can be used to
carry services of
any QoS and
hence is used to
carry the service
without a
specified DSCP.
GUI Value
Range:FIXED
(Fixed QoS),
ANY(Any QoS)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:FIXED,
ANY
Default
Value:FIXED
(Fixed QoS)

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 335


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

IP BTS3900, ADD OMCH WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD OMCH Introduction on cates the local IP
WCDMA, Iub Interface address of a
BTS3900 LTE DSP OMCH remote
LST OMCH maintenance
channel.
GUI Value
Range:Valid IP
address
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:Valid IP
address
Default
Value:None

CN BTS3900, ADD RSCGRP None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 DSP RSCGRP cates the number
WCDMA, of the cabinet
BTS3900 LTE MOD RSCGRP that houses the
RMV RSCGRP board where a
LST RSCGRP transmission
resource group
is established.
GUI Value
Range:0~7
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~7
Default Value:0

SRN BTS3900, ADD RSCGRP None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 DSP RSCGRP cates the number
WCDMA, of the subrack
BTS3900 LTE MOD RSCGRP that houses the
RMV RSCGRP board where a
LST RSCGRP transmission
resource group
is established.
GUI Value
Range:0~1
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~1
Default Value:0

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 336


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

SN BTS3900, ADD RSCGRP None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 DSP RSCGRP cates the number
WCDMA, of the slot
BTS3900 LTE MOD RSCGRP corresponding
RMV RSCGRP to the board
LST RSCGRP where a
transmission
resource group
is established.
GUI Value
Range:0~7
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~7
Default
Value:None

BEAR BTS3900, ADD RSCGRP WRFD-050404 ATM/IP Dual Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 DSP RSCGRP Stack Node B cates the bearer
WCDMA, type of the
BTS3900 LTE MOD RSCGRP transmission
RMV RSCGRP group. The LTE
LST RSCGRP currently does
not support
ATM.
GUI Value
Range:ATM
(ATM), IP(IP)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:ATM, IP
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 337


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

SBT BTS3900, ADD RSCGRP None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 DSP RSCGRP cates the type of
WCDMA, sub-board on the
BTS3900 LTE MOD RSCGRP transmission
RMV RSCGRP group. The LTE
LST RSCGRP currently does
not support
UNCHANNEL
LED_COVERB
OARD.
GUI Value
Range:BASE_B
OARD(Base
Board),
UNCHANNEL
LED_COVERB
OARD
(Unchannelled
Cover Board),
E1_COVERBO
ARD(E1 Cover
Board),
BACK_BOAR
D(Back Board),
ETH_COVERB
OARD(Ethernet
Cover Board)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:BASE_B
OARD,
UNCHANNEL
LED_COVERB
OARD,
E1_COVERBO
ARD,
BACK_BOAR
D,
ETH_COVERB
OARD
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 338


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

PT BTS3900, ADD RSCGRP None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 DSP RSCGRP cates the type of
WCDMA, port where a
BTS3900 LTE MOD RSCGRP transmission
RMV RSCGRP resource group
LST RSCGRP is carried. The
LTE currently
does not support
STM1, IMA,
UNI, or
FRAATM.
GUI Value
Range:IMA
(IMA Group),
UNI(UNI Link),
STM1(STM1),
FRAATM
(FRAATM
Link), PPP(PPP
Link), MPGRP
(Multi-link PPP
Group), ETH
(Ethernet Port),
ETHTRK
(Ethernet
Trunk),
TUNNEL
(Tunnel)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:IMA,
UNI, STM1,
FRAATM, PPP,
MPGRP, ETH,
ETHTRK,
TUNNEL
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 339


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

PN BTS3900, ADD RSCGRP None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 DSP RSCGRP cates the number
WCDMA, of the port where
BTS3900 LTE MOD RSCGRP the transmission
RMV RSCGRP resource group
LST RSCGRP is configured.
GUI Value
Range:0~15
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~15
Default Value:0

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 340


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

RSCGRPID BTS3900, ADD RSCGRP WRFD-021304 Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 DSP RSCGRP 06 Recourse cates the ID of a
WCDMA, Sharing on Iub/ transmission
BTS3900 LTE MOD RSCGRP Iur Interface resource
RMV RSCGRP group.When you
LST RSCGRP add a PPP link,
an MP group, an
Ethernet port, an
Ethernet trunk, a
tunnel, or a
PPPoE link, the
system
automatically
creates an
algorithm for the
transmission
resource group
with
Transmission
Resource Group
ID set to
DEFAULTPOR
T(Default Port).
When you
remove any of
the preceding
objects, the
system
automatically
removes the
algorithm for the
transmission
resource group.
GUI Value
Range:0, 1, 2, 3,
4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11, 12, 13,
14, 15,
DEFAULTPOR
T(Default Port)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0, 1, 2, 3,
4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11, 12, 13,
14, 15,

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 341


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

DEFAULTPOR
T
Default
Value:None

RU BTS3900, ADD RSCGRP WRFD-021304 Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD RSCGRP 06 Recourse cates the rate
WCDMA, Sharing on Iub/ unit of the TX
BTS3900 LTE DSP RSCGRP Iur Interface bandwidth, RX
LST RSCGRP bandwidth, TX
CIR, RX CIR,
TX PIR and RX
PIR of the
transmission
resource group.
The LTE
currently does
not support
CELL/S.
GUI Value
Range:KBPS
(Kbit/s), CELL/
S(cell/s)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:KBPS,
CELL/S
Default
Value:KBPS
(Kbit/s)

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 342


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

TXBW BTS3900, ADD RSCGRP WRFD-021304 Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD RSCGRP 06 Recourse cates the
WCDMA, Sharing on Iub/ maximum
BTS3900 LTE DSP RSCGRP Iur Interface uplink
LST RSCGRP bandwidth of a
transmission
resource group
at the MAC
layer when the
transmission
resource group
is carried over
IP. This
parameter value
is used as the
uplink transport
admission
bandwidth and
TX traffic
shaping
bandwidth.The
LMPT can be
configured with
a maximum of
360 Mbit/s TX
bandwidth.The
WMPT can be
configured with
a maximum of
300 Mbit/s TX
bandwidth.The
UMPT can be
configured with
a maximum of 1
Gbit/s TX
bandwidth.The
value of TX
bandwidth is set
to the maximum
value of TX
bandwidth
supported by the
board when it
bigger than the
maximum one.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 343


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

GUI Value
Range:
32~1000000
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:
32~1000000
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 344


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

RXBW BTS3900, ADD RSCGRP WRFD-021304 Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD RSCGRP 06 Recourse cates the RX
WCDMA, WRFD-010610 Sharing on Iub/ bandwidth of a
BTS3900 LTE DSP RSCGRP Iur Interface transmission
10
LST RSCGRP HSDPA Flow resource
Control group.To LTE,
this parameter
value is also
used as the
downlink
transport
admission
bandwidth.The
minimum rate
supported by the
UMPTb is 64
Kbit/s.The
LMPT can be
configured with
a maximum of
540 Mbit/s RX
bandwidth.The
WMPT can be
configured with
a maximum of
300 Mbit/s RX
bandwidth.The
UMPT can be
configured with
a maximum of 1
Gbit/s RX
bandwidth.The
value of RX
bandwidth is set
to the maximum
value of RX
bandwidth
supported by the
board when it
bigger than the
maximum one.
GUI Value
Range:
32~1000000
Unit:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 345


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

Actual Value
Range:
32~1000000
Default
Value:None

PATHID BTS3900, ADD IPPATH WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 DSP IPPATH Introduction on cates the ID of
WCDMA, Iub Interface an IP path.
BTS3900 LTE LST IPPATH
GUI Value
MOD IPPATH Range:0~65535
RMV IPPATH Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~65535
Default
Value:None

CN BTS3900, ADD IPPATH None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD IPPATH cates the cabinet
WCDMA, number of the
BTS3900 LTE LST IPPATH board where the
IP path is
located.
GUI Value
Range:0~7
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~7
Default Value:0

SRN BTS3900, ADD IPPATH None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD IPPATH cates the
WCDMA, subrack number
BTS3900 LTE LST IPPATH of the board
where the IP
path is located.
GUI Value
Range:0~1
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~1
Default Value:0

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 346


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

SN BTS3900, ADD IPPATH None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD IPPATH cates the slot
WCDMA, number of the
BTS3900 LTE LST IPPATH board where the
IP path is
located.
GUI Value
Range:0~7
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~7
Default
Value:None

SBT BTS3900, ADD IPPATH None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD IPPATH cates the type of
WCDMA, sub-board on the
BTS3900 LTE LST IPPATH board where the
IP path is
established.
GUI Value
Range:BASE_B
OARD(Base
Board),
E1_COVERBO
ARD(E1 Cover
Board),
BACK_BOAR
D(Back Board),
ETH_COVERB
OARD(Ethernet
Cover Board)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:BASE_B
OARD,
E1_COVERBO
ARD,
BACK_BOAR
D,
ETH_COVERB
OARD
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 347


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

PT BTS3900, ADD IPPATH None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD IPPATH cates the
WCDMA, physical port
BTS3900 LTE LST IPPATH type of the IP
path.
GUI Value
Range:PPP(PPP
Link), MPGRP
(Multi-link PPP
Group), ETH
(Ethernet Port),
ETHTRK
(Ethernet
Trunk),
LOOPINT
(Loopback
Interface),
TUNNEL
(Tunnel)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:PPP,
MPGRP, ETH,
ETHTRK,
LOOPINT,
TUNNEL
Default
Value:None

PN BTS3900, ADD IPPATH None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD IPPATH cates the number
WCDMA, of the port where
BTS3900 LTE LST IPPATH the IP path is
configured.
GUI Value
Range:0~35
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~35
Default Value:0

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 348


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

JNRSCGRP BTS3900, ADD IPPATH WRFD-021304 Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD IPPATH 06 Recourse cates whether
WCDMA, Sharing on Iub/ the IP path joins
BTS3900 LTE LST IPPATH Iur Interface a transmission
resource group.
If this parameter
is set to
DISABLE, the
IP path is
established on
the default
transmission
resource group
on a specific
physical port.
GUI Value
Range:DISABL
E(Disable),
ENABLE
(Enable)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:DISABL
E, ENABLE
Default
Value:DISABL
E(Disable)

LOCALIP BTS3900, ADD IPPATH WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD IPPATH Introduction on cates the local IP
WCDMA, Iub Interface address of an IP
BTS3900 LTE LST IPPATH path. The value
0.0.0.0 indicates
that the local IP
address needs to
be negotiated.
GUI Value
Range:Valid IP
address
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:Valid IP
address
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 349


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

PEERIP BTS3900, ADD IPPATH WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD IPPATH Introduction on cates the peer IP
WCDMA, Iub Interface address of the IP
BTS3900 LTE LST IPPATH path.
GUI Value
Range:Valid IP
address
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:Valid IP
address
Default
Value:None

DSCP BTS3900, ADD IPPATH WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD IPPATH Introduction on cates the
WCDMA, Iub Interface differentiated
BTS3900 LTE LST IPPATH services code
point (DSCP) of
the services
carried on an IP
path.
GUI Value
Range:0~63
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~63
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 350


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

RXBW BTS3900 None WRFD-010610 HSDPA Flow Meaning:Indi-


WCDMA 10 Control cates the RX
bandwidth of the
IP path. When
the IP path is not
added to a
transmission
resource group,
the RX
bandwidth
cannot be
greater than the
maximum RX
bandwidth of the
physical port.
When the IP
path is added to
a transmission
resource group,
the RX
bandwidth
cannot be
greater than the
maximum RX
bandwidth of the
physical port on
which the
transmission
resource group
is established.
GUI Value
Range:
8~1000000
Unit:Kbit/s
Actual Value
Range:
8~1000000
Default Value:8

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 351


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

TXBW BTS3900 None WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


WCDMA Introduction on cates the TX
Iub Interface bandwidth of an
IP path. When
the IP path is not
added to a
transmission
resource group,
the TX
bandwidth
cannot be
greater than the
maximum TX
bandwidth of the
physical port.
When the IP
path is added to
a transmission
resource group,
the TX
bandwidth
cannot be
greater than the
maximum TX
bandwidth of the
physical port on
which the
transmission
resource group
is established.
GUI Value
Range:
8~1000000
Unit:Kbit/s
Actual Value
Range:
8~1000000
Default Value:8

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 352


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

TXCBS BTS3900 None WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


WCDMA Introduction on cates the TX
Iub Interface committed burst
size at the IP
path.
GUI Value
Range:
15000~1550000
00
Unit:bit
Actual Value
Range:
15000~1550000
00
Default Value:
15000

TXEBS BTS3900 None WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


WCDMA Introduction on cates the TX
Iub Interface excessive burst
size at the IP
path.
GUI Value
Range:
0~155000000
Unit:bit
Actual Value
Range:
0~155000000
Default Value:0

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 353


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

MASK BTS3900, ADD OMCH WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD OMCH Introduction on cates the local
WCDMA, Iub Interface subnet mask of a
BTS3900 LTE DSP OMCH remote
LST OMCH maintenance
channel.
GUI Value
Range:Valid IP
address
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:Valid IP
address
Default
Value:None

PEERIP BTS3900, ADD OMCH WRFD-050404 ATM/IP Dual Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD OMCH Stack Node B cates the peer IP
WCDMA, address of the
BTS3900 LTE DSP OMCH remote
LST OMCH maintenance
channel,
indicates the IP
address of the
U2000 in an IP
network and the
device IP
address of the
RNC in an ATM
network.
GUI Value
Range:Valid IP
address
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:Valid IP
address
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 354


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

PEERMASK BTS3900, ADD OMCH WRFD-050404 ATM/IP Dual Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD OMCH Stack Node B cates the subnet
WCDMA, mask of the peer
BTS3900 LTE DSP OMCH IP address for
LST OMCH the remote
maintenance
channel.
GUI Value
Range:Valid IP
address
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:Valid IP
address
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 355


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

BEAR BTS3900, ADD OMCH WRFD-050404 ATM/IP Dual Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD OMCH Stack Node B cates the bearer
WCDMA, type of a remote
BTS3900 LTE DSP OMCH maintenance
LST OMCH channel. This
parameter can
be set to ATM or
IPV4. If this
parameter is set
to ATM, the
Element
Management
System (EMS)
uses the ATM
transport
network to
maintain the
device. If this
parameter is set
to IPV4, the
EMS uses the IP
transport
network to
maintain the
device.
GUI Value
Range:ATM
(ATM), IPV4
(IPV4)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:ATM,
IPV4
Default
Value:IPV4
(IPV4)

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 356


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

CN BTS3900, ADD OMCH None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD OMCH cates the cabinet
WCDMA number of the
DSP OMCH board where the
LST OMCH remote
maintenance
channel is
located.
GUI Value
Range:0~7
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~7
Default Value:0

SRN BTS3900, ADD OMCH None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD OMCH cates the
WCDMA subrack number
DSP OMCH of the board
LST OMCH where the
remote
maintenance
channel is
located.
GUI Value
Range:0~1
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~1
Default Value:0

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 357


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

SN BTS3900, ADD OMCH None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD OMCH cates the slot
WCDMA number of the
DSP OMCH board where the
LST OMCH remote
maintenance
channel is
located.
GUI Value
Range:0~7
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~7
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 358


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

SBT BTS3900, ADD OMCH None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD OMCH cates the type of
WCDMA sub-board on the
DSP OMCH board where a
LST OMCH remote
maintenance
channel is
established.
GUI Value
Range:BASE_B
OARD(Base
Board),
UNCHANNEL
LED_COVERB
OARD
(Unchannelled
Cover Board),
E1_COVERBO
ARD(E1 Cover
Board),
BACK_BOAR
D(Back Board)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:BASE_B
OARD,
UNCHANNEL
LED_COVERB
OARD,
E1_COVERBO
ARD,
BACK_BOAR
D
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 359


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

BRT BTS3900, ADD OMCH WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 MOD OMCH Introduction on cates whether a
WCDMA, Iub Interface route is bound to
BTS3900 LTE DSP OMCH the remote
LST OMCH maintenance
channel. If the
peer IP of the
remote
maintenance
channel and
device IP
addresses are
not in the same
network
segment and the
network
segment of the
device IP
address cannot
cover that of the
peer IP address,
run the ADD
IPRT command
to add a route to
the remote
maintenance
channel. If this
parameter is set
to YES, a route
is bound to the
remote
maintenance
channel, and the
route takes
effect only when
the remote
maintenance
takes effect. If
this parameter is
set to NO, no
route is bound to
the remote
maintenance
channel, and a
remote
maintenance
channel
switchover does

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 360


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

not trigger a
route status
switchover.
GUI Value
Range:NO(No),
YES(Yes)
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:NO, YES
Default
Value:NO(No)

LN BTS3900, ADD None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 CTRLLNK cates the number
WCDMA, LST CTRLLNK of the control
BTS3900 LTE link at the local
MOD end.
CTRLLNK
GUI Value
RMV Range:0~255
CTRLLNK
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~255
Default
Value:None

CN BTS3900, ADD None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 CTRLLNK cates the cabinet
WCDMA, DSP number of the
BTS3900 LTE CTRLLNKSTA local node at one
T end of the
control link.
MOD
CTRLLNK GUI Value
Range:0~7
LST CTRLLNK
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~7
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 361


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

SRN BTS3900, ADD None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 CTRLLNK cates the
WCDMA, DSP subrack number
BTS3900 LTE CTRLLNKSTA of the local node
T at one end of the
control link.
MOD
CTRLLNK GUI Value
Range:0~1
LST CTRLLNK
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~1
Default
Value:None

SN BTS3900, ADD None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 CTRLLNK cates the slot
WCDMA, DSP number of the
BTS3900 LTE CTRLLNKSTA local node at one
T end of the
control link.
MOD
CTRLLNK GUI Value
Range:0~7
LST CTRLLNK
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~7
Default
Value:None

UPCN BTS3900, ADD None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 CTRLLNK cates the cabinet
WCDMA, MOD number of the
BTS3900 LTE CTRLLNK upper-level
node at the other
LST CTRLLNK end of the
control link.
GUI Value
Range:0~7
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~7
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 362


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

UPSRN BTS3900, ADD None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 CTRLLNK cates the
WCDMA, MOD subrack number
BTS3900 LTE CTRLLNK of the upper-
level node at the
LST CTRLLNK other end of the
control link.
GUI Value
Range:0~1
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~1
Default
Value:None

UPSN BTS3900, ADD None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 CTRLLNK cates the slot
WCDMA, MOD number of the
BTS3900 LTE CTRLLNK upper-level
node at the other
LST CTRLLNK end of the
control link.
GUI Value
Range:0~7
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~7
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 363


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 8 Parameters

Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description


Command

UPPT BTS3900, ADD None None Meaning:Indi-


BTS3900 CTRLLNK cates the port
WCDMA, MOD number of the
BTS3900 LTE CTRLLNK upper-level
node at the other
LST CTRLLNK end of the
control link.
Values 0 to 4
indicate the
ports M0 to M4
on the UCIU,
and value 8
indicates the CI
port on the
UMPT.
GUI Value
Range:0~4,8
Unit:None
Actual Value
Range:0~4,8
Default
Value:None

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 364


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 9 Counters

9 Counters

Table 9-1 Counter description

Counter ID Counter Name Counter NE Feature ID Feature Name


Description

1542455856 VS.TUNNEL.T Number of NodeB Multi-mode: IP-Based Multi-


xBytes Bytes MRFD-211501 mode Co-
Transmitted in MRFD-221501 Transmission on
the Tunnel BS side(GBTS)
MRFD-231501
IP-Based Multi-
MRFD-241501 mode Co-
GSM: None Transmission on
UMTS: None BS side(NodeB)
LTE: None IP-Based Multi-
mode Co-
Transmission on
BS side
(eNodeB)
IP-Based Multi-
mode Co-
Transmission on
BS side(LTE
TDD)

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 365


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 9 Counters

Counter ID Counter Name Counter NE Feature ID Feature Name


Description

1542455857 VS.TUNNEL.T Number of NodeB Multi-mode: IP-Based Multi-


xPackets Packets MRFD-211501 mode Co-
Transmitted in MRFD-221501 Transmission on
the Tunnel BS side(GBTS)
MRFD-231501
IP-Based Multi-
MRFD-241501 mode Co-
GSM: None Transmission on
UMTS: None BS side(NodeB)
LTE: None IP-Based Multi-
mode Co-
Transmission on
BS side
(eNodeB)
IP-Based Multi-
mode Co-
Transmission on
BS side(LTE
TDD)

1542455858 VS.TUNNEL.R Number of NodeB Multi-mode: IP-Based Multi-


xBytes Bytes Received MRFD-211501 mode Co-
in the Tunnel MRFD-221501 Transmission on
BS side(GBTS)
MRFD-231501
IP-Based Multi-
MRFD-241501 mode Co-
GSM: None Transmission on
UMTS: None BS side(NodeB)
LTE: None IP-Based Multi-
mode Co-
Transmission on
BS side
(eNodeB)
IP-Based Multi-
mode Co-
Transmission on
BS side(LTE
TDD)

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 366


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 9 Counters

Counter ID Counter Name Counter NE Feature ID Feature Name


Description

1542455859 VS.TUNNEL.R Number of NodeB Multi-mode: IP-Based Multi-


xPackets Packets MRFD-211501 mode Co-
Received in the MRFD-221501 Transmission on
Tunnel BS side(GBTS)
MRFD-231501
IP-Based Multi-
MRFD-241501 mode Co-
GSM: None Transmission on
UMTS: None BS side(NodeB)
LTE: None IP-Based Multi-
mode Co-
Transmission on
BS side
(eNodeB)
IP-Based Multi-
mode Co-
Transmission on
BS side(LTE
TDD)

1542455860 VS.TUNNEL.T Maximum NodeB Multi-mode: IP-Based Multi-


xMaxSpeed Transmit Rate in MRFD-211501 mode Co-
the Tunnel MRFD-221501 Transmission on
BS side(GBTS)
MRFD-231501
IP-Based Multi-
MRFD-241501 mode Co-
GSM: None Transmission on
UMTS: None BS side(NodeB)
LTE: None IP-Based Multi-
mode Co-
Transmission on
BS side
(eNodeB)
IP-Based Multi-
mode Co-
Transmission on
BS side(LTE
TDD)

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 367


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 9 Counters

Counter ID Counter Name Counter NE Feature ID Feature Name


Description

1542455861 VS.TUNNEL.T Minimum NodeB Multi-mode: IP-Based Multi-


xMinSpeed Transmit Rate in MRFD-211501 mode Co-
the Tunnel MRFD-221501 Transmission on
BS side(GBTS)
MRFD-231501
IP-Based Multi-
MRFD-241501 mode Co-
GSM: None Transmission on
UMTS: None BS side(NodeB)
LTE: None IP-Based Multi-
mode Co-
Transmission on
BS side
(eNodeB)
IP-Based Multi-
mode Co-
Transmission on
BS side(LTE
TDD)

1542455862 VS.TUNNEL.T Average NodeB Multi-mode: IP-Based Multi-


xMeanSpeed Transmit Rate in MRFD-211501 mode Co-
the Tunnel MRFD-221501 Transmission on
BS side(GBTS)
MRFD-231501
IP-Based Multi-
MRFD-241501 mode Co-
GSM: None Transmission on
UMTS: None BS side(NodeB)
LTE: None IP-Based Multi-
mode Co-
Transmission on
BS side
(eNodeB)
IP-Based Multi-
mode Co-
Transmission on
BS side(LTE
TDD)

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 368


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 9 Counters

Counter ID Counter Name Counter NE Feature ID Feature Name


Description

1542455863 VS.TUNNEL.R Maximum NodeB Multi-mode: IP-Based Multi-


xMaxSpeed Receive Rate in MRFD-211501 mode Co-
the Tunnel MRFD-221501 Transmission on
BS side(GBTS)
MRFD-231501
IP-Based Multi-
MRFD-241501 mode Co-
GSM: None Transmission on
UMTS: None BS side(NodeB)
LTE: None IP-Based Multi-
mode Co-
Transmission on
BS side
(eNodeB)
IP-Based Multi-
mode Co-
Transmission on
BS side(LTE
TDD)

1542455864 VS.TUNNEL.R Minimum NodeB Multi-mode: IP-Based Multi-


xMinSpeed Receive Rate in MRFD-211501 mode Co-
the Tunnel MRFD-221501 Transmission on
BS side(GBTS)
MRFD-231501
IP-Based Multi-
MRFD-241501 mode Co-
GSM: None Transmission on
UMTS: None BS side(NodeB)
LTE: None IP-Based Multi-
mode Co-
Transmission on
BS side
(eNodeB)
IP-Based Multi-
mode Co-
Transmission on
BS side(LTE
TDD)

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 369


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 9 Counters

Counter ID Counter Name Counter NE Feature ID Feature Name


Description

1542455865 VS.TUNNEL.R Average NodeB Multi-mode: IP-Based Multi-


xMeanSpeed Receive Rate in MRFD-211501 mode Co-
the Tunnel MRFD-221501 Transmission on
BS side(GBTS)
MRFD-231501
IP-Based Multi-
MRFD-241501 mode Co-
GSM: None Transmission on
UMTS: None BS side(NodeB)
LTE: None IP-Based Multi-
mode Co-
Transmission on
BS side
(eNodeB)
IP-Based Multi-
mode Co-
Transmission on
BS side(LTE
TDD)

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 370


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 10 Glossary

10 Glossary

For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see Glossary.

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 371


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description 11 Reference Documents

11 Reference Documents

1. IP Transmission Feature Parameter Description for SingleRAN


2. Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-Transmission Feature Parameter
Description for SingleRAN
3. 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide

Issue Draft A (2014-01-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 372


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Anda mungkin juga menyukai